Tigercat 860C 870C L870C FELLER BUNCHER OPERATOR'S MANUAL - PDF DOWNLOAD

860C/870C/L870C FELLER BUNCHER

OPERATOR'S MANUAL SERIAL NUMBER 86012601 TO 86013500 SERIAL NUMBER 87012601 TO 87013500 SERIAL NUMBER 87022601 TO 87023500

ISSUE 3.0, DECEMBER 2019 Tigercat Industries Inc. P.O. Box 637 Brantford, Ontario Canada N3T 5P9 Tel: (519) 753-2000 Fax: (519) 753-8272

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C FELLER BUNCHER TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION INTRODUCTION........................................................................................................................................v STANDARDS ROPS, TOPS, FOPS, OPS............................................................................................. vi NON-APPROVED FIELD PRODUCT CHANGES.................................................................................... vii SAFETY......................................................................................................................................................1 USING HIGH SPEED DISC SAWS SAFELY...................................................APPENDIX TO SECTION 1 CONTROLS AND OPERATION.................................................................................................................2 LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE........................................................................................................3

CALIFORNIA Proposition 65 Warning Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects and other reproductive harm.

860C/870C/L870C Available Literature Operator's Manual - 8XXX1501 TO 8XXX2100.................................... Part No. 25195A Operator's Manual - 8XXX2101 TO 8XXX2499.................................... Part No. 36130A Operator's Manual (this manual) - 8XXX2601 TO 8XXX3500.............. Part No. 39182AENG Service Manual - 8XXX1501 TO 8XXX2100........................................ Part No. 25196A Service Manual - 8XXX2101 TO 8XXX2499........................................ Part No. 36131A Service Manual - 8XXX2601 TO 8XXX3500........................................ Part No. 39183AENG Parts Catalog - 8XXX1501 TO 8XXX2100........................................... Part No. 25194A Parts Catalog - 8XXX2101 TO 8XXX3500........................................... Part No. 36132A

iii

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

INTRODUCTION

An Operator's manual, Service manual and a Parts catalog are made available by Tigercat to assist the dealer, customer and operator in becoming familiar with the features of the 860C/870C/L870C Feller Bunchers.

Serial numbers:860C 86012601 to 86013500 870C 87012601 to 87013500 L870C 87022601 to 87023500 NOTE: The 4th digit in the machine serial number indicates the machine model type. For example 1 = Feller Buncher and 2 = Levelling Feller Buncher. For simplicity throughout this manual the 4th digit has been replaced with an asterisk to indicate that both types of machine models are affected, i.e. 870*2601 to 870*3500.

The 860C/870C/L870C Feller Bunchers are designed for harvesting trees, selective felling, thinning and final felling applications in plantations and natural stands.

The operator's manual will assist the operator with the techniques of proper and safe operation of the 860C/870C/L870C Feller Bunchers. There is also important information regarding the safe operation of the saw head. The service manual contains safety and servicing procedures and a preventive maintenance schedule to ensure optimum machine performance.

Section 1 in both the operator's manual and the service manual contains safety information that must be followed. As well, throughout the rest of the manuals, DANGER, WARNING and CAUTION notices are displayed where necessary, drawing attention to possible hazards when performing certain procedures.

Only trained personnel should be allowed to operate or work on the machine.

The information contained in this manual is current at time of printing. Improvements to the machine are on-going and may not be covered, therefore in these cases contact your Tigercat dealer for the appropriate information.

The phrase “and up” appearing in this manual after the serial number implies that the related information is current for any machine serial number HIGHER than the serial number preceding the “and up”.

Tigercat reserves the right to make changes to the machine after this manual release date that may not immediately appear in this manual.

Every effort is made to send out updates on a regular basis. If the machine in question was built after the release date of this manual and there is a discrepancy, call Tigercat service department. The release date appears on the first page.

The Company reserves the right to change information contained herein at any time without prior notice.

Tigercat Industries Inc.

v

Introduction

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

THIS OPERATOR ENCLOSURE MEETS THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS:

OREGON OSHA 437-007-0775:14a TIP-OVER PROTECTION STRUCTURES (TOPS) ISO 8082-2:2011 ROLL OVER PROTECTION STRUCTURES (ROPS) ISO 8084:1993 OPERATOR PROTECTION STRUCTURES (OPS) ISO 8083:1989 11 600J FALLING OBJECTS PROTECTION STRUCTURES (FOPS) ISO 2867:1994 SAE J1356: FEB 1988 OREGON OSHA 437-007-0775:14b,c AS 4988 2002 * MODIFICATIONS AND REPAIRS:

The integrity of the ROPS, TOPS, FOPS, OPS structure and its continued ability to provide the level of protection it was designed for could be seriously affected by any modifications to the structure, its mounting or to the chassis to which it is attached.

Tigercat emphasizes that the certification of approval of the ROPS, TOPS, FOPS, OPS structure will become void if any such modifications take place.

Tigercat may officially grant approval for modifications only by: i)

Written approval of repairs or modifications signed by the Tigercat Engineering Manager; or

ii) Approved modifications officially released by Tigercat.

Both of the above are provided that the work is carried out in the factory approved manner.

Unauthorized modifications and/or repairs made or contributed to by a customer or a Tigercat distributor may result in creating a dangerous situation and therefore the customer or Tigercat distributor will be considered to have assumed the risk involved or be negligent in creating this situation.

Tigercat will not be held responsible for situations arising from having created unauthorized modifications/changes to the structure.

Operator's cabs are designed to ROPS, TOPS, FOPS, OPS standards so that they will withstand force and absorb energy during a roll over (ROPS), tip-over (TOPS), when resisting the impact of a falling object (FOPS) and minimize the possibility of operator injury from penetrating objects (OPS). When a permanent deflection of the structure occurs, the structure can no longer provide the original designed level of protection and should be replaced. Attempts to straighten the structure, particularly by the application of heat, can reduce still further the structures remaining capability to protect.

The mounting and the frame or chassis to which the cab is attached is considered an integral part of the ROPS, TOPS, FOPS, OPS and is included in the design, test and certification of the product.

Contact the Tigercat Service department before attempting any modifications or repair to tip-over protective structures.

Tigercat Industries Inc.

vi

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Introduction

NON-APPROVED FIELD PRODUCT CHANGES

The installation of any unauthorized attachment or changes made of any kind to this Tigercat product could affect the product's ability to perform as originally intended. The product's integrity, stability and it's ability to perform safely could be at serious risk.

IT IS Tigercat POLICY THAT NO CHANGES ARE TO BE MADE TO ITS PRODUCTS INCLUDING DELETIONS OR ADDITIONS OTHER THAN A Tigercat APPROVED OPTION FITTED IN THE FACTORY APPROVED MANNER. Official approval to make changes or install options is only to be undertaken as follows: i) The relevant options for that product must be shown or listed on current Tigercat documentation or literature such as a printed specification sheet, price list, parts manual, or product literature issued by Tigercat. ii) Approved options or product changes authorized in writing by the Tigercat Engineering Manager.

AUTHORIZATION BY ANY OTHER PERSON IS UNACCEPTABLE. Unauthorized changes made or contributed to by a person or organization may result in creating a dangerous situation and therefore the person or organization will be considered to have assumed the risk involved or be negligent in having created this situation.

Weight is an important factor when considering the addition of options or an attachment, Refer to your Tigercat distributor for information on maximum permissible operating weight and the effect the addition of various options may have on your machine.

Tigercat will not be held responsible for any situation that may arise resulting from Non-approved Field Product Changes to its product.

Should Tigercat become involved in a dispute resulting from changes made to the product without proper authorization by Tigercat as stated above, Tigercat will take whatever action is appropriate to protect its interests.

The product warranty policy and the certification on any safety items installed on the modified product will become NULL and VOID if the above policy is not adhered to as specified.

Non-approved product changes also nullify warranties given to Tigercat by its component manufacturers.

Tigercat Industries Inc.

vii

Introduction

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

viii

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C FELLER BUNCHER SECTION 1 - SAFETY ISSUE 3.0, DECEMBER 2019

Read and understand this safety section prior to operating any equipment.

Read and understand all manuals for any attachment or accessories.

CONTENTS - SECTION 1

B

BACKOVER ACCIDENTS - AVOIDING.................................................................................................. 1.8 BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH...................................................................................................... 1.17 BATTERY SAFETY................................................................................................................................... 1.8

C

CAB EXITS................................................................................................................................................1.9 CABLE ASSIST CABLE ASSIST MOUNT.................................................................................................................... 1.14 CABLE TENSION................................................................................................................................ 1.15 DAILY CHECKS.................................................................................................................................. 1.14 LOADING DIRECTIONS.................................................................................................................... 1.15 COOLING SYSTEM..................................................................................................................... 1.20, 1.42

E

EMERGENCY CAB EXITS...................................................................................................................... 1.9 ENGINE DOORS.................................................................................................................................... 1.22 ER BOOM FUNCTION - SWITCHABLE............................................................................................... 1.21 ER BOOM SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS................................................................................................... 1.21 EXHAUST FUMES................................................................................................................................. 1.22

F

FELLING TREES.................................................................................................................................... 1.16 FIRE PREVENTION............................................................................................................................... 1.29 DRY CHEMICAL CLEANUP PROCEDURES................................................................................... 1.33 FIRE PREVENTION GUIDELINES................................................................................................... 1.29 WHAT TO DO AFTER A MACHINE FIRE HAS OCCURRED.......................................................... 1.32 WHAT TO DO TO PREPARE FOR A MACHINE FIRE..................................................................... 1.30 WHAT TO DO WHEN A MACHINE FIRE OCCURS......................................................................... 1.31 FLUID INJECTION INJURY................................................................................................................... 1.24 FLUID LEAKS......................................................................................................................................... 1.20

G

GREASE INJECTION INJURY.............................................................................................................. 1.25

H

HAZARD ZONE........................................................................................................................................ 1.5 HYDRAULIC PRESSURE HAZARD..................................................................................................... 1.20

I

INTERLOCK SWITCH............................................................................................................................ 1.10

L

LIGHTNING SAFETY AWARENESS LIGHTNING SAFETY............................................................................................................... 1.27, 1.28 WHAT IS A LIGHTNING STRIKE?..................................................................................................... 1.26 LIQUID STARTING AID............................................................................................................................ 1.9 LOOSE CLOTHING HAZARD............................................................................................................... 1.20

M

MACHINE STABILITY AND TRACTION WITH LEVELLER................................................................................................................................ 1.12 WITHOUT LEVELLER........................................................................................................................ 1.11

N

NOISE LEVEL INSIDE CAB.................................................................................................................... 1.3

P

PARKING HAZARDS.............................................................................................................................. 1.17 PARKING THE MACHINE;..................................................................................................................... 1.17 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING....................................................................................................................... 1.4

R

REFUELLING............................................................................................................................................ 1.9

Safety

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

S

SAFETY HAZARDS - OPERATING........................................................................................................ 1.7 SAFETY HAZARDS - VITON SEALS...................................................................................................... 1.7 SAFETY INTERLOCK SWITCHES ON CAB DOORS......................................................................... 1.10 SAFETY LABELS................................................................................................................................... 1.34 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, GENERAL.................................................................................................... 1.4 BACKOVER ACCIDENTS.................................................................................................................... 1.8 HAZARD ZONE..................................................................................................................................... 1.5 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING................................................................................................................... 1.4 VITON SEALS....................................................................................................................................... 1.7 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, OPERATING................................................................................................ 1.9 CAB EXITS............................................................................................................................................1.9 FELLING TREES................................................................................................................................ 1.16 INTERLOCK SWITCH........................................................................................................................ 1.10 LIQUID STARTING AID........................................................................................................................ 1.9 PARKING THE MACHINE;................................................................................................................. 1.17 SEAT BELTS.......................................................................................................................................... 1.9 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, SERVICING...................................................................................... 1.18, 1.26 ER BOOM SYSTEM............................................................................................................................ 1.21 PRIOR TO WELDING......................................................................................................................... 1.19 TELESCOPIC BOOM SYSTEM,IF EQUIPPED................................................................................ 1.22 SAFETY SYMBOLS.................................................................................................................................. 1.4 SIGNAL WORDS...................................................................................................................................... 1.4

V

VIBRATION AND NOISE LEVELS INSIDE CAB.................................................................................... 1.3 VITON SEALS...........................................................................................................................................1.7

W

WELDING, PRIOR TO............................................................................................................................ 1.19 WORKING WITH OIL............................................................................................................................... 1.6

1.2

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher VIBRATION AND NOISE LEVEL INSIDE CAB Noise Level Inside Cab dB(A)

As per Tigercat test ETR00047 Microphone direction: Forward Rear Left Right Driving max speed (High) 77 76 77 76 Driving max speed (Low) 73 72 72 73 Boom operation 72 73 72 73 NOISELEVELS.PDF

Wear a suitable hearing protective device such as earmuffs or earplugs to protect against noise.

Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairment or loss of hearing. This machine exceeds 70 dB(A) in the cab and exceeds 85 dB(A) when servicing machine engine.

Check with your local Safety Commission to determine if hearing protection is required at these levels.

Vibration Level - Whole-body As per Tigercat test ETR007 & ISO 2631-1 Weighted rms acceleration (m/s2) Seat Seat-back Health Comfort Driving max speed (High) 0.2370 x-axis (back-to-chest) 0.5630 0.2310 y-axis (right-to-left) 0.3200 0.4660 z-axis (buttocks-to-head) 0.2110 S 0.6571 0.5700 0.4850 Driving max speed (Low) 0.1140 x-axis (back-to-chest) 0.2150 0.0764 y-axis (right-to-left) 0.0977 0.2170 z-axis (buttocks-to-head) 0.0669 S 0.2890 0.2568 0.1800 Boom operation x-axis (back-to-chest) 0.6140 0.4510 y-axis (right-to-left) 0.2470 0.3710 z-axis (buttocks-to-head) 0.0838 0.4440 S 0.9304 0.7310 0.5070

Feet 0.4020 0.4200 0.6140 0.2850 0.1200 0.1440 0.2230 0.1000 0.1830 0.3300 0.3670 0.1740

Vibration Level - Hand/Arm As per Tigercat test ETR007 Weighted rms acceleration (m/s2) Driving max speed (High) S 1.770 Driving max speed (Low) S 1.170 Boom operation S 0.770 *Note for hand/arm, all weighted RMS acceleration values are below 2.5 m/s 2 as per clause 3.6.3 Machinery Directive 98/37/EC Annex 1.

VIBRATION LEVELS.XLS

1.3

Safety

Safety

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

GENERAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

SAFETY SYMBOLS

Remember that safety is a prime responsibility of all.

To minimize the risks and promote safety at all times, this section of the operator’s manual details a number of safety rules which should always be followed and obeyed.

This safety alert symbol means ATTENTION! BECOME ALERT! YOUR SAFETY IS INVOLVED!

Always read the operator's manual before operating the machine. Pay close attention to WARNINGS and HAZARD identifications.

The safety alert symbol identifies important safety messages on machines, safety signs, in manuals, or elsewhere. When you see this symbol, be alert to the possibility of personal injury or death.

Follow the instructions in the safety message.

Understanding Signal Words

DANGER

Follow all instructions from safety inspector and supervisors.

DANGER indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.

You must be fully trained to operate this piece of equipment. Know the capabilities and the limitations of the equipment. Learn the most efficient operating techniques.

WARNING

Do not let untrained persons operate the machine.

WARNING indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION CAUTION indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury.

Use recommended protective clothing and safety devices such as gloves, safety boots, safety hat, goggles, and ear protection when necessary.

These safety rules highlight both general and specific measures that the operator should be familiar with and adhere to. More specific measures are illustrated with pictograms which may also be attached to the machine in locations pertinent to their respective message. Keep safety labels in good condition. Repair or replace damaged labels.

1.4

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Safety

GENERAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued

KEEP BACK 150 m (500 ft) The following diagram illustrates the HAZARD ZONE. All personnel should be kept clear of this zone while the harvesting head is operating.

Wear a suitable hearing protective device such as earmuffs or earplugs to protect against noise.

Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairment or loss of hearing. This machine exceeds 70 dB(A) in the cab and exceeds 85 dB(A) when servicing machine engine.

The HAZARD ZONE should be considered off limits to all individuals.

Always use the handrails and steps provided when mounting and dismounting from the machine.

Do not jump off the machine at any time.

150 m (500 ft)

Do not try to climb onto or off of a moving machine.

Do not use the seat armrest or joystick as handles when entering or leaving the cab.

150 m (500 ft)

150 m (500 ft)

Do not use the machine foot controls as steps.

150 m (500 ft)

860C-039

HAZARD ZONE

DANGER ROTATING SAW The safety of persons outside the cab is the responsibility of the machine operator.

When mounting or dismounting the machine always use the three point technique; use one hand with two feet or two hands with one foot.

When approaching an operating machine on foot, stay at least 150 m (500 ft) away until the operator recognizes your presence. Make sure that all harvesting equipment is shut down before advancing to the machine.

WARNING

NOTE: Opening the cab front door will stop machine functions. Opening the cab side door will NOT stop machine functions.

Avoid mounting or dismounting the machine in areas with slippery surfaces. Dry, deice, clean up or cover slippery surfaces with an anti-slip material before mounting or dismounting the machine.

1.5

Safety

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher Do not operate the machine with any defective or inoperable components.

GENERAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued

Check all fluid levels.

Do not operate the machine with any of the exhaust system, safety covers, oil shields, or other devices removed.

WARNING Do not walk on machine surfaces with steel cleated foot wear. Steel cleats on steel surfaces are slippery and do not provide a safe foot hold.

WARNING It is not recommended to walk on machine surfaces that are not designated walking areas.

Keep a first aid kit in an easily accessible location on the vehicle at all times.

No attempt should be made to walk on angled steel surfaces or surfaces that are irregular in shape.

Working with oil Direct contact with oil implies a risk of skin complaints (example: eczema). Strict hygiene should always be observed.

Walking surfaces on the machine must be covered with anti-slip materials to provide a safe foot hold and prevent slipping.

Some advice which should be observed:

These anti-slip surfaces should be maintained on a regular basis. If the surface shows signs of wear, the anti-slip material must be replaced immediately.

• • •

To reduce risk of fire, machines should be completely cleaned of debris at least daily, particularly around the engine exhaust components. Hydraulic oil leaks, excess grease, fuel and oil accumulation (including spillage) should be eliminated immediately, always shut off engine before cleaning machine.

•

• •

Maintain a clean cab interior, clear away trash or debris.

•

Machine should be washed completely at every major service.

•

Inspect the machine daily for signs of damage or unusual wear, to structures.

• •

Check for fluid leaks, or faulty operation. Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and systems immediately.

Check windows and door guards for damage.

Check protective windows for cracks, a damaged window has reduced strength to stop flying objects. All damaged windows must be replaced with original equipment.

Check windows for scratching, crazing and cloudiness that could impair clear visibility all around the machine.

1.6

Oils used in this machine may be hot enough to cause serious burns.

Avoid contact with oil, particularly heated oil.

Oil on the skin should be washed off immediately with soap and water.

Wear protective gloves. Hands should be clean before putting on gloves. Apply protective cream to the hands to make washing easier.

Don't put oily rags in your pockets.

Oil soiled clothing should be changed as soon as possible.

Always keep an extra overall handy, but not in the machine where it can become dirty.

Cuts and abrasions must be attended to immediately. Clean them and apply first-aid.

Avoid breathing in oil fumes.

Wash hands and arms frequently (example: at each meal break or as often as possible).

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Approach with extreme caution any area where overhanging electrical power lines are present.

Serious injury or death by electrocution can result if the machine or any of its attachments are not kept a safe distance from these lines.

GENERAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued Safety Hazards - Viton Seals O-rings and other seals manufactured of Viton material (fluorine rubber) produce a highly corrosive acid (Hydrofluoric) when subjected to temperatures above 315°C (600°F).

Maintain a distance of 3 m (10 ft) between the machine or boom and any power line carrying up to 50,000 volts or less plus 10 mm (½ in.) for each additional 1,000 volts above the 50,000 volt level.

This contamination can have extreme consequences on human tissue since it is almost impossible to remove after contact.

If State/Provincial, local or job site regulations require even greater safety distances than stated above, adhere strictly to these regulations for your own protection.

The following procedures are recommended when inspecting equipment that has been subjected to high temperatures such as fire: •

Visually inspect any seals or gaskets which have suffered from heat; they will appear black and sticky.

•

If these are found, Do Not Touch!!!

•

Determine the material composition of any seals or gaskets. If fluoro-elastomer seals (Viton, fluorel, or tecmoflon) have been used, the affected area must be decontaminated before undertaking further work. Natural rubber and nitrile materials are not hazardous.

•

Disposable heavy duty gloves (neoprene) must be worn and the affected area decontaminated by washing thoroughly with limewater (Calcium Hydroxide solution).

•

Any cloths, residue and gloves must be safely discarded after use.

Safety

If the machine must be transported, make sure that it is adequately secured to the transporting vehicle. Refer to VEHICLE MOVING INSTRUCTIONS in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL. Stopping the engine immediately after it has been working under load can result in overheating and premature wear of the engine components.

Reduce engine speed to LOW IDLE and let run for approximately five minutes to allow gradual dissipation of heat and also to reduce turbo speed.

This will also prevent loss of coolant by after boil and possible hot spot damage to the engine.

NOTE: Burning discarded items is not recommended except in an approved incineration process where the dangerous products are treated by alkaline scrubbing.

Be aware when performing service and maintenance tasks that surfaces and grab handles in and around the engine and cooling system may become very hot when the engine has been running. Contact with hot surfaces may cause injury.

Safety Hazards - Operating Maintain a charged fire extinguisher on the vehicle at all times and KNOW HOW TO USE IT.

Comply with instructions in this manual and also your company’s regulations for the operation of this machine.

Do not carry passengers either in the cab or anywhere else on the machine. The vehicle is provided and approved with seating for the operator only.

Read, understand and follow all general safety precautions specified by attachment manufacturer.

Do not allow anyone to operate the machine who may not be physically fit or who may be under the influence of alcohol or drugs.

WARNING Engine exhaust, some of its constituents, and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm.

When moving the machine, watch that enough clearance is available on both sides and above the machine or any of its attachments. Extra clearance may be required particularly where the ground is uneven.

1.7

Safety

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

GENERAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued

Avoid Injury from Backover Accidents Before moving machine, be sure all persons are clear of the area.

WARNING

Always be alert for bystanders moving into the work area. Use horn to warn bystanders before moving the machine.

Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm.

Wash hands after handling.

When using a signal person, keep the person in view at all times. Always be sure the signal person is clear before backing up.

To avoid backover accidents: •

If acid is accidentally splashed into your eyes, flush immediately with clean water and get medical attention.

•

Do not attempt to charge a frozen battery; it can explode.

Disconnect battery before working on electrical systems as follows:

•

-

turn off master switch in cab

-

disconnect negative starter motor cable from both battery posts

-

disconnect positive master solenoid cable from both battery posts

•

Connect ground terminal last when reconnecting.

•

•

Do not short out battery terminals for any reason.

Serious burns or an explosion can result.

CAUTION Lead-acid batteries contain sulphuric acid which can severely damage eyes or skin on contact. Always wear a safety face shield, rubber gloves and protective clothing to reduce risk of accidents.

Lead-acid batteries produce flammable and explosive gasses. Keep arcs, sparks, open flames and lighted tobacco a safe distance from the batteries.

1.8

Always look around before you back up. Be sure that everyone is clear.

Keep motion warning alarm in working condition. The motion warning alarm must sound when the machine is moving in forward or reverse.

Use a signal person when backing up if view is obstructed. Always keep the signal person in view.

Learn the meaning of all flags, signs and markings on the job site and who is responsible for signalling.

Keep windows, mirrors and lights in good condition.

Dust, heavy rain, fog, snow etc. can reduce visibility. As visibility decreases, reduce speed and use proper lighting.

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Safety Before moving the machine to the work site, check to ensure that all doors, panels, and access covers are installed properly and secured.

OPERATING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

CAB EXITS There are three ways to exit the cab in case of an emergency.

1. Front door, this is also the main point of entry and is the only door that should be used under normal operating conditions to enter or leave the cab. This door is also equipped with a SAFETY INTERLOCK SWITCH. See SAFETY INTERLOCK SWITCH ON FRONT DOOR in THIS SECTION.

D Shut off engine when refuelling - DO NOT refuel the engine while smoking or near open flame or sparks.

2. Side door, should be used for emergency exits only. Do not use this door to routinely enter or leave the cab. This door is not equipped with a safety interlock switch and therefore when left open will not deactivate the pilot controls in the cab. ALWAYS SHUT OFF engine before using the side door exit.

Check that no other personnel have moved into a hazardous area before starting the machine.

Sound the machine horn before starting the machine.

3. Escape hatch, this is a third cab exit for use if the side exit or front door exit become blocked.

This hatch is not equipped with a safety interlock switch and therefore when left open will not deactivate the pilot controls in the cab.

ALWAYS SHUT OFF engine before using the escape hatch exit.

The operator’s seat is equipped with lap and shoulder harness belts. Use both of these restraint systems at all times when operating the machine.

It is important that the operator of the machine be familiar with these emergency exits and how to use them.

All operators should practice using all the cab exits to become familiar with escape procedures should they need to perform them in the dark, when the machine is in a rolled position, or other possible adverse condition.

Start the engine according to the instructions in this manual. Refer to OPERATING MACHINE in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL.

All three exits should be checked to make sure that they are operational and will function in an emergency. The safety interlock mechanism on the front door or the side door and escape hatch retaining mechanisms must not be tampered with or compromised.

WARNING

IMPORTANT! Unlock both doors before operating machine to allow opening from the outside in case of an emergency. Make sure that the doors are operational, open the doors twice, once using the exterior latch handle and once using the interior handle.

Never use a liquid starting aid to start an engine.

THIS MACHINE IS EQUIPPED WITH A COMPUTER CONTROLLED HEATING ELEMENT IN THE ENGINE INTAKE SYSTEM. STARTING FLUIDS WILL EXPLODE ON CONTACT WITH THE HEATING ELEMENT.

For additional information, refer to EMERGENCY EXITS in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL. 1.9

Safety

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher 3. NEVER travel near co-workers or other pieces of equipment with attachment running.

OPERATING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued

4. Do not allow people or other pieces of equipment near the harvesting operation.

5. Do not turn on attachment until machine is at the harvesting site.

6. Use only prearranged and approved signalling practices.

SAFETY INTERLOCK SWITCH ON FRONT DOOR: The front door is equipped with a safety interlock switch to prevent the machine from being operated while the front door is open (pilot system is shut off).

SWITCH

ACTUATOR ON DOOR

WARNING INTERLOCK SWITCH (FRONT DOOR)

822-D02

Do not open an escape hatch or the cab doors to increase ventilation when operating the machine.

Keep the cab doors closed when driving or steering the machine to prevent accidental entry of branches and debris into the cab.

Keep the cab doors closed and use seat belt when driving or steering the machine to prevent being thrown from the operator's cab.

Secure loose items in the cab.

Prior to commencing work, check all equipment controls to ensure that the machine responds correctly.

Make sure that all safety screens and guards including the skylight are installed and properly secured.

Always rest the attachment on the ground when operation is stopped, regardless if the engine is running or shut off.

Operate the machine only from a seated position in the operator’s seat.

Watch for ground hazards such as metal debris, wire fencing or rocks.

When travelling position attachment and boom so as not to impair vision.

If vision is limited by dust, smoke, fog, rain or snow, stop the machine until visibility is restored.

If saw guard has been installed, DO NOT REMOVE until at the cutting site. Remove guard before starting engine.

Push the red PILOT OFF switch and confirm the PILOT OFF Icon is activated (yellow) on the MD3 display before removing seat belt. DO NOT use the front door interlock switch to turn pilot OFF. NOTE: Engine can be started but the machine functions cannot be operated with the door open.

WARNING The door safety interlock switch and the pilot reset switch are a safety feature and their function must not be compromised in any way.

To operate: Close the front door and press the green PILOT ON RESET switch . The PILOT ON icon will be activated (green) on the MD3 display.

Once the safety interlock system has been activated, the safety of both the operator and all persons outside the cab becomes the responsibility of the operator.

WARNING

CAUTION

1. When the engine is running, DO NOT allow anyone in areas of the machine where they may be crushed by moving components.

DO NOT open cab doors or window screens when cab is on a slope. The doors and screens are heavy and could swing out with considerable force. Anyone in the path of swing could be injured. Anyone opening the door or screen and holding on to it could be pulled out of the cab and injured.

2. Maintain a safe operating distance between the machine and other personnel. NEVER operate the boom or attachment over the heads of bystanders.

1.10

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher OPERATING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued MACHINE STABILITY AND TRACTION MACHINES WITHOUT LEVELLER When working on slopes, travel straight up or down the slope to prevent roll-over.

NEVER travel across a STEEP slope or side hill: •

As logs are added to the accumulator pocket the handling and the stability of the machine will change.

•

To avoid tip over, keep the felling head as low as possible to maintain a low centre of gravity.

•

Always be prepared to dump the load in case of an emergency.

•

Do not overload the machine as this can create an unstable condition and cause a rollover.

1.11

Safety

Safety

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

OPERATING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued MACHINE STABILITY AND TRACTION MACHINES WITH LEVELLER This machine is designed to operate on rough terrain and slopes commonly found in forestry applications. However, ground conditions vary greatly with changing soil types, slope angles, moisture, snow and ice, rocks, boulders and stumps, and fallen trees. All of these factors affect the machine’s stability against tip-over and traction to resist slipping. This machine may not be capable of operating on some ground conditions, and must be used with caution.

20° 860C-009

Whenever possible work within the normal working range of the boom system as shown in FIG. 1. Note that in any boom position, both inside and outside of the normal operating range, there is a risk of instability and tipping. When it is necessary to work outside of the normal working range, be aware that the stability of the machine is reduced. The risk of tipping is increased while operating in the reduced stability working range.

16° 860C-010

NORMAL WORKING RANGE OF BOOM SYSTEM

FIG. 2 UNDERCARRIAGE LEVELING ANGLES All efforts have been made in the design of the machine to reduce the risk of tipping, however it is not possible to eliminate the risk of tipping. To minimize the risk of tipping observe the following:

UPHILL REDUCED STABILITY WORKING RANGE

•

Do not attempt to operate this machine on slopes without first receiving proper training.

•

Learn the stability limits or “feel” of the machine by first working on gentle slopes and by positioning the boom to reduce the risk of tipping. Gain experience over time by gradually increasing the angle of the slopes on which you are working.

•

Keep the attachment as close to the ground as possible to increase machine stability, and to allow the boom to be quickly lowered to the ground should the machine begin to tip.

•

Always use the LOW speed setting for the track drives when on slopes.

Travelling at an angle to the slope other than straight up and down decreases the traction of the tracks. Increasing the angle to the slope away from straight up and down can cause the machine to slide sideways downhill and/or possibly tip over.

TRACK GEAR BOX AT REAR OF UNDERCARRIAGE 860C-030

FIG. 1 WORKING RANGES

•

1.12

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher OPERATING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued •

NEVER travel across a STEEP slope or side hill.

•

Always carry any load on the uphill side of the machine.

Do not lift or move objects that exceed machine stability.

Always be prepared to release the load in case it causes the machine to tip.

Always position the cab so that you have a clear view in the direction of travel. Be aware of ground conditions and obstacles in the machine’s path before moving the machine.

When crossing obstacles (boulders, stumps, ditches etc.) the machine can shift rapidly, greatly affecting the stability of the machine.

Move slowly over obstacles, and position the boom against the ground to reduce the risk of the machine shifting rapidly.

Backing over obstacles unexpectedly while travelling down a slope poses a tipping risk.

Know the path of the tracks whenever the machine is moved.

When climbing a slope the boom should face uphill and the attachment should be kept close to the ground (FIG. 3). When descending a slope the boom should face down hill and the attachment should be kept close to the ground (FIG. 4). Be aware that the machine is in its least stable position on a slope with the boom to the rear. Be particularly aware of machine stability when changing directions on, or travelling back down a slope.

As you gain experience, recognize that the maximum slope on which the machine can operate cannot be defined simply by an angle value. Variables in surface terrain, soil types, rocks, boulders, stumps, and fallen trees, changing weather conditions, and first and foremost the operator’s experience and skill levels greatly affect the maximum slope limitations. Be aware that these factors can result in a shallow slope posing greater risk than a relatively steeper slope. DO NOT attempt to work on slopes beyond your personal capability level.

• • •

•

•

•

•

Safety

BOOM TO FRONT

KEEP ATTACHMENT CLOSE TO GROUND TRACK GEAR BOX AT REAR OF UNDERCARRIAGE 860C-013

FIG. 3 CLIMBING SLOPE

KEEP ATTACHMENT CLOSE TO GROUND

860C-011

1.13

FIG. 4 DESCENDING SLOPE

Safety

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

CABLE ASSIST

CABLE ASSIST MOUNT

The leveler cable assist mount may improve machine manoeuvrability on steep slopes when attached to a suitable winching device.

Factors that will affect the safety of the machine as it works on steep slopes are:

The cable assist mount can be used with a single or double shackle configuration depending on the winch system. Use only shackles with a pin diameter of 21⁄2 in. and rated for 55 tonne (121,000 lbf).

• Direction of machine travel • Limitations of machine tractive effort and soil conditions • Experience of the operator • Weather • Load sizes (boom position and load) • Poor visibility/lighting conditions

DAILY CHECKS

B A

On a daily basis prior to operating the equipment check:

855D-036

• All equipment fluid levels.

A B

• Maintain a clean cab interior, clear away trash or debris.

Single Shackle Configuration

Shackle Cable Assist Mount

• Secure loose items in the cab.

• Do not store tools, oil containers or other equipment in the cab • Functional check of all escape hatches.

• All covers, roof and doors are closed and latched.

• The cable assist mount for structural cracks and loose or missing bolts.

On a weekly basis check the torque tightening points on the cable assist mount. Make sure the M24 bolts have a torque value of 915 Nm (675 lbf-ft).

855D-037

A B

For additional information refer to MACHINE STABILITY AND TRACTION – MACHINES WITH LEVELER in THIS SECTION.

A

B

Double Shackle Configuration

Shackle Cable Assist Mount

WARNING

CAUTION Do not open cab doors or window screens when cab is on a slope. The doors and screens are heavy and could swing out with considerable force. Anyone in the path of swing could be injured. Anyone opening the door or screen and holding on to it could be pulled out of the cab and injured.

The lifting bail on the cable assist mount is for installation of the cable assist mount only. Do not use the lifting bail for anything other than its intended use.

1.14

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher CABLE TENSION

Safety WARNING

To prevent damaging the cable assist mount and undercarriage the following acceptable maximum continuous cable tensions must not be exceeded.

Always use the proper equipment.

Always inspect the cable and cable assist mount for damage before using. Never use equipment that shows signs of poor maintenance or damage. Repairs should only be made by qualified personnel.

• Maximum continuous cable tension for a single shackle configuration is 18 tonne (40,000 lbf).

• Maximum continuous cable tension for a double shackle configuration is 9 tonne (20,000 lbf) for each cable.

LOADING DIRECTIONS

To prevent damaging the cable assist mount and undercarriage the following acceptable loading directions must not be exceeded.

855D-038

1.15

Safety

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

OPERATING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued

WARNING DO NOT operate this machine to lift or move any objects other than what it is designed to lift or move.

The boom system is intended for use in tree felling applications only.

• Do not use the boom to service other equipment.

• Do not use the boom to lift items such as tires, engines, cylinders, boom components, etc.

• Do not modify the boom system.

• Do not add hooks or lugs to the boom for the purpose of attaching lifting rigging.

• Do not use the attachment for any purpose other than the intended felling function.

FELLING TREES Pieces of wood, debris from the ground and even teeth separating from the saw blade become potentially dangerous missiles when thrown from these machines.

Inspect saw teeth, tooth retaining bolts, saw disc and felling head assembly.

Ensure that all saw tooth retaining bolts are at correct torque value. Refer to attachment manual for correct values.

Replace all worn saw teeth or rotate worn teeth to align unused cutting tips.

Always replace saw tooth retaining bolts when replacing saw teeth.

Inspect saw disc for stress cracks and that saw disc does not wobble due to worn saw shaft bearings.

Maintain a safe operating distance between the machine and workers and all other personnel. It is the duty of the operator to ensure that no person approach the machine while in use.

Failure to follow the above instructions could result in serious injury or death.

Never start the machine if saw blade has missing teeth or teeth retaining bolts or a bent saw disc.

Shut down machine immediately if vibration occurs during cutting.

Check that the saw discharge area is clear and undamaged.

Never use this machine to clear a logging deck on a new tract of timber when the rest of the equipment and operator's are also moving in.

Pre-plan to clear decks in advance before other equipment arrives.

When moving from tree to tree with the saw blade turning, take care not to make contact with other vegetation or debris.

Do not over load felling head.

Never work alone. Regularly inform other crew members of your intentions, location and length of time to perform duties.

Work within your operating skills, do not attempt to cut down a tree that is too large for the felling head.

Stop the saw blade before leaving the cutting area.

Operate so that the chip discharge area of the felling head (where applicable) is not directed at people, livestock, buildings or other machines.

NOTE: The saw blade will continue to free wheel for several minutes after the saw switch has been turned OFF.

When cutting, properly position felling head in front of tree and have saw blade running at full rpm.

To stop the blade from rotating, CAREFULLY lower the saw blade onto a stump gently to prevent unnecessary loading of the saw blade, saw housing and bearings.

Always know and control the direction the tree will fall to prevent injury to co-workers or damage other vehicles.

When backing away from a cut, watch out for obstacles in your path.

Always travel with felling head as close to the ground as possible, never elevate the felling head unless necessary.

1.16

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher OPERATING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued Park machine at least 15 m (50 ft) away from other equipment and in a cleared area. In the event of a fire, this distance will minimize the chance of the fire spreading to other equipment.

Before leaving operator's cab, lower the felling attachment onto the ground.

If out of the operator's cab for an extended period shut the machine off.

When parking the machine; •

Park on level ground only and engage the swing brake.

•

Do not park on a hillside or incline.

•

Lower felling attachment onto level ground.

•

Stop the engine.

•

Turn the master disconnect switch off if the vehicle is to be parked for an extended period of time (Example - overnight).

24863A

OFF

ON 24863A R0

NOTE: Wait 30 seconds after engine shut down before turning off battery disconnect switch. If battery disconnect is turned off before this the engine ECM (Engine Control Module) will register a fault.

When transporting the machine watch that enough clearance is available on both sides and above the machine or any of its attachments to avoid contact with power or telephone lines, bridge structures, etc.

Before transporting the machine check to ensure that all doors, panels and access covers are installed properly and secured. Improperly secured doors or panels pose a serious danger to pedestrians and other vehicles.

1.17

Safety

Safety

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher The radiator and the engine cooling system should be cleaned and serviced daily to maintain moderate engine temperatures.

SERVICING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

WARNING

WARNING, HOT FLUIDS AND HOT MACHINE SURFACES CAN CAUSE SERIOUS BURNS!

Conduct maintenance inspections at least as frequently as recommended in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

24863A

OFF

ON 24863A R0

When servicing or repairing equipment, shut the engine down. Turn Battery Disconnect switch OFF and lock out the switch in accordance with local regulations. This machine is equipped with a remotely operated battery disconnect relay.

Some wiring on the machine is live even when the battery disconnect switch is off. When servicing the electrical system, remove the battery cables from the batteries disconnecting the negative cables first.

•

Before servicing the machine, allow the engine cooling system, fuel system, exhaust system, hydraulic system and machine surfaces to cool down.

•

Use a thermometer to check surface and system temperatures to ensure it is safe to begin service work.

•

DO NOT begin service work until the surface or system temperature has cooled down to below 38°C (100°F).

IMPORTANT

PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK.

34.5 kPa (5 psi) MAXIMUM. Before servicing hydraulic system, wearing eye protection, release air pressure from tank using air vent valve.

FILTER AIR VENT VALVE HANDLE

Install a “DO NOT START ENGINE” sign on the operator’s cab door and in the engine compartment when making repairs to the machine.

BREATHER

SCHRADER VALVE MANIFOLD

S855C-001A 845C-001

AIR VENT EXHAUST

PRESSURE GAUGE

Handle UP (shown above) = Valve Closed Handle Down (90°) = Valve Open After service is completed, close air vent valve and add air pressure from a clean air source to the hydraulic tank via the schrader valve. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi). Refer to HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for details.

Before performing maintenance or repair work on any equipment, consult the manufacturer’s instruction manual and follow recommended procedures.

1.18

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher SERVICING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued

Safety DISCONNECT THE MULTI-PIN PLUG FROM THE XS2 MODULE

Prior to welding on any part of the machine, the repair area should be cleaned and a fire extinguisher should be made available at the welding location.

Care must be taken in attaching the welding machine grounding clamp so current does not pass through bearings, especially the swing bearing.

Disconnect the negative (-) battery cable from all the batteries.

This machine is equipped with sensitive electronic control equipment, prior to welding:-

DISCONNECT THE TWO MULTI PIN CONNECTORS IN THE HARNESS

DISCONNECT 4 PIN ENGINE POWER CONNECTOR 822C-34

DISCONNECT THE TWO MULTI-PIN PLUGS FROM THE ENGINE ECM

ENGINE ECM DISCONNECT - LEFT SIDE OF ENGINE

845D-001

Disconnect the engine ECM (Engine Control Module) by unplugging the four pin engine power connector and the two multi-pin connectors from the left side of the engine.

CAB FUSE AND RELAY PANEL

Disconnect the IQAN XS2 Module multi-pin connector and the two multi-pin connectors in the wiring harness in the cab fuse and relay electrical cabinet.

XA2 #1

XA2 #2

XA2 ENGINE FRAME MODULES 860C-429

(SHOWN WITHOUT AIR BREATHER)

Disconnect the multi-pin connectors on the XA2 Modules mounted on the fuel tank.

1.19

Safety

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

SERVICING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued WARNING Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin and cause serious personal injury, blindness, or death. If any fluid is injected into the skin, it must be surgically removed within a few hours by a doctor familiar with treating this type of injury.

Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling system can cause serious burns.

Shut off engine. Only remove coolant filler cap when cool enough to touch with bare hands.

Slowly loosen cap to first stop to relieve pressure before removing completely.

Never use your bare hand to check for fluid leaks.

Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.

When searching for leaks, wear work gloves and use a wrench or piece of wood to move hydraulic hoses. Do not grab hold of hydraulic hoses. Wear safety goggles for eye protection.

Do not change any pressure or relief setting unless Tigercat authorized instruction has been obtained.

Use the proper tool for the job. Repair or replace worn or damaged tools including lifting equipment immediately.

Pressure can be maintained in a hydraulic system long after the power source and pump have been shut down. Lower the attachment to the ground, stop engine and relieve trapped pressure before performing work on components, or disconnecting any hoses. Refer to PARKING BOOM diagram (FIG. 1). Accumulators will self drain within two minutes of stopping the engine.

Keep your hands, feet, head, and loose clothing away from power driven parts. Tie long hair behind your head. Remove rings and other jewellery to prevent electrical shorts and entanglement in moving parts.

STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

Always be aware of machine pinch points that could cause injury. Never place body parts within the range of motion of the working parts of the machine.

HEAD FLAT ON GROUND 860C-001

Never stand under an object supported with hydraulics. Always use safety stands or a locking device.

FIG. 1 - PARKING BOOM

1.20

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Safety SWITCHABLE ER BOOM FUNCTION These machines are equipped with a switchable ER valve to provide ER boom function or non-ER boom function. This function is switched on or off by joystick switches and the Computer Controller.

For complete details refer to ER MODE/NON-ER MODE in SECTION 2 of THE OPERATOR'S MANUAL.

SERVICING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued WARNING This machine may be equipped with an ER boom system. Because of this, it may behave in an unexpected manner compared to a conventional boom system.

MACHINE MODELS EQUIPPED WITH AN ER BOOM SYSTEM Pay attention to the following when servicing the ER Boom System: Certain hydraulic circuits on this machine are inter-connected in order to provide level head travel and to recirculate hydraulic oil to reduce heat generation and fuel consumption. As a result, disconnecting hydraulic lines from one cylinder may release pressure in a different cylinder at the same time. Before attempting to disconnect hydraulic hoses or perform work on the boom system, ensure that:(a) The machine is parked on level ground with the head laying flat on the ground. (b) The stick cylinders are fully extended (FIG. 1) or the hoist cylinders fully retracted (FIG. 2).

STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

HEAD FLAT ON GROUND 860C-001

FIG. 1 - ER BOOM SYSTEM 55987BUNI R0

HOIST CYLINDERS FULLY RETRACTED

TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED 860C-002

FIG. 2 - ER BOOM SYSTEM

1.21

Safety

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher Before performing work under the boom system ensure it is firmly supported.

SERVICING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued

WARNING

MACHINE MODELS EQUIPPED WITH A TELESCOPIC BOOM SYSTEM On machines equipped with a telescopic stick boom, ensure that the telescopic section is fully retracted when parking the boom system.

Always follow attachment manufacturer's instructions and safety warnings before approaching attachment head to make adjustments.

WARNING

WARNING

DO NOT operate this machine to lift or move any objects other than what it is designed to lift or move.

The boom system is intended for use in the tree felling applications only.

• Do not use the boom to service other equipment.

• Do not use the boom to lift items such as tires, engines, cylinders, boom components, etc.

• Do not modify the boom system.

• Do not add hooks or lugs to the boom for the purpose of attaching lifting rigging.

• Do not use the attachment for any purpose other than the intended felling function.

DO NOT work below or behind a machine that is parked on a grade.

WARNING Failure to follow all of the above instructions could result in serious injury or death from crushing.

CAUTION Do not open cab doors or window screens when cab is on a slope. The doors and screens are heavy and could swing out with considerable force. Anyone in the path of swing could be injured.

Anyone opening the door or screen and holding on to it could be pulled out of the cab and injured.

Maintain a safe operating distance between the machine and workers and all other personnel. It is the duty of the operator to ensure that no person approach the machine while in use.

Failure to follow the above instructions could result in serious injury or death.

When opening or closing power operated engine door, watch for personnel in door areas.

If the engine is running inside a building, ensure that sufficient ventilation is available to prevent a build-up of toxic exhaust fumes. Run the engine only when it is necessary for testing or adjustments.

1.22

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Safety MACHINE MODELS EQUIPPED WITH A LEVELING SYSTEM

SERVICING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued Work in a ventilated area. If it is necessary to run an engine in an enclosed area, use an exhaust pipe extension to remove toxic exhaust fumes.

If you don't have an exhaust pipe extension, either work outside, or open the shop doors.

Always install support braces in the leveling mechanism while performing service and maintenance tasks. This area is a crush zone.

Keep clear to avoid personal injury or death.

Dispose of fluids properly.

Do not pour fluids into the ground, stream, pond or lake.

Before draining any fluids, know the proper way to dispose of them.

When performing required hydraulic checks and blade speed adjustments. Install the saw blade guard. Refer to attachment manufacturer's instructions.

Read, understand and follow all operating safety precautions specified by harvesting attachment manufacturer.

1.23

Safety

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher As always the best defence against suffering the effects of fluid injection is to prevent the accident from occurring in the first place.

When searching for possible fluid leaks • Never search for leaks with your bare hands.

Always wear thick protective gloves.

SERVICING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued FLUID INJECTION INJURY WARNING Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin and could result in death or serious injury. If any fluid is injected under the skin, a medical doctor familiar with the treatment of this type of injury must surgically remove it within a few hours.

Hydraulic and diesel fuel systems on forestry machines operate at very high pressures, often 207 bar (3000 psi) and above. If a loose connection or a defect in a hose should occur, a fine, high velocity stream of fluid will result.

Even for systems pressurized to as little as 7 bar (100 psi), this fluid stream can penetrate human skin as if it were a hypodermic needle.

• • •

Be sure to wear safety goggles for eye protection.

Keep all body parts well away from the area being investigated for leaks.

Use the end of a long piece of wood to move hoses or other obstacles.

Initially, an accidental fluid injection beneath the skin may only produce a slight stinging sensation.

There is a danger that you will tend to ignore this, thinking that it will get better with time. Most often, it does not! Within a very short time the wound may begin to throb painfully, indicating that tissue damage has already begun.

Similarly fluid injected directly into a blood vessel can spread rapidly through your circulatory system. The human body has little ability to purge injected fluid.

•

Place the end of a long piece of wood in the suspected path of any fluid stream. Never use any part of your body.

• Recognize that the source of the leak and the fluid streaming from it may be very small and not easily visible. You may only be able to see the fluid that accumulates as a result of the fluid stream.

When performing any service work • Stop the engine and relieve all diesel fuel or hydraulic pressure before disconnecting any lines or otherwise working on the system.

• Never grab any hydraulic or diesel fuel connectors or hoses when they are subjected to pressure.

• Always ensure that hoses are rated for the pressures to which they will be subjected.

• Never use any hoses that you suspect could be defective.

Time becomes critical as tissue damage progresses rapidly. The longer you delay getting professional medical attention, the more damage can occur.

Although fluid injection accidents are rare, the resulting injury has on occasion required the amputation of a finger, a hand or in some cases the entire limb. The longer the delay in getting professional medical aid, the further up the limb the tissue damage can spread. An injury of this type can become very serious or even fatal if not dealt with promptly and properly.

In the event of any suspected fluid injection injury: • Report the injury to your supervisor immediately.

• Seek professional medical attention immediately.

1.24

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher SERVICING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued GREASE INJECTION INJURY WHEN USING PNEUMATIC GREASE GUNS Pneumatic grease guns can deliver grease at pressures from 17-400 bar (246-5801 psi). It takes less than 7 bar (100 psi) to inject a substance through human skin.

ALWAYS get professional medical treatment immediately after any type of injection injury.

Provide the physician with information on the type of grease, the pressure setting of the gun, and similar details.

The amount of fluid injected, type of fluid (or material), pressure at which it was injected and the elapsed time between injection and seeking medical attention all influence the chances of successful treatment for this type of serious injury.

Prior to using a high pressure pneumatic grease gun perform the following: •

All operators of high pressure pneumatic grease guns MUST be trained in the hazards of its operations and the treatment for such injuries.

•

DO NOT OPERATE a high pressure pneumatic grease gun unless you have been trained in the proper operation and are aware of all safety precautions of such a tool.

•

Wear protective clothing such as gloves, safety hat and safety glasses.

•

Inspect all parts of the grease gun for wear and tear and replace all worn or damaged parts.

•

Ensure that protective shrouds are installed on all grease gun nozzles as safety devices.

•

Remove dirt and grease from grease fittings prior to greasing.

•

Replace any defective grease fittings on equipment with new fittings immediately.

•

When badly positioned fittings are identified, replace them with angled or swivel fittings for easier access.

1.25

Safety

Safety

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher LIGHTNING SAFETY

LIGHTNING SAFETY AWARENESS

In spite of the popular myth that being struck by lightning is an unlikely event, the facts show that lightning strikes occur frequently. As a result loggers are at high risk because their work is outdoors and close to known strike points such as tall trees and heavy equipment.

Loggers can increase their chances of avoiding a lightning strike by following a few simple safety practices.

1. Designate a member of your crew to

WHAT IS A LIGHTNING STRIKE? Lightning is a discharge of the electricity produced by a thunderstorm. As the thunderstorm develops, many small particles of ice within the storm clouds bump together. These collisions create a positive charge at the top of a cloud and a negative charge at the bottom. As this continues a second positive charge builds up on the ground beneath the cloud, concentrated around high objects such as hills, trees, buildings, equipment and even people.

•

Monitor daily weather forecasts

•

Observe local weather conditions

•

Alert all other members of the crew when a possible lightning threat develops.

2. Don’t start or continue any work that cannot be stopped immediately, when a storm moves nearby.

3. Anticipate a high-risk situation and take action early by moving to a low-risk location. Do not hesitate. If there is lightning, you are in danger.

When the difference between the electrical charge in the cloud and on the ground becomes great enough to overcome the resistance of the insulating air between them, an electrical current flows instantly. This is a lightning strike.

4. Obey the rule - If you see lightning, Flee. If you hear thunder, Clear.

5. Do not follow the now obsolete guideline to take shelter when the time between seeing lightning and hearing thunder is 30 seconds or less. This does not provide sufficient time to ensure safety. Always follow step 4.

The electrical potential in a lightning strike can be as much as 100 million volts. Lightning strikes can occur over very large distances, even as much as 60 km (37 mi). Lightning travels both in front of and behind a thunderstorm and so strikes happen even when rain has not started or has stopped.

Lightning can hit in the same place, many times and often spreads out over 18 m (60 ft) within the soil around the strike point.

6. Remain in your safe location for 30 minutes after the last sight of lightning or the last sound of thunder.

The safest location during lightning activity is inside a fully enclosed, substantially constructed building, a house, office, school, shopping area, etc. These are the safest because of the electrical wiring and plumbing that they contain. Should lightning strike, the electrical current will travel through the wiring or plumbing into the ground.

When such a building is nearby, always seek shelter there first.

Thunder always accompanies lightning. When lightning occurs, the air through which it travels is instantaneously heated to a temperature more than 28,000°C (50,000°F). The air expands rapidly due to this heating, then quickly contracts as it cools. It is this contracting shock wave that we hear as thunder.

In many areas of the world, lightning strikes are second only to flooding as the greatest cause of storm related deaths and injuries. Although only 10% of lightning strike victims are killed, virtually all from cardiac or respiratory arrest, over 70% of those that survive suffer severe, life-long injury and disability. The symptoms of a lightning strike include memory loss, fatigue, chronic pain, dizziness, sleeping difficulty and the inability to complete several tasks at one time.

1.26

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Safety WHAT TO DO IF YOU ARE OUTSIDE AND SEE LIGHTNING OR HEAR THUNDER.

LIGHTNING SAFETY AWARENESS continued

If you can, get inside.

1. Run to the nearest building, motor vehicle or fully enclosed ROPS equipment cab immediately. Being anywhere outside is not safe.

2. If inside a building:

Unfortunately loggers do not often work close to buildings and therefore other alternatives need to be considered.

Sheds, weather shelters, hunting blinds, tents and other partially open or small structures are not safe against lightning strikes as they lack the electrically grounded components of larger buildings. They are intended for sun or rain protection only. Do not seek shelter from lightning strikes inside these structures.

•

Don’t watch the lightning storm from open windows or doorways. Stay in inner rooms.

•

Stay well away from corded telephones, electrical appliances, lighting fixtures, radio microphones, electrical sockets and plumbing pipes and fixtures.

3. If inside a motor vehicle or fully enclosed ROPS equipment cab:

The second safest location during lightning activity is inside a fully enclosed car, van, truck or bus with a metal roof and metal sides. The electrical energy of a lightning strike to these vehicles is carried to ground by the conducting outer metal surfaces. This is called the skin effect.

Do not seek safety from lightning strikes in vehicles with fiberglass or plastic body shells or in convertible top vehicles. None of these are safe, as they do not offer skin effect lightning protection.

Heavy forestry equipment such as a skidder, loader, feller buncher, forwarder, etc. with a fully enclosed rollover protective structure (ROPS) cab take advantage of the skin effect and are therefore safe in electrical storms.

However machines with a rollover canopy only are not safe against lightning strikes as they are open to electrically conductive rainwater and do not benefit from the skin effect. Operators of this equipment must abandon their machines and get to a safer location before lightning strikes.

Note that the rubber tires on motor vehicles and heavy equipment do not increase safety from lightning strikes. Lightning has already travelled a great distance through the air to strike the vehicle.

In comparison a few inches of rubber in a tire offers absolutely no additional insulation.

1.27

•

Under no circumstances whatsoever step outside of the vehicle or off the equipment to move to another shelter. Very dangerous electrical pathways to ground may go through you.

•

Shut down all operation, turn off the engine, close all doors and raise all windows.

•

Sit squarely in the seat with your hands in your lap and your feet flat on the floor mat.

•

Do not touch any metallic objects referenced to the outside of the vehicle.

Do not touch any door and window handles, control levers, foot pedals, steering wheels, cab interior walls and any other inside to outside metal objects.

•

Do not touch any radio or telephone connected to an outside antenna.

Safety

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher What to do if you feel your skin tingling, your hair stands on end, light metal objects vibrate or you hear a crackling sound.

LIGHTNING SAFETY AWARENESS continued

1. Lightning is probably about to strike. You only have a few seconds to act.

2. Put your feet together. Crouch down like in a baseball catcher’s position. Hold your head down. Cover your ears to protect them against the noise of the thunder.

3. Do not lie flat on the ground. By touching as little of the ground as possible, the lightning may not move across the ground to you.

What to do if a co-worker has been struck by lightning.

If you are caught outside and have no where else to go.

1. The victim does not carry any electrical charge. There is no danger to anyone helping this person. You can touch him or her immediately.

1. Avoid wide-open areas where you project above the surrounding landscape.

2. Seek shelter in a low place, such as a ditch, ravine, valley, canyon or cave.

2. Call your local emergency response telephone number immediately.

3. Get away from open water such as ponds or streams.

3. If the victim has no pulse, their heart has stopped or they have stopped breathing, start cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) or mouth –to-mouth resuscitation immediately.

Use a portable defibrillator if one is available.

4. Do not take shelter under any isolated tall trees or small groups of trees.

5. Seek shelter amongst the dense, thick growth of the shortest trees.

4. Be careful about staying in the storm to take care of the victim. You can get hit by lightning too. If you can, move the victim to a building as soon as possible.

6. Avoid entering any small enclosures or shelters.

7. Do not seek shelter under any motor vehicle or heavy equipment.

To further increase your awareness about lightning safety, see the following web sites.

8. Keep clear of any materials that can conduct electricity such as wire fences and gates, metal pipes, poles, rails and tools.

National Weather Service Lightning Safety http://www.lightningsafety.noaa.gov National Lightning Safety Institute http://www.lightningsafety.com

9. Stay at least 15 m (50 ft) away from metal objects such as a fuel tank, a vehicle or machinery without a cab, motorcycle, ATV, etc.

10. Stay at least 5 m (16 ft) apart from any other members of a group so that lightning won’t travel between you.

11. Do not use the telephone except for emergencies.

1.28

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

4. Clean out all accumulated forest debris (twigs, pine needles, branches, bark, leaves, saw dust, small wood chips) and any other combustible materials from inside the machine belly pans or lower machine structures as well as from areas in proximity to the engine, fuel and hydraulic oil systems no less frequently than at the completion of each work shift.

FIRE PREVENTION

When working in a forest environment, it is impossible to prevent combustible debris from collecting in tight corners of the machine. This debris, in itself, may cause a fire; however, when mixed with fuel, oil or grease in a hot or confined place, the danger of fire is greatly increased.

The following fire prevention guidelines should be used to supplement the operator’s fire prevention efforts. In no case should the guidelines be used, or assumed, as replacements for diligent operator efforts at preventing fires.

The following guidelines will help to keep your equipment up and running efficiently and keep the risk of fire to a minimum.

1. Maintain a CHARGED fire extinguisher on the machine at all times and KNOW HOW TO USE IT. 2. Remove debris and blow out dust regularly from the air intake doors, engine radiator and charge air cooler, hydraulic oil cooler, diesel fuel cooler and air conditioning condenser core to prevent overheating of the engine and hydraulics and to maintain efficient operation of the machine. Refer to CLEANING A/C CONDENSER, OIL COOLER AND RADIATOR in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR’S MANUAL. 3. Blow off all forest debris and fine organic material accumulated near hot engine exhaust components (turbocharger and exhaust manifold as well as exhaust pipes and muffler) at the completion of each work shift or more frequently when working in logging conditions where large amounts of combustible forest debris are present.

Visual inspection after blow off to ensure thorough cleanliness is vital. Engine exhaust systems provide numerous small pockets where saw dust, small wood chips and other flammable forest debris can gather. Even small accumulations close to hot exhaust components can ignite and smoulder. If dislodged this smouldering debris can fall into other areas of the machine and thereby spread a fire.

Safety

5. Inspect the machine regularly for any signs of diesel fuel or hydraulic system leakage.

Check for worn or eroded fuel or hydraulic lines before starting any equipment.

6. Clean up any grease, diesel fuel, hydraulic and lubricating oil accumulation and spillage immediately.

7. Steam clean the engine, hydraulic pumps, transmission, brake, fuel and hydraulic tank compartments and all machine belly pans at least once a month or more frequently when working in logging conditions where large amounts of combustible forest debris are present.

8. Use only non-flammable solutions for cleaning the machine and components.

9. Inspect the exhaust system daily for any signs of leakage. Check for worn, cracked, broken or damaged pipes or muffler.

Also check for missing or damaged bolts or clamps. Should any exhaust leaks or defective parts be found, repairs must be made immediately. Engine exhaust leaks can cause fires. Do not operate the machine until the exhaust leak is repaired.

10. During daily operation of the machine, the occurrence of exhaust leaks are usually accompanied by a change or increase in engine exhaust noise levels. These audible warnings cannot be ignored. Should any exhaust leaks occur during operation, the machine must be shut down immediately and not put back to work until the necessary repairs have been completed.

11. Park the machine at least 15 m (50 ft) away from other equipment at the end of each shift.

12. Never leave the machine parked with boom, arch or blade suspended off the ground. Should their supporting hydraulic hoses burn through during a fire, pressurized hydraulic oil may be injected into the fire and the boom, arch or blade will fall rapidly to the ground.

1.29

Safety

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher 17. AFTER transporting (trucking) a machine from one job site to the next, open all doors and access panels and blow off any debris that may have repositioned itself onto the engine and exhaust parts due to wind turbulence caused by the journey.

FIRE PREVENTION continued 13. Turn the battery disconnect switch to OFF at shut down to de-energize all electrical circuits.

18. Before starting repair work, such as welding, the surrounding area should be cleaned and a fire extinguisher should be close by.

14. Remain with the machine for at least 45 minutes at the end of operations while the machine cools.

19. Store rags and other combustible materials in a safe, fireproof location.

20. Do not use the machine on top of or to push piles of burning timber. A machine fire will most probably result.

EQUIPMENT FIRES ADVERSELY AFFECT YOUR ABILITY TO LOG, MAY INCREASE YOUR INSURANCE PREMIUMS DRAMATICALLY OR PREVENT YOU FROM OBTAINING INSURANCE COVERAGE AT ALL. WHAT TO DO TO PREPARE FOR A MACHINE FIRE •

Prevent the fire from happening in the first place by ensuring that all machine systems are frequently inspected and always well maintained.

•

Ensure that any hand held fire extinguishers are charged and in working order. Fire extinguishers require routine care. Follow the manufacturer’s instructions for inspection and maintenance shown on the label of the fire extinguisher and in the extinguisher manufacturer's manual.

•

Ensure that any pressurized water systems on the machine (if applicable) are charged and in working order. Refer to PRESSURIZED WATER SYSTEM MAINTENANCE in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

•

Ensure that you have the proper fire extinguishers on site. Most fires involving mobile forestry equipment will be Class A or B. Dry chemical extinguishers should be rated ABC and pressurized water extinguishers should be rated A.

15. Remove all keys, lock equipment and fuel cap at the end of operations to reduce the risk of vandalism.

Class A fires involve ordinary combustibles such as wood, cloth, paper, rubber and many plastics, Class B fires occur with flammable liquids such as diesel fuel, oil and grease and Class C fires apply to energized electrical equipment.

16. Be cautious when smoking. An open flame, a lighted cigarette, etc., should not be permitted around any vehicle, especially during fuelling operations or when the fuel system is open to the atmosphere or when servicing batteries.

1.30

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

WHAT TO DO WHEN A MACHINE FIRE OCCURS

FIRE PREVENTION continued •

•

•

• •

•

•

Safety

•

Ensure that the nozzle of any hand held extinguisher and pressurized water system available on the machine and at the work site fits within the fire extinguisher access holes in the doors of the machine.

Ensure that your fire detection system* is in working order. Refer to FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR’S MANUAL. Ensure that your fire suppression system** is charged and in working order. Refer to FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR’S MANUAL. Ensure that you are familiar with the recommended procedures for fire contained in the emergency action plan of your company.

Ensure that you follow all national, state/ provincial and local regulations dealing with fire fighting in effect in your specific geographic region. Regulations will vary from region to region but most will usually require that: 1. Workers assigned to fire fighting duties must be physically capable of performing them safely and effectively.

2. Workers designated to use fire fighting equipment as part of an emergency action plan must receive full and proper training from a qualified instructor.

3. Whenever portable fire extinguishers are provided for use in the workplace, training must be provided to familiarize workers with the general principles of fire extinguisher use and the hazards involved with fire fighting.

4. Training must be provided upon initial employment and at least annually thereafter.

Ensure that after you have received the training as outlined above, that you know how to use the fire extinguisher, the pressurized water system (if applicable) and the fire suppression system** on your machine.

There is not enough time available to read instructions during a fire emergency.

Ensure that all information necessary for you to immediately contact all sources of help (local fire department, etc) in the event of a fire emergency is recorded and readily available at all times.

If operating the machine when a fire occurs: 1. Lower all working attachments to the ground.

2. Shut the engine off.

3. Activate the fire suppression system**.

4. Radio or call for help. Be certain to report a fire immediately.

5. Exit the machine taking fire extinguisher and pressurized water system hose (if applicable) with you.

6. At all times ensure your own personal safety and the safety of anyone that may be in the area. Approach any fire with extreme caution. All fires can be very dangerous and life threatening.

7. Only if you can safely do so, turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

•

Before deciding to fight the fire, be certain that: 1. The fire is small and not rapidly spreading.

2. There is always a clear, safe escape route to your back.

3. You have received training in the use of the available fire extinguishing systems and are confident that you can operate them effectively.

4. If in any doubt about whether or not to fight the fire – DON’T. Instead stand well clear of the fire and wait for help to arrive.

5. Be aware that engine coolant , diesel fuel or hydraulic hoses could fail during a fire.

If this happens, hot coolant, fuel or oil could possibly be ignited by the fire.

6. If possible a dry chemical fire extinguisher or fire suppression system** should be used first to fight a machine fire.

Then immediately afterwards use the pressurized water hose supplied with the machine (if applicable) or a pressurized water extinguisher (if available). A fire suppressed by dry chemical may re-ignite from the heat retained by any debris or hot machine components in the area.

The water will cool the area, reducing the chances of re-ignition.

1.31

Safety

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher WHAT TO DO AFTER A MACHINE FIRE HAS OCCURRED

FIRE PREVENTION continued •

•

Pull the pin at the top of the extinguisher that keeps the handle from being pressed.

Break the plastic seal as the pin is pulled.

•

Aim the nozzle at the base of the fire. Do not aim the nozzle at the flames. In order to put out the fire, you must extinguish the fuel, not the flames. Hose nozzles are often clipped to the extinguisher body.

Release the hose before taking aim.

•

20229A

• •

• •

Before returning the machine to work.

1. Ensure that the cause of the fire is determined and all appropriate repairs are completed.

Use the PASS method. This is the most effective use of a fire extinguisher.

•

•

•

2. Ensure that the fire detection system* or the fire suppression system** is properly serviced and in working order (if applicable).

3. Ensure that all extinguishers used in fighting the fire are replaced or recharged.

•

Squeeze the handle to release the pressurized extinguishing agent. The handle can be released at any time to stop the discharge.

Notify your equipment dealer and/or Tigercat Industries Inc. by completing an incident report, Tigercat form number 5101.

*NOTE: Fire detection systems are offered by Tigercat as an optional installation on some Tigercat product lines. Please disregard any references made to fire detection systems if not installed on your machine.

Sweep from side to side at the base of the fire until the fire is completely out or the fire extinguisher is empty

**NOTE: Dry chemical fire suppression systems are offered by Tigercat as an optional installation on some Tigercat product lines. Please disregard any references made to fire suppression systems if not installed on your machine.

TYPICAL FIRE EXTINGUISHER ACCESS HOLE

Place the nozzle of the fire extinguisher into the appropriate fire extinguisher access hole and discharge the extinguisher.

Only if you can safely do so, open the access panels to the machine in the area of the fire.

Failing all attempts to access the machine compartment, discharge the extinguisher through the mesh or any available openings on the machine.

Ensure that the machine and all components have cooled down sufficiently after a fire so that re-ignition does not occur.

Remain with the machine until help arrives.

1.32

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher DRY CHEMICAL CLEANUP PROCEDURES

Safety 3. In areas exposed to heat during the fire, the dry chemical powder will melt forming a coating that cakes or crusts on all surfaces.

Both ABC dry chemical fire extinguishers and fire suppression systems discharge a chemical powder to extinguish the fire. The chemical makeup and the small particle size of the powder as well as the force of the discharge all contribute to the fire fighting capability. These same characteristics also permit the powder to penetrate into and fully cover all components in the vicinity of the discharge.

To break down the caked dry chemical, spray or wash these areas with a 50/50 mixture of hot water and isopropyl alcohol. Allow this mixture to stand in place for several minutes.

The caked dry chemical when exposed to moisture is also mildly acidic. Therefore when the break down procedure has been completed, follow this immediately with the neutralizing procedure as described in step 2

The following are recommendations for the cleanup and neutralizing of areas exposed to dry chemical powder.

.

Workers performing this work should wear protective clothing, safety goggles and a fine particle dust mask to minimize their personal exposure to the dry chemical powder.

Ensure that all electrical systems have been completely de-energized prior to any cleanup.

1. In areas of the machine that remained cool and dry during the fire, the dry chemical will stay in powder form.

Be certain to clean these areas immediately to prevent any settled residual powder from coming into contact with moisture whether through direct contact or humidity in the air.

Remove the powder residue by blowing off with air, sweeping, dusting or vacuuming using a HEPA filter capable of trapping the small dry chemical particles. Then wipe all surfaces with a damp cloth.

2. In areas exposed to moisture, the dry chemical powder will combine with water to form a paste that is mildly acidic.

NOTE: that all surfaces covered by this dry chemical paste including electrical contacts are vulnerable to corrosive attack.

To neutralize the acidic paste on large surfaces, spray or wash these areas with a mixture of three parts hot water to one part baking soda. Allow this mixture to stand for several minutes before rinsing with warm water. Wash the area with a mild soap and water solution. Rinse thoroughly with water.

Blow-dry to remove all residual water.

Cleaning of electrical contacts should be done using an electrical contact cleaner that has no flash or fire point and is noncorrosive and non-conductive such as CRC Contact Cleaner 2000.

1.33

Safety

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher READ OPERATOR'S MANUAL AND USE THE SEAT BELT AT ALL TIMES!

SAFETY LABELS SAFETY LABELS The following safety labels must be periodically cleaned and inspected to ensure legibility is maintained. Replace any label that becomes illegible, damaged or removed.

OPERATOR'S MANUAL LOCATION

This label indicates the storage location of the operator's manual. This label is located on the outside of the operator's manual case inside the cab.

55737BUNI R0

READ MANUAL Always read the operator’s manual before operating the machine. Pay close attention to WARNING and HAZARD identifications.

Study all the safety messages in this manual and on the labels on the machine carefully.

USE SEAT BELT The operator's seat is equipped with lap and shoulder harness belts. Use both of these restraint systems at all times when operating the machine. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO MOVE OR OPERATE the machine until the seat belt is fastened correctly.

1.34

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher REMOVE IGNITION KEY BEFORE SERVICING THE MACHINE!

Safety HOT SURFACES

This label warns of hot machine and machine component surfaces. Be aware when performing service and maintenance tasks that surfaces and grab handles in and around the engine, hydraulic tank and cooling system may become very hot when the machine has been running. DO NOT TOUCH these hot surfaces. Contact with hot surfaces may cause injury.

Prior to performing any service work or maintenance on the machine, stop the engine, REMOVE THE IGNITION KEY and store it in a safe place.

1.35

•

Before servicing the machine, allow the engine cooling system, fuel system, exhaust system, hydraulic system and machine surfaces to cool down.

•

Use a thermometer to check surface and system temperatures to ensure it is safe to begin service work.

•

DO NOT begin service work until the surface or system temperature has cooled to below 38°C (100°F).

Safety

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

CRUSH HAZARD

CRUSH HAZARD

This label warns of the CRUSH HAZARD caused by the engine enclosure door/roof.

Be sure that all personnel are clear when opening and closing the engine enclosure door/roof.

Operating the engine enclosure door/roof with personnel in the crush zone COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY! Keep all personnel clear of the machine before operating the engine enclosure door/roof.

This label warns of the CRUSH HAZARD caused by boom movement. It is located on the hoist boom mounting saddle.

Movement of booms and cylinders COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY! Keep all personnel clear of the machine before operating boom functions.

Do not approach the machine until the boom is lowered to the ground and the engine is turned OFF.

1.36

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher CUTTING HAZARD

Safety ENTANGLEMENT HAZARD

36779BUNI R0

This label informs you of the cutting hazards of the cooling fan blade when the engine is running.

This label warns of an ENTANGLEMENT HAZARD (rotating parts) zone.

KEEP CLEAR of cutting hazards caused by rotating components.

The label is located on each side of the front of the engine which is near the engine serpentine drive belt. DO NOT PLACE HANDS OR FINGERS IN THIS AREA. Rotating parts such as pulleys, belts and drives can cause entanglement of body parts resulting in serious injury.

The label is located on the side of the cooling fan shroud. DO NOT PLACE HANDS OR FINGERS IN THIS AREA. Rotating parts such as cooling fan blades can cause entanglement of body parts resulting in serious injury.

KEEP HANDS AND FINGERS CLEAR OF ROTATING BELT, DRIVE OR PULLEY! Before performing any service work on these parts or in this area, turn the engine OFF and wait for rotating parts to come to a complete stop.

KEEP HANDS AND FINGERS CLEAR OF ROTATING FAN BLADES! Before performing any service work on these parts or in this area, turn the engine OFF and wait for rotating parts to come to a complete stop.

1.37

Safety

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

ER BOOM WARNING

ER BOOM WARNING

55987BUNI R0

This label warns that the machine is equipped with an ER boom system. It is located on the hoist boom mounting saddle and on the right-hand pillar inside the cab.

Located on the control valve cover in the engine compartment, this label warns that the machine is equipped with an ER boom system.

Because of this, it may behave in an unexpected manner when performing any service work or maintenance on the machine. Ensure no persons are near the machine.

Read the Operator's Manual to become familiar with the operation and movement of the ER boom system.

Read and understand the servicing procedures in the Service Manual and make sure the boom and attachment are properly supported before attempting to adjust pressures or disconnect hydraulic lines. SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH COULD RESULT FROM CRUSHING.

This machine can be switched from ER boom to non-ER boom operation. The boom and load will move when this switch is made.

Never permit persons to stand under the boom or attachment. Contact COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY.

CRUSH HAZARD

Always ensure that the attachment is resting securely on the ground before performing any of the following functions: 1. Activating the ER switch valve.

2. De-energizing the pilot circuit 3. Opening the front door.

4. Turning OFF the engine.

LEVELER: This label warns of the CRUSH HAZARD caused by movement of the leveling frames and cylinders when not properly supported.

Never work under the machine or near the leveler area when it is unsupported. Contact with moving frames and cylinders COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY! Properly support and brace the leveler cylinders and turn OFF the engine before performing service work in this area.

1.38

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Safety

CRUSH HAZARD

STORED ENERGY HAZARD

This label warns of a downward force crush zone caused by swinging or falling logs and boom movement. It is located on either side of the attachment end of the stick boom.

This label warns of a STORED ENERGY HAZARD. It is located near the hydraulic tank.

The machine is equipped with an accumulator (located in the hydraulic tank area, attached to the pilot manifold). The accumulator has stored energy in the form of hydraulic pressure.

Servicing the accumulator, hydraulic tank or any hydraulic components before releasing pressure could result in death or serious injury.

Approaching personnel are subject to crush injuries by falling or swinging logs and boom downward movement which could result in death or serious injury.

DO NOT start the machine until other personnel are a safe distance away from the machine.

DO NOT SERVICE ACCUMULATOR OR ANY HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS BEFORE RELEASING PRESSURE.

When the engine is running, DO NOT allow anyone in areas of the machine where they may be crushed by moving components.

Maintain a safe operating distance between the machine and workers and all other personnel.

It is the duty of the operator to ensure that no person approach the machine while in use, the risk zone is 150 m (500 ft).

DO NOT attempt to service or work on the machine UNTIL THE LOAD IS REMOVED from the attachment, the VEHICLE IS IN THE PARKED POSITION WITH THE BOOM AND ATTACHMENT RESTING ON THE GROUND and the ENGINE IS TURNED OFF.

1.39

Safety

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

ELECTROCUTION HAZARD!

NO RIDERS

This label is located in the cab. It warns of a potential ELECTROCUTION HAZARD. Contact with electric lines WILL RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY!

NO RIDERS INSIDE OR OUTSIDE OF THE MACHINE. Do not carry passengers either in the cab or anywhere else on the machine. The vehicle seating accommodation is for one operator only.

Persons riding on the outside of the machine are subject to hazards such as falling off the machine, crush hazards, thrown object hazards and many other hazards WHICH COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY.

Before beginning work in any area, study the area thoroughly and become familiar with any potential hazards, especially electrocution hazards from electric lines.

DO NOT MOVE ANY PART OF THE MACHINE OR LOAD WITHIN 3 m (10 ft) PLUS TWO TIMES LINE INSULATOR LENGTH OF ANY ELECTRIC LINES!

If any person attempts to climb onto the machine during operation, STOP THE MACHINE IMMEDIATELY. DO NOT Operate the machine until other personnel are a safe distance away from the machine.

KEEP BACK

This label warns personnel to KEEP BACK 150 m (500 ft) due to flying projectiles and falling trees. Danger exists predominantly around the felling head.

When approaching an operating machine on foot, stay at least 150 m (500 ft) away until the operator recognizes your presence. Make sure that all equipment has been shut down before advancing to the machine.

1.40

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD

Safety EMERGENCY EXIT, CAB, LEFT-HAND SIDE DOOR

This label is located on the left-hand cab door post next to the door, alerting the operator that, in the event of an emergency this door can be used as an emergency exit.

This label is also located just below the bottom of the left-hand emergency exit doorway, on the outside of the cab frame. This label reminds the operator that this door should not be used as a point of entry into the cab, except in the case of an emergency where emergency personnel need to gain access to the operator.

55992BUNI R0

Ensure that the exit and escape doors and the escape hatch are functioning properly at all times.

This label warns of the potential of a severe shock hazard. It is located on the top frame of the battery compartment housing.

Refer to EMERGENCY EXIT–MAINTENANCE GUIDE in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL.

TURN OFF the Battery Disconnect Switch BEFORE removing the battery compartment cover.

EMERGENCY EXIT, HAND TIGHTEN ONLY

Ensure the positive battery cables are disconnected before performing any service.

DO NOT short out battery terminals for any reason. Serious burns and/or an explosion can result.

Refer to GENERAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS in THIS SECTION.

This label is located on each of the escape hatch clamp-brackets to indicate that the escape hatch can also be used as an emergency exit.

The label also indicates that the escape hatch knobs should be hand tightened only to allow for easy exit.

Ensure all exit locations are functioning properly.

Refer to EMERGENCY EXIT–MAINTENANCE GUIDE in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL.

1.41

Safety

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

EXPLOSIVE RELEASE OF HOT COOLING SYSTEM PRESSURIZED FLUID

EXPLOSION HAZARD

WARNING • EXPLOSION HAZARD. • DO NOT USE ETHER. • ENGINE EQUIPPED WITH HEATER STARTING AID. • USE OF ETHER COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY. 36782BENG R0

This label warns of an EXPLOSION HAZARD. It is located on the end of the air cleaner (air filter housing). The engine is equipped with a heater starting aid, DO NOT USE ETHER to assist in starting the engine.

USING ETHER COULD CAUSE AN EXPLOSION WHICH COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY. PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER

33952AUNI R0

This label warns of a PRESSURE AND FLUID SPRAY HAZARD when the coolant in the radiator is hot.

DO NOT LOOSEN THE CAP UNTIL COOL. Explosive release of fluids from a pressurized cooling system can cause serious burns.

Turn OFF the engine. Only remove the coolant filler cap when it is cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly loosen the cap, to the first stop, to relieve pressure before removing completely.

This label indicates a PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER LOCATION. The label is installed on the exterior fire extinguisher compartment door located on the left-hand side of the vehicle, behind the cab.

1.42

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher FIRE PREVENTION!

Safety CHECK DAILY

This label is installed in the cab. In addition to the previous label it is a reminder to check the machine daily for the possibility of debris build-up, leaks, damaged wires and hoses and take the necessary action required to clean up any debris accumulation, and repair any leaks, damaged wires or hoses.

This label advises operators of the following: READ, UNDERSTAND AND FOLLOW THE FIRE PREVENTION GUIDELINES IN THIS MANUAL. These guidelines provide all the necessary action required to preventing fires on this machine. DO NOT OPERATE THIS MACHINE until you have read these instructions and have performed any necessary maintenance required that will prevent the potential of a fire from starting on this machine.

The label also advises to check and ensure that all fire fighting devices are in good working order.

FIRE EXTINGUISHER ACCESS HOLE

It is also important to note that fire prevention inspections and maintenance MUST BE PERFORMED FREQUENTLY (several times per day). A clean combustible free machine as well as frequent inspections of the exhaust components, hydraulic hoses and electrical cables and performing any necessary repairs immediately will help prevent fires.

Maintain a CHARGED fire extinguisher on the machine at all times, know where it is and KNOW HOW TO USE IT! This label indicates the location of each FIRE EXTINGUISHER ACCESS HOLE. The label is installed on each fire extinguisher hole on the engine door, pump compartment door and L.H. service door.

1.43

Safety

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

1.44

USING HIGH-SPEED DISC SAWS SAFELY DANGER This information is intended to encourage logging organizations and operators to develop and practice additional rules to suit particular terrain conditions and job requirements. It is also intended to assist towards a quicker understanding of how and why things can happen when a high speed disc saw is in use; and hence to assist in development of safe operating practices.

The following information is in addition to any safety instructions or recommended safe operating practices that may already be in circulation.

DANGER

CONTENTS – APPENDIX TO SECTION 1 C

COMMENTS AND INSTRUCTIONS..........................................................................................................................A.7 ASSESSING THE POTENTIAL DANGERS ON THE JOB SITE..........................................................................A.7 DIRECTION OF THROW.........................................................................................................................................A.7 HIGH ANGLE WRIST ROTATION ABILITY............................................................................................................A.8 RECOGNIZING THE DANGERS............................................................................................................................A.7 REGULAR MAINTENANCE....................................................................................................................................A.7 SAFE OPERATING AREAS.....................................................................................................................................A.7 THROW DISTANCE.................................................................................................................................................A.7 THROWING LONG WOOD PIECES....................................................................................................................A.10

D

DANGERS....................................................................................................................................................................A.3

F

FOREWORD................................................................................................................................................................A.2 BE AWARE OF THE HAZARDS..............................................................................................................................A.3 OTHER INSTRUCTIONS.........................................................................................................................................A.3 SAFE PRACTICES...................................................................................................................................................A.3 SEVERAL TYPES OF HEADS INVOLVED............................................................................................................A.2 STORED ENERGY...................................................................................................................................................A.3

H

HOUSING TYPES.......................................................................................................................................................A.4 HOUSING WITH ADDITIONAL OPENING.............................................................................................................A.6 HOUSING WITH LONGER INGOING SNOUT......................................................................................................A.5 HOUSING WITH NO SNOUTS...............................................................................................................................A.5 HOUSING WITH SNOUTS......................................................................................................................................A.4

S

SAW HEAD DO NOT'S..............................................................................................................................................A.14

T

TYPE OF HOUSING MAKES A DIFFERENCE.........................................................................................................A.4

5211A • R5-1116

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

Tigercat

FOREWORD SEVERAL TYPES OF HEADS INVOLVED

SAW25A

Wheel Feller Buncher– Broadside Saw Contact with a Log Could Produce a Throw

SAW24

Track Feller Buncher – Sudden Machine Movement May Cause and Unexpected Throw at the Cab

Tigercat wheel feller bunchers and track feller bunchers can be supplied with several optional makes and models of high speed disc saw tree felling heads. Because each head has unique characteristics, advantages and disadvantages, they are chosen based on the specific types of work they were designed to complete.

A.2

Tigercat

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

STORED ENERGY

OTHER INSTRUCTIONS

The saw blade stores energy from the hydraulic motor between tree cuts so it can supply up to 1000 hp during a one second tree cut. However, this rotational energy, if misapplied, can result in wood materials or other objects being thrown strongly enough to cause damage and injure people.

All instructions contained in the operator and service manuals for use and maintenance of Tigercat disc saw heads and other disc saw heads installed on Tigercat machines must be read, understood and followed.

BE AWARE OF THE HAZARDS

Here are the most common means by which a rotating disc saw can cause harm by throwing:

DANGERS

Users of machines with disc saw felling heads must be aware of all safety precautions. In this section, some previously unknown, unexpected safety hazards are illustrated and explained. These should be studied before use of the machine and then reviewed again after use has begun.

• The normal throwing of chips from the cut.

• Soil particles are thrown from the ground.

• Loose chunks of wood encountered or produced are tossed by the exposed blade.

• Sticks and debris falling onto the blade or sliding across the blade are struck by the teeth and thrown.

SAFE PRACTICES It is understood and expected that logging organizations and operators must develop and practice additional rules to suit particular conditions of terrain, trees, soil and job requirements. The information provided in this section is intended to assist towards a quicker understanding of how and why things can happen when a high speed disc saw is in use and to assist in the development of safe operating practices.

• Metal pieces from the blade or from encountered objects are thrown.

• Wood pieces enter the saw housing and are expelled by the blade.

• In very peculiar cases the saw can throw long lengths of wood as spears.

It should not be assumed that all possible dangers have been discovered and described in this section.

A.3

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

Tigercat

HOUSING TYPES TYPE OF HOUSING MAKES A DIFFERENCE Since the configuration of the saw housing can affect the safety of its use, we need to identify some particular types of housing shapes and guarding being used.

HOUSING WITH SNOUTS A

B

SAW13

A Throw Angle

SAW17

Saw Housing with Snouts B Snouts

This commonly used saw housing is designed with a continuous skirt around the saw except at a mouth opening where the trees are cut and taken. The skirt extends below the saw enough to intercept tangential throws. There are snouts on both sides of the mouth to prevent the saw teeth from making contact with the wood if pushed against the side of a felled tree or log.

A.4

Tigercat

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

HOUSING WITH NO SNOUTS A

B

SAW14

SAW15

Saw Housing with No Snouts

A Throw Angle

B Housing Plan with No Snouts

This housing has no blade-guarding snouts. This allows the saw blade teeth to protrude ahead of the housing.

This may be preferred for dexterity in tree getting.

HOUSING WITH LONGER INGOING SNOUT A

C

B

B

SAW12

A Throw Angle B Long Snout

SAW18

Saw Housing with a Longer Snout on the housing Ingoing Side C Short Snout

This housing has a much longer snout on the ingoing side of the mouth, i.e., where the teeth of the rotating blade are entering the housing. The broad side of a log, if nudged, will not contact the saw teeth and more thrown material will be intercepted by the extra length of the snout.

A.5

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

Tigercat

HOUSING WITH ADDITIONAL OPENING

B

C

A

A

E

D A

SAW19

A Throw Angle B Rear C Front

A

SAW20

A SAW26

Saw Housing with Additional Opening

D Opening in Housing Skirt E Guard for Chip Escape Port in Housing

This housing incorporates an additional opening (chip escape port) in the housing skirt to allow for the discharge of wood chips produced by the saw teeth in the cut and being taken into the housing.

A guard is available to close the chip escape port so tangential travel of chips and other material is intercepted as soon as it leaves the housing.

The various housing types show a shaded area where normally tangentially thrown material can escape from the saw housing. Deflected and dropped chips escaping below the bottom edge of the housing skirt are not included. The areas and angles are not exact but do show that one head can be different from another.

IMPORTANT! The operator must be familiar with the blade rotation direction, the effectiveness of any snout on the in-going side and which direction a chip escape port allows material to discharge.

A.6

Tigercat

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

COMMENTS AND INSTRUCTIONS

ASSESSING THE POTENTIAL DANGERS ON THE JOB SITE

RECOGNIZING THE DANGERS

The extent of danger from high speed disc saws on a logging operation must be assessed on the job site, depending on how much other work activity is in the area and whether the operator can do their job of cutting and bunching with good control of throw patterns. Danger is greater if the saw is equipped with detachable, or fragile, or brittle teeth, or if the site contains stones or abandoned metal.

While it may appear the illustrated danger areas (throw angle) can be visually recognized on the job by observing how far chips are discharged during a cut, this only holds true for chips and other light weight materials.

Metal parts and wooden spears can be thrown to surprisingly greater distances. Even distant personnel on the ground, in other vehicles, or in buildings are at risk if the throw is in their direction.

REGULAR MAINTENANCE

DIRECTION OF THROW

Poor saw maintenance increases possible dangers.

Some designs, that might allow fasteners to wear thin or fatigue and suddenly break, need thorough timely replacement procedures. It is important the warning signs of missing saw tooth parts or the sounds of striking rocks be heeded and the operation adjusted to avoid danger.

The direction of possible tangential throw for metal parts and stones is dependent on the housing configuration and might be expected to be the same as observed for the chips. However, these throws can occur at any time the saw is running, in whichever direction the throw angle is pointed by boom geometry, and not just when a cut is being made.

THROW DISTANCE The throw distance for metal pieces and stones, can be many times the distance shown by the pattern for chips.

More testing and data collection is needed to pin down a 'safe distance' but if someone or something is in a place that can be seen by the operator and in the throw direction of a high speed disc saw, then the operation is not safe regardless of the distance.

SAFE OPERATING AREAS These saw heads must not be used in areas where the logging operation does not have control over the presence and movement of people. In particular, clearing of vegetation in urban and populated areas should not be done with a Tigercat manufactured or supplied high speed disc saw. High speed disc saw heads are intended for high productivity wood harvesting in areas remote from normal habitation. The possible presence of people and property within throw range and the likelihood of encountering scrap metal, wire fencing, steel posts and concrete must be respected.

A.7

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

Tigercat

HIGH ANGLE WRIST ROTATION ABILITY

B

A

C

SAW21A

A Short Snouts B Chip Escape Port Discharge Path

C Chip Escape Port

The limits of the boom, stick, tilt, wrist, upper leveling and any other freedoms, must not permit a direct throw at the operators cab during normal operation, on felling machines equipped with a high-speed disc saw head with high-angle wrist rotation ability.

A

B

SAW23

B C

SAW23

A Clockwise (CW) Blade Saw Rotation B Discharge Path

C Counterclockwise (CCW) Saw Blade Rotation

The discharge path exists in both the clockwise (CW) and counterclockwise (CCW) blade rotation (relative to the machine).

A.8

Tigercat

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

B

A

SAW21A

Disc Saw Felling Head with High Angle Wrist Rotation Capability

A Long Snout on Outgoing Side

B Discharge Paths

It is essential that the housing have a long snout on the ingoing side and, if equipped with a chip escape port, it should be guarded.

With these high mechanical freedom arrangements, there is a chance that an unforeseeable operator misadventure or equipment failure could result in an accidental direct or deflected throw at the operators cab. The cab should be capable of resisting such accidental and ricochet throws. The velocity energy of metal or rock pieces leaving the blade is extremely high. The operators cab cannot be considered safe to routinely operate in the chip throw area, even if it has been constructed to prevent penetration by accidentally thrown objects.

A.9

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

Tigercat

THROWING LONG WOOD PIECES

A

Dangers from throws of long wood pieces are illustrated throughout this portion of the document.

Tests and experience have shown that, when a high speed rotating saw is applied to a loose piece of wood, the wood is either blown or pushed away, without a throw.

C

If the wood is held firmly in all directions, and the saw is advanced into the wood at any feed speed, cutting will take place. If the wood is only restrained against the saw radially, but not restrained tangentially, then the wood will be both partly cut and partly moved tangentially.

If the piece of wood is backed-up by a solid slippery surface, the feed in is very fast, and the piece of wood is long enough, the tangential movement is a dangerous spear-like throw.

B

SAW2

A Slab B Throw Direction C Radial Feed In

The slab can be thrown from the side of a log. Although the saw housing has skis, there are no snouts and the blade teeth protrude ahead of the housing.

A

B

C

D

E

F

SAW7

A

SAW10

A Slab SAW8

A slab, which could later be thrown, might occur when there is not enough room in the head to completely cut the last tree.

A B C D E F

Throw Engagement– Side View

Felling Head Moving Radially Into the Slab/Log Slab Log Felling Head Moving Radially Into the Small Log/Pile Small Log Log Pile

A slab, still partly attached to a well backed-up tree bole and wet with sap, makes an ideally bad throw situation which could unintentionally occur in woods work.

If the side of a log can contact the saw blade, the throw engagement distance can be long.

A.10

Tigercat

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely A

B

A

B SAW7

SAW6

C

Felling Head with Snouts

A Thrown Engagement Distance B Uncut tree or stump backup C Radial Feed In

A

A head with snouts does not allow a long throw contact.

Although tests show that a short contact length on a long log or tree butt does not result in a spear like throw, this action should nevertheless be avoided because abnormally large chips are sometimes produced and thrown.

C SAW8

Throw Engagement– Top View

A Thrown Engagement Distance B Felling Head Moving Into the Slab/Log C Felling Head Moving Into the Small Log/Pile

A housing without snouts can create a long throw engagement distance which, in turn, can cause a dangerous spear throw.

B

A SAW3

C

How a Log Can Be Thrown Like a Spear

A Felling Head Moving Into the Small Log/Pile B Small Log C Saw Housing Without Snouts

A small log in a pile of other logs might also be propelled out with enough length of continued contact to reach near saw tip speed.

A.11

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

Tigercat SAW BLADE THROW GAP A

A

SAW122

SAW11

A Saw Throw Gap

A Felling Head Moving Into Stump (Feed Speed)

Blocks of wood can be tossed in any direction when improvising with a disc saw to trim over-size stumps. A long snout and a slow feed speed lessen danger during stump trimming. A similar danger of throw may exist when clearing small brush with multiple pass cuts.

Saw blades have gaps between adjacent teeth and holders to permit installation and removal of the teeth and to provide spaces to accumulate chips in the cut.

Fallen sticks and debris, or sticks and debris sliding across the saw blade, can enter these gaps when the blade is rotating and may be struck by the teeth. This will cause the sticks and debris to be tossed or thrown.

Larger gaps and lower rotation speeds increase these dangers.

A.12

Tigercat

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

SAW HOUSING ENTRANCE AND EXIT SPACE

A

B

SAW22 SAW22A SAW22B

A Ingoing Opening of the Saw Blade Housing

Saw Bade Entrance and Exit Space

B Outgoing Opening of the Saw Blade Housing

To avoid the ingestion of materials into the housing space above the disc (and later ejection) the ingoing entrance for the saw rim of teeth is kept as small as practical. It is important that this high wear area be maintained at its original size and shape.

The outgoing opening is large enough to allow the housing to clean itself and allows most things inside to be thrown out. Its throw direction and angle must be respected. A long snout on the ingoing side reduces this danger.

A.13

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

Tigercat

This information is offered by Tigercat as part of interim action to make saw heads safer. It is based on what has recently been reported from the field and on tests conducted on proving grounds.

• Do not assume visitors and other workers are aware of disc saw dangers.

• Do not assume the operator will spare you, a visitor, from danger.

Tigercat continues to design and test tree felling machinery towards achieving greater safety in the woods. Tigercat would be thankful for written reports describing any unsafe happenings, including near misses, in the use of felling heads and their carriers.

• Do not select and operate heads that throw rearward.

• Do not select and operate heads with unnecessarily wide throw angles.

THE FOLLOWING ARE SOME SAW HEAD DO NOT'S THAT APPLY PARTICULARLY TO THROW PREVENTION:

• Do not neglect to read and follow all instructions provided by the saw and head manufacturers.

• Do not point the throw of a disc saw head in a direction towards people, vehicles or buildings at any visible distance.

• Do not operate in a way that throws chips in a direct line at the machine cab.

• Do not push hard with the saw against anything except a standing tree to be cut.

• Do not mix new sharp teeth with old dull teeth on the same saw.

• Do not change the blade rotation from its designed direction in the head.

• Do not over speed the blade rpm.

• Do not remove or shorten snouts provided by the head manufacturer or installer.

• Do not neglect tooth fastening inspection, maintenance and replacement.

• Do not neglect to repair worn or damaged saw housings.

• Do not neglect to replace any covers removed for service or clean out.

• Do not count on skis to give the throw protection that snouts do.

• Do not nudge loose short pieces with the front of any type of head.

• Do not nudge anything, even long logs, with the front of a head which has no snouts.

• Do not cut short small stalks when the blade speed is low.

• Do not operate a high speed disc saw in a populated area.

A.14

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher SECTION 2 - CONTROLS & OPERATION ISSUE 3.0, DECEMBER 2019 Read and understand this entire manual including the SAFETY SECTION prior to operating this equipment. Read and understand all manuals for any attachments or accessories associated with this machine.

CONTENTS - SECTION 2 ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE DESCRIPTION............................................................ 2.12, 2.13 ACCUMULATION MODES AUTOMATIC ACCUMULATION MODE......................................................................................... 2.13 NORMAL ACCUMULATION MODE............................................................................................... 2.13 SIMULTANEOUS ACCUMULATION MODE.................................................................................. 2.14 MODE SELECTION BUTTON............................................................................................................ 2.12 ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE ACCUMULATOR ADJUSTMENT....................................................................................................... 2.61 ACCUMULATOR DEFAULT SETTINGS........................................................................................... 2.64 ADJUSTMENT EXAMPLE.................................................................................................................. 2.51 CLAMP ADJUSTMENT....................................................................................................................... 2.57 CLAMP DEFAULT SETTINGS........................................................................................................... 2.60 LEVELER ADJUSTMENT................................................................................................................... 2.65 LEVELER DEFAULT SETTINGS....................................................................................................... 2.73 WRIST ADJUSTMENT........................................................................................................................ 2.52 WRIST DEFAULT SETTINGS............................................................................................................ 2.56 AIR CONDITIONER/HEATER CONTROLS......................................................................................... 2.25 AIR FILTERS ENGINE AIR FILTER ELEMENTS - 8***2601 TO 8***2632.............................................................. 2.95 ENGINE AIR FILTER ELEMENTS - 8***2633 TO 8***3500.............................................................. 2.98 FRESH AIR - A/C UNIT....................................................................................................................... 2.35 RE-CIRCULATING AIR - A/C UNIT.................................................................................................... 2.35 AIR INTAKE SYSTEM, ENGINE - 8***2601 TO 8***2632 AIR CLEANER, ENGINE.................................................................................................................... 2.95 AIR FILTER ELEMENTS.................................................................................................................... 2.95 AIR INTAKE BY-PASS COVER.......................................................................................................... 2.96 FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR................................................................................................. 2.96 PRECLEANER, ENGINE AIR............................................................................................................ 2.97 UNLOADER VALVE............................................................................................................................ 2.97 AIR INTAKE SYSTEM, ENGINE - 8***2633 TO 8***3500 AIR CLEANER, ENGINE.................................................................................................................... 2.98 AIR FILTER ELEMENTS.................................................................................................................... 2.98 AIR INTAKE BY-PASS COVER.......................................................................................................... 2.99 FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR................................................................................................. 2.99 PRECLEANER, ENGINE AIR............................................................................................................ 2.98 UNLOADER VALVE............................................................................................................................ 2.98 AM/FM STEREO CD.............................................................................................................................. 2.36 ANTI-STALL - SWITCH WITH LIGHT................................................................................................... 2.23 AUXILIARY POWER OUTLET............................................................................................................... 2.27 BATTERY BOOSTER JUMPER PLUG................................................................................................. 2.18 BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH...................................................................................................... 2.21 BOOM CONTROLS...................................................................................................................... 2.10, 2.11 BOTTOM FUELING SYSTEM............................................................................................................... 2.90 CARE OF THE MACHINE.................................................................................................................... 2.112 CASE DRAIN STRAINERS.................................................................................................................... 2.94 CIGARETTE LIGHTER.......................................................................................................................... 2.26 2.1

Controls and operation

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

CLAMP ARMS CONTROL, JOYSTICK....................................................................................... 2.12, 2.13 CLEANING A/C CONDENSER, OIL COOLER, RADIATOR AND CHARGE AIR COOLER............................ 2.100 GRAFFITI REMOVAL....................................................................................................................... 2.115 POLYCARBONATE WINDOWS....................................................................................................... 2.114 REMOVAL OF ANTI-CORROSION SPRAY (IF APPLICABLE)..................................................... 2.115 COLD WEATHER STARTING.............................................................................................................. 2.107 COMPUTER.................................................................................................................................. 2.21, 2.42 ADJUSTMENT EXAMPLE.................................................................................................................. 2.51 ADJUSTMENT MENU........................................................................................................................ 2.45 OIL GRADE...................................................................................................................................... 2.45 ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE........................................................................................................... 2.52 ACCUMULATOR............................................................................................................................. 2.61 AUTO ACCUMULATION MODE STATUS..................................................................................... 2.46 CLAMP.............................................................................................................................................2.57 COOLING FAN SERVICE MODE................................................................................................... 2.45 LEVELER......................................................................................................................................... 2.65 WRIST..............................................................................................................................................2.52 AIR FILTER, ENGINE, ALERT........................................................................................................... 2.99 ALERT MESSAGES............................................................................................................................ 2.83 CLAMP EXAMPLE.............................................................................................................................. 2.51 CRITICAL MESSAGES...................................................................................................................... 2.82 DATE/TIME ADJUSTMENT................................................................................................................ 2.76 DEFAULT SETTINGS TABLE............................................................................................................ 2.56 DISPLAY ADJUSTMENT.................................................................................................................... 2.75 ELECTRONIC SETTINGS DESCRIPTION...................................................................................... 2.50 ENGINE MENU................................................................................................................................... 2.44 INFORMATION MODE....................................................................................................................... 2.46 MAIN MENU........................................................................................................................................ 2.43 MAIN MENU PAGE, PREFERENCES MENU LANGUAGE ADJUSTMENT........................................................................................................... 2.78 MAIN MENU SCREEN........................................................................................................................ 2.47 MD3 MESSAGES................................................................................................................................ 2.81 ALERT MESSAGES, YELLOW...................................................................................................... 2.83 CRITICAL MESSAGES, RED......................................................................................................... 2.82 INFORMATION MESSAGES, BLUE.............................................................................................. 2.84 MEASURE MENU............................................................................................................................... 2.74 PREFERENCES MENU..................................................................................................................... 2.74 SCREEN SAVER ADJUSTMENT...................................................................................................... 2.75 USB PORT...........................................................................................................................................2.22 WARMUP MODE................................................................................................................................. 2.44 CONTROL PANEL.................................................................................................................................. 2.23 COOLING ASSEMBLY......................................................................................................................... 2.100 COOLING FAN - SWITCH..................................................................................................................... 2.27 CRITICAL MESSAGES, RED................................................................................................................ 2.82 DEFAULT SETTINGS TABLE...................................................................................................... 2.56, 2.73 DIESEL HEATER CONTROLS - OPTIONAL........................................................................................ 2.22 DOORS, SERVICE ACCESS................................................................................................................. 2.85 EMERGENCY EXITS CHECKING PROCEDURE FOR ESCAPE HATCH.......................................................................... 2.38 CHECKING PROCEDURE FOR SIDE DOOR:................................................................................. 2.38 ESCAPE HATCH................................................................................................................................. 2.36 ESCAPE HATCH REMOVAL/REPLACEMENT................................................................................ 2.38 MAINTENANCE GUIDE..................................................................................................................... 2.38 SIDE DOOR.........................................................................................................................................2.36 2.2

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

ENGINE AIR INTAKE SYSTEM - 8***2601 TO 8***2632 AIR CLEANER, ENGINE.................................................................................................................... 2.95 AIR INTAKE BY-PASS COVER.......................................................................................................... 2.96 FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR................................................................................................. 2.96 PRECLEANER, ENGINE AIR............................................................................................................ 2.97 UNLOADER VALVE............................................................................................................................ 2.97 ENGINE AIR INTAKE SYSTEM - 8***2633 TO 8***3500 AIR CLEANER, ENGINE.................................................................................................................... 2.98 AIR INTAKE BY-PASS COVER.......................................................................................................... 2.99 FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR................................................................................................. 2.99 PRECLEANER, ENGINE AIR............................................................................................................ 2.98 UNLOADER VALVE............................................................................................................................ 2.98 ENGINE ANTI-STALL - SWITCH WITH LIGHT.................................................................................... 2.23 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS CONNECTION............................................................................................. 2.20 ENGINE ENCLOSURE, DOOR/ROOF HYDRAULIC HAND PUMP................................................... 2.86 ENGINE ENCLOSURE, POWER DOOR/ROOF ELECTRIC PUMP.................................................. 2.87 ENGINE FAULT CODE MESSAGES.................................................................................................... 2.84 ENGINE HOT WATER SHUT-OFF VALVES......................................................................................... 2.35 ENGINE, RESTARTING AFTER ENGINE RUNS OUT OF FUEL..................................................... 2.108 ER BOOM SYSTEM, SPECIAL OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS........................................................2.111 FELLING HEAD OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS.................................................................................2.111 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS..................................................................................................................2.111 FILTER, FRESH AIR - A/C UNIT............................................................................................................ 2.35 FILTER, RE-CIRCULATING AIR - A/C UNIT........................................................................................ 2.35 FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR.......................................................................................... 2.96, 2.99 FILTERS, ENGINE AIR FILTER ELEMENTS - 8***2601 TO 8***2632.............................................................. 2.95 ENGINE AIR FILTER ELEMENTS - 8***2633 TO 8***3500.............................................................. 2.98 FUEL TANK STRAINERS......................................................................................................... 2.88, 2.89 FILTERS, HYDRAULIC OIL DIFFUSERS/STRAINERS.................................................................................................................. 2.93 RESTRICTION PRESSURE SWITCH, HYDRAULIC OIL............................................................... 2.93 RETURN FILTER BYPASS WARNING............................................................................................. 2.94 RETURN, HYDRAULIC OIL............................................................................................................... 2.93 FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM, OPTIONAL....................................................................................... 2.29 AUTOMATIC OPERATION................................................................................................................. 2.30 AVOIDING DAMAGE AND FALSE DISCHARGES........................................................................... 2.34 COMPONENT LOCATIONS............................................................................................................... 2.34 DISCHARGE OF THE SYSTEM........................................................................................................ 2.31 FLASH CODES................................................................................................................................... 2.30 IN CASE OF FIRE:.............................................................................................................................. 2.31 INSPECTION OF FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM................................................................ 2.33, 2.34 MANUAL OPERATION....................................................................................................................... 2.30 FOOT PEDALS, TRACK DRIVE............................................................................................................ 2.15 FUEL, BOTTOM FUELING SYSTEM.................................................................................................... 2.90 FUEL HEATER SWITCH........................................................................................................................ 2.24 FUEL, REFUELING PROCEDURE....................................................................................................... 2.90 FUEL TANK CAPACITY...........................................................................................................................................2.88 COMPONENTS......................................................................................................................... 2.88, 2.89 REFUELING PROCEDURE............................................................................................................... 2.90 REFUELING PROCEDURE, BOTTOM FUELING OPTION............................................................ 2.90 FUEL TANK, OPTIONAL HIGH CAPACITY.......................................................................................... 2.89 FUEL TANK, STANDARD....................................................................................................................... 2.88

2.3

Controls and operation

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

FUSE AND RELAY REAR PANEL......................................................................................................... 2.17 FUSES AND RELAYS, CAB................................................................................................................... 2.19 FUSES AND RELAYS, ENGINE COMPARTMENT.............................................................................. 2.16 GRAFFITI REMOVAL........................................................................................................................... 2.112 HAND PUMP OPERATION.................................................................................................................... 2.87 HORN, SAFETY ALERT - SWITCH....................................................................................................... 2.26 HOT WATER SHUT-OFF VALVES (ENGINE)...................................................................................... 2.35 HYDRAULIC OIL FILL PUMP -ELECTRICAL....................................................................................... 2.92 HYDRAULIC OIL HEATER, OPTIONAL............................................................................................... 2.94 HYDRAULIC OIL TANK.......................................................................................................................... 2.91 FILTER RESTRICTION PRESSURE SWITCH................................................................................ 2.93 FILTER/STRAINER SERVICE........................................................................................................... 2.93 HYDRAULIC OIL FILTERS................................................................................................................ 2.93 HYDRAULIC OIL HEATER, OPTIONAL............................................................................................ 2.94 VACUUM SWITCH.............................................................................................................................. 2.37 IGNITION KEY SWITCH........................................................................................................................ 2.24 INFORMATION MESSAGES, BLUE..................................................................................................... 2.84 INSPECTION OF THE FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM........................................................... 2.32, 2.33 INSTRUMENT PANEL DIESEL HEATER CONTROLS - OPTIONAL.................................................................................... 2.22 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS CONNECTION.......................................................................................... 2.20 ENGINE POWER DOOR - SWITCH.................................................................................................. 2.20 ER MODE - SWITCH.......................................................................................................................... 2.21 LIGHTS, SERVICE - SWITCH........................................................................................................... 2.20 MASTER ALARM................................................................................................................................ 2.20 MASTER ALARM LIGHT.................................................................................................................... 2.20 MD3 COMPUTER............................................................................................................................... 2.21 POWER ENGINE DOOR - SWITCH.................................................................................................. 2.20 INTERIOR LIGHTS................................................................................................................................. 2.35 JOYSTICKS, LEFT AND RIGHT HAND...................................................................................... 2.10, 2.11 KEY SWITCH..........................................................................................................................................2.24 LEVELING CONTROLS, JOYSTICKS.................................................................................................. 2.11 LIGHTS, INTERIOR................................................................................................................................ 2.35 LIGHTS, SERVICE................................................................................................................................. 2.20 LOAD SENSING, OPERATING TIPS.................................................................................................. 2.110 MACHINE PREPARATION SYSTEM TEST AND WARM-UP...................................................................................................... 2.109 MANUAL OVERRIDE............................................................................................................................. 2.87 MASTER ALARM.................................................................................................................................... 2.20 MASTER ALARM LIGHT........................................................................................................................ 2.20 MASTER DISCONNECT SWITCH........................................................................................................ 2.21 MD3 COMPUTER, ELECTRONIC CONTROL AND DISPLAY............................................................ 2.42 MD3 COMPUTER MAIN DISPLAY........................................................................................................ 2.43 MD3 MESSAGES................................................................................................................................... 2.81 MEASURING TRACK SAG.................................................................................................................. 2.104 OIL HEATER, HYDRAULIC, OPTIONAL.............................................................................................. 2.94 OPERATING MACHINE....................................................................................................................... 2.102 PRE-START CHECKS...................................................................................................................... 2.102 OPERATING TIPS WITH LOAD SENSING........................................................................................ 2.110 PICTOGRAM DESCRIPTIONS............................................................................................................... 2.6 PILOT SYSTEM INTERLOCK SWITCH (FRONT DOOR)................................................................... 2.25 PILOT SYSTEM “OFF “- PUSH BUTTON SWITCH............................................................................. 2.25 2.4

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

PILOT SYSTEM RESET - PUSH BUTTON SWITCH.......................................................................... 2.25 PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, LOCATION............................................................................... 2.32 POWER DOOR ELECTRIC PUMP............................................................................................................................... 2.87 HAND PUMP....................................................................................................................................... 2.87 POWER ENGINE DOOR/ROOF - SWITCH......................................................................................... 2.20 PUMP, ELECTRICAL, ENGINE ENCLOSURE DOOR/ROOF, HYDRAULIC..................................... 2.87 PUMP, HAND, ENGINE ENCLOSURE DOOR/ROOF, HYDRAULIC.................................................. 2.87 PUMP, HYDRAULIC OIL FILL, ELECTRICAL...................................................................................... 2.92 REFUELING PROCEDURE................................................................................................................... 2.90 REFUELING PROCEDURE, BOTTOM FUELING OPTION............................................................... 2.90 RELAYS AND FUSES, CAB................................................................................................................... 2.19 RELAYS AND FUSES, ENGINE COMPARTMENT.............................................................................. 2.16 REMOVAL OF ANTI-CORROSION SPRAY (IF APPLICABLE)..............................................2.112, 2.115 SAW - SWITCH....................................................................................................................................... 2.26 SCREEN SAVER ADJUSTMENT.......................................................................................................... 2.75 SEAT........................................................................................................................................................2.40 SERVICE ACCESS DOORS.................................................................................................................. 2.85 SERVICE LIGHTS.................................................................................................................................. 2.20 SLOPE INDICATORS............................................................................................................................. 2.20 STARTING ENGINE COLD WEATHER STARTING.......................................................................................................... 2.107 STEREO AM/FM RADIO/CD.................................................................................................................. 2.36 SWING BRAKE - SWITCH WITH LIGHT.............................................................................................. 2.23 SWING CONTROL, JOYSTICK................................................................................................... 2.10, 2.11 THROTTLE SWITCH.............................................................................................................................. 2.24 TRACK COMPONENTS MEASURING TRACK SAG.............................................................................................................. 2.104 TRACK DRIVE, FOOT PEDALS............................................................................................................ 2.15 TRACK, LOW/DRIVE - SWITCH WITH LIGHT.................................................................................... 2.26 TRAVELLING (BOOM RAISED)......................................................................................................... 2.110 TRAVEL SPEED CONTROL LEVER..................................................................................................... 2.15 UNLOADER VALVE, ENGINE AIR CLEANER - 8***2601 TO 8***2632.............................................. 2.97 UNLOADER VALVE, ENGINE AIR CLEANER - 8***2633 TO 8***3500.............................................. 2.98 USB PORT - MD3 COMPUTER............................................................................................................. 2.22 VACUUM SWITCH, HYDRAULIC OIL TANK........................................................................................ 2.37 WARMUP MODE.................................................................................................................................... 2.44 WINDOWS CARE OF POLYCARBONATE WINDOWS CAUTIONS..................................................................................................................................... 2.114 CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS....................................................................................................... 2.114 CONCEALING HAIRLINE SCRATCHES..................................................................................... 2.114 FIRE PRECAUTIONS................................................................................................................... 2.115 GRAFFITI REMOVAL.................................................................................................................... 2.115 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE............................................................................................ 2.113 RESISTANCE TO CHEMICALS................................................................................................... 2.113 RESISTANCE TO WATER............................................................................................................ 2.113 SIDE WINDOW SCREENS.............................................................................................................. 2.115 WORK LIGHTS SWITCH....................................................................................................................... 2.23

2.5

Controls and operation

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

PICTOGRAM DESCRIPTIONS

Diagrams in pictorial form are used to represent machine function operation. They are a simple universal language of symbols or pictograms that illustrate a function or component without the use of words.

Examples of these pictograms are the turtle speed such as SLOW =

or FAST =

and the rabbit

that are often used to describe

.

= Accumulator arms AUTO

or

= Accumulator arms OPEN

or

= Accumulator arms CLOSE

or

= Boom IN

= Boom OUT

= Boom UP

= Adjustment Menu or

= Boom DOWN

= Air Conditioner ON = Boom IN - TELESCOPIC = Air Conditioner OFF

= Boom OUT - TELESCOPIC

= Air Source, FRESH AIR

= Air Source, RECIRCULATE

= Cigarette Lighter, 24 Volt

= Alert Message

= Clamp arms CLOSE

= Auxiliary Power Outlet 12 V = Clamp arms OPEN

= Auxiliary Power Outlet 24 V

= Control Lever Multiple Direction

= Battery Connect = Battery Disconnect

= Critical Error Message

= Boom - ER System 2.6

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation = Engine Emission Inhibit Mode

= Critical Message or

= Defrost, Front Window

= Engine Emission System Temperature = ER Boom Function ON

= Disc Saw

= Engine Menu

= ER Boom Function OFF

= Engine Anti-stall = Fan Auto Reversing/Cleaning = Engine Anti-stall ON = Fan Full ON = Engine Anti-stall OFF = Fan Reverse/Clean = Engine Boost Pressure = Fan - Ventilation Blower = Engine Charge Air Filter Pressure = Feed Rollers - Forward = Engine Charge Air Temperature = Feed Rollers - Reverse = Engine Coolant Temperature = Fluid Level High = Engine Diagnostics = Fluid Level Low

= Engine - Percentage of Load

= Foot Pedal Control

= Engine Oil Pressure

= Fuel Consumption Rate = Engine Speed - rpm

= Fuel - Diesel

= Engine WAIT TO START

= Fuel Heater

= Engine Emission Filter 2.7

Controls and operation

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

= Fuel Information

= Hydraulic Oil FILTER BYPASS

= Fuel Reset

= Hydraulic Tank

= Fuel - Water in Fuel = Hydraulic Oil GRADE = Harvester Head = Hydraulic Oil LEVEL = Harvester Head - TILT FLOAT = Hydraulic Oil TEMPERATURE = Harvester Head - TILT DOWN

= Imperial/Metric Toggle

= Harvester Head - TILT UP

= Information Menu

= Information Message = Harvester Head - ROTATE (CW)

= Harvester Head - ROTATE (CCW) = Leveling LEFT

= Head TILT FORWARD = Leveling RIGHT = Head TILT BACK = Leveling FORWARD

= Horn = Hours - Machine

= Leveling BACK = Hours - Engine

2.8

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher = Lights - WORK

Controls and operation = Switch ON

= Lights - ENGINE SERVICE

= Switch OFF

= Pilot System ON (Reset)

= Temperature

= Pilot System OFF

= Track, L.H. FORWARD/REVERSE and TRAVEL

= Roof CLOSE

= Track, R.H. FORWARD/REVERSE

= Roof OPEN

= Vacuum

= Saw CUT

= Wheel Arms - CLOSE

= Speed CREEP or Very Slow = Wheel Arms - OPEN = Speed FAST or Hi = Speed SLOW or Low

= Wrist COUNTERCLOCKWISE

= Swing BRAKE = Wrist CLOCKWISE = Swing RIGHT (CW)

= Swing LEFT (CCW)

2.9

Controls and operation

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher IMPORTANT!

This manual is applicable to factory installed machine functions and controls. It does not take into account any changes or modifications made after shipment. Verify all functions before operating this machine.

CONTROLS - CAB 1 2

855C-016

855C-016A

1. L.H. JOYSTICK CONTROL LEVER

2. R.H. JOYSTICK CONTROL LEVER

Stick Boom, Forward/Back Move the joystick back to move the boom IN toward the machine.

Move joystick forward to move boom OUT away from the machine.

Swing Move the joystick right to swing the upper frame to the RIGHT (CLOCKWISE).

Move the joystick left to swing the upper frame to the LEFT (COUNTERCLOCKWISE).

Hoist Boom , Up/Down Move the joystick back to RAISE the boom.

Move the joystick forward to LOWER the boom.

Head Tilt, Forward/Back Move the joystick right to tilt the felling head FORWARD. Move the joystick left to tilt the felling head BACK. Thumb switch, lower left Refer to ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE in THIS SECTION. Thumb switch, lower right Refer to ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE in THIS SECTION. Thumb switch, center left No factory equipped function.

Thumb switch, center right Push to rotate wrist CLOCKWISE. Thumb switch, upper left No factory equipped function.

Thumb switch, upper right No factory equipped function.

Thumb switch, lower left Refer to ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE in THIS SECTION. Thumb switch, lower right Refer to ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE in THIS SECTION. Thumb switch, center left Push to rotate wrist COUNTERCLOCKWISE. Thumb switch, center right No factory equipped function.

Thumb switch, upper left No factory equipped function.

Thumb switch, upper right No factory equipped function.

Trigger switch Pull the trigger switch to rotate wrist CLOCKWISE.

Trigger switch Pull the trigger switch to rotate wrist COUNTERCLOCKWISE. 2.10

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

1

2

855C-016A

855C-016

1. L.H. JOYSTICK CONTROL LEVER LEVELING MACHINES

2. R.H. JOYSTICK CONTROL LEVER LEVELING MACHINES

Stick Boom, Forward/Back Move the joystick back to move the stick boom IN toward the machine.

Hoist Boom , Up/Down Move the joystick back to RAISE the hoist boom.

Move joystick forward to move stick boom OUT away from the machine.

Move the joystick forward to LOWER the hoist boom.

Swing Move the joystick right to swing the upper frame to the RIGHT (CLOCKWISE).

Head Tilt, Forward/Back Move the joystick right to tilt the felling head FORWARD.

Move the joystick left to swing the upper frame to the LEFT (COUNTERCLOCKWISE).

Move the joystick left to tilt the felling head BACK.

Thumb switch, lower left Refer to ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE in THIS SECTION. Thumb switch, lower right Refer to ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE in THIS SECTION. Thumb switch, center left Push to rotate wrist COUNTERCLOCKWISE. Thumb switch, center right No factory equipped function.

Levelling, Left/Right Thumb switch, upper left - Tilt left Push to tilt upper structure to the LEFT. Thumb switch, upper right - Tilt right Push to tilt upper structure to the RIGHT.

Thumb switch, lower left Refer to ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE in THIS SECTION. Thumb switch, lower right Refer to ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE in THIS SECTION. Thumb switch, center left No factory equipped function.

Thumb switch, center right Push to rotate wrist CLOCKWISE. Levelling, Front/Back Thumb switch, upper left - Tilt forward Push to tilt upper structure FORWARD.

Trigger switch Pull the trigger switch to rotate wrist COUNTERCLOCKWISE.

Trigger switch Pull the trigger switch to rotate wrist CLOCKWISE.

Thumb switch, upper right - Tilt backward Push to tilt upper structure BACKWARD.

2.11

Controls and operation ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

The accumulation mode feature allows the operator to select an accumulation mode (NORMAL, AUTOMATIC or SIMULTANEOUS).

Accumulation modes modify the operation of the accumulating arm and clamp arm controls.

The accumulation mode feature is computer controlled and is available through the Adjustment Menu

of the MD3 computer.

PROCEDURE FOR ACCUMULATION MODE SELECTION 860C-354

The AUTO ACCUMULATION STATUS menu will appear. Three choices are given, NORMAL, AUTO ACCUMULATE or SIMULTANEOUS. Press the up arrow or down arrow buttons to scroll to the desired selection and press the OK button to set the selection.

WARNING 860C-478

Press the F2 button to go to the Adjustment Menu of the MD3 computer.

860C-391

Press F3 to select the AUTO-ACCUM Status Menu.

2.12

•

Movement of accumulating or clamp arms could result in death or serious injury.

•

Do not allow personnel near saw head until saw blade is completely stopped, saw head is lowered to ground and engine is shut off.

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher ACCUMULATION MODES

Controls and operation B. AUTOMATIC ACCUMULATION MODE

A. NORMAL ACCUMULATION MODE

Automatic Accumulation Mode is intended to simplify operation and reduce the number of operator commands required to accumulate several trees in the head. Automatic Accumulation Mode provides the operator with automatic features which modify the operation of the accumulating and clamp arms controls.

Normal Accumulation Mode is intended to allow the operator to use the accumulating and clamp arm controls in the standard control configuration without any additional automatic features.

LEFT JOYSTICK - ACCUMULATING ARMS Thumb switch, lower left Push to OPEN the accumulating arms.

RIGHT JOYSTICK Thumb switch, lower left Push to CLOSE the clamp arms and OPEN the accumulating arms with a single operator command.

Thumb switch, lower right Push to CLOSE the accumulating arms.

RIGHT JOYSTICK - CLAMP ARMS Thumb switch, lower left Push to CLOSE the clamp arms.

Release to CLOSE the accumulating arms.

Thumb switch, lower right Push to OPEN the clamp arms.

Thumb switch, lower right Push to OPEN the clamp arms.

NOTE: When the accumulation mode feature is turned OFF the controls operate in the same manner as they do in the Normal Accumulation Mode.

This button can also be used as a manual override of automated clamp arm movements.

LEFT JOYSTICK Thumb switch, lower left Push to OPEN both the accumulating and clamp arms with a single operator command.

NOTE: When the engine is shut off the accumulation mode will default to Normal Accumulation Mode.

This button can also be used as a manual override of automated accumulating and clamp arm movements.

Thumb switch, lower right Push to CLOSE the accumulating arms.

This button can also be used as a manual override of automated accumulating arm movements.

NOTE: When the engine is shut off the accumulation mode will default to Normal Accumulation Mode.

2.13

Controls and operation

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

C. SIMULTANEOUS ACCUMULATION MODE Simultaneous Accumulation Mode is intended to simplify operation and reduce the number of operator commands required to fell one tree at a time rather than accumulating several trees. Simultaneous Accumulation Mode provides the operator with automatic features which modify the operation of the accumulating and clamp arms controls.

RIGHT JOYSTICK Thumb switch, lower left Push to CLOSE both the clamp and accumulating arms with a single operator command.

Thumb switch, lower right Push to OPEN both the clamp and accumulating arms with a single operator command.

LEFT JOYSTICK Thumb switch, lower left

Push to OPEN the accumulating arms.

This button can also be used as a manual override of automated accumulating arm movements.

Thumb switch, lower right

Push to CLOSE the accumulating arms.

This button can also be used as a manual override of automated accumulating arm movements.

NOTE: When the engine is shut off the accumulation mode will default to Normal Accumulation Mode.

2.14

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher 3B

822-D06

Controls and operation

3A

SPEED INDICATOR

FOOT PEDALS

3A. RIGHT FOOT PEDAL - RIGHT TRACK DRIVE Depress foot pedal with TOE to drive RIGHT TRACK FORWARD. Depress foot pedal with HEEL to drive RIGHT TRACK REVERSE.

4. TRAVEL SPEED CONTROL The speed control feature of the MD3 computer allows the operator to set the maximum speed of the machine to maintain a given speed without having to feather the drive pedals.

3B. LEFT FOOT PEDAL - LEFT TRACK DRIVE Depress foot pedal with TOE to drive LEFT TRACK FORWARD. Depress foot pedal with HEEL to drive LEFT TRACK REVERSE.

Push the down arrow button on the MD3 computer to decrease the maximum speed of the machine. The green track speed indicator will display a reduction in speed as the adjustment is performed.

Push the up arrow button on the MD3 computer to increase the maximum speed of the machine, or press the OK button to reset back to maximum speed.

This function can be used while the machine is in motion in either HI or LOW travel speed selections.

Travelling Travel is accomplished by depressing both foot pedals simultaneously. Travel over distances should be done in the forward direction to reduce the wear on track components. Track drive gearboxes are considered to be at the rear of the machine for travelling in the forward direction.

NOTE: When the ignition key is turned OFF and then turned back ON the travel speed control resets back to maximum speed.

2.15

Controls and operation

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

5. FUSES AND RELAYS, ENGINE COMPARTMENT There are three areas where Fuse and Relay Electrical Components are mounted as follows:

•

IMPORTANT 24 VOLT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM •

Main Electrical Fuse, Master Disconnect Relay and Amerex (FSS) 10A Fuse, located in the engine compartment beside the battery box.

Fuse and Relay Rear Panel Located in the engine compartment behind the cab.

10A FSS FUSE

BATTERY MASTER DISCONNECT RELAY 10A FSS FUSE

60A MAIN ELECTRICAL FUSE

TOP VIEW OF BATTERIES

BATTERIES BOOSTER JUMPER PLUG

860C-225A 860C-225B

BATTERY COMPARTMENT, MAIN FUSES & MASTER DISCONNECT RELAY 2.16

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher • Fuse and Relay Rear Panel

Controls and operation

Located in the rear compartment behind the cab.

FUSE & RELAY PANEL - ENGINE COMPARTMENT

H860C-409

FUSES

REPLACE FUSES WITH SAME VALUES AS INDICATED

4.

5.

20A

6.

7.

10A

ENGINE ECM RELAY

8.

20A

9.

30A

10.

2A

11.

10A

12.

10A

13.

15A

14.

30A

WORK LIGHT RELAY

START RELAY

15. 5.1K 17.

16.

40A

54545BENG

2.17

18.

19.

20.

21.

A

3.

SERVICE LIGHT RELAY

60A

7.5A

60A

15A

2.

POWER ROOF RELAY

125

20.

21.

1.

GRID HEATER RELAY

FUEL HEATER RELAY

STARTER LOCKOUT RELAY

60A

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

19.

ROOF SERVICE LIGHTS PUMP AREA SERVICE LIGHTS SPARE SPARE ENGINE PRE-HEAT (OPTIONAL) SPARE BATTERY DISCONNECT FUEL HEATER WORK LIGHT RELAY ENGINE STOP LAMP FUSE PUMP AREA COVER HID LIGHT PUMP AREA COVER HID LIGHT ROOF HALOGEN WORK LIGHTS ENGINE ECM ENGINE STOP LAMP RESISTOR STARTER RELAY POWER ROOF RELAY KEY SWITCH RUN/ACC POWER CAB SWITCHED BATTERY POWER CAB WORK LIGHT POWER GRID HEATER RELAY

125 A

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Controls and operation

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Two 125A and three 60A fuses are installed in the Fuse and Relay Rear Panel ahead of the system circuit fuses and are there to prevent major damage to the electrical systems of the machine in the event of a short circuit in any of the main battery feed lines.

10A (FSS) FUSE

Each circuit on the machine is further protected against current overload by individual circuit fuses. The circuit fuses on the Fuse, Relay and Electrical Panel in Cab protect the cab electrical components.

The fuses in the Fuse and Relay Rear Panel protect the circuits for the work lights, engine ECM, engine enclosure power door and many other machine operating circuits. Refer to the label on the previous page for specific fuse designation and location.

BOOSTER JUMPER PLUG

A 60A fuse located in the battery compartment provides unswitched power for cab lights and service lights.

860C-225A

A second 60A fuse is located between the battery compartment and the hydraulic fill pump electrical circuit to provide unswitched power for the electrically operated fill pump.

A 10A in-line fuse protects the fire suppression system when a fire suppression system is installed. This fuse is located in the fire suppression power lead from the battery.

If a fuse “blows” it should be replaced with a fuse of the same amperage rating. If the fuse “blows” again, the circuit in question must be inspected for possible short circuit.

BATTERY BOOSTER JUMPER PLUG A battery booster jumper plug is located in the battery compartment. This special JUMPER CONNECTOR is used in conjunction with jumper cables with matching ends. Cables with matching ends are available through your Tigercat Dealer Parts Department. If standard jumper cables are used the NEGATIVE connection can be made anywhere on the upper frame, as close to the batteries as possible on bare metal.

2.18

10A (FSS) FUSE

BATTERY COMPARTMENT

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

FUSES AND RELAYS, CAB •

Cab Electrical Controls, Fuse and Relay Panel, located in the cab on the right rear side panel. IQAN fuses are located here.

The engine diagnostics connection is on the left lower side of the instrument panel. Refer to ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS CONNECTION in THIS SECTION.

860C-404

ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS CONNECTION 845D-001

2.19

CAB FUSE AND RELAY PANEL

Controls and operation

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher The electric pump assembly is located in the compartment behind the cab beside the hydraulic tank and filter compartment. This system is self contained, in which it has its own hydraulic oil (Dexron III) reservoir.

10 3B 3A 1

2. SERVICE LIGHTS - SWITCH This is a two position switch labelled ON - OFF. Use to turn ON the service lights located in the roof and pump area.

2

3A. MASTER ALARM 3B. MASTER ALARM LIGHT The MD3 computer displays messages and warnings, activates the master alarm and alarm light whenever a system fault occurs.

NOTE: The computer control system will automatically perform a bulb test at engine start up to ensure that master alarm and alarm light are functioning. Refer to COMPUTER - MD3 MESSAGES in THIS SECTION.

8 9

7

4

6 Left/Right Slope Indicator

5

Fore/Aft Slope Indicator

860C-418

CONTROL PANEL - PILLAR

860C-416

4. SLOPE INDICATORS Two slope indicators are provided, one indicates fore/aft slope degree and the other indicates side to side slope degree.

1. POWER ENGINE DOOR/ROOF - SWITCH This is a three position “momentary” switch labelled OPEN - CLOSE, spring return to centre OFF position. Push and hold switch in OPEN position to OPEN roof or push and hold in CLOSE position to CLOSE roof.

5. ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS CONNECTION Plug a remote electronic diagnostic device into this connection such as a laptop computer with appropriate engine manufacturer’s programming to perform engine performance analysis and tuning.

CAUTION Watch for personnel in area of power roof before opening roof.

NOTE: The power roof is equipped with a motion alarm that sounds when roof is moved.

The power roof is operated by an Electric Pump Hydraulic System.

2.20

NOTE: This operation can only be performed by a trained service technician.

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

24863A

6. BATTERY DISCONNECT - SWITCH This manually operated switch completely disconnects all electrical circuits on the machine from the battery except for the fire suppression and service light circuits. Wait 30 seconds after engine shut down before turning off battery disconnect switch. This is done to avoid an engine fault from being displayed on the Computer display module.

8. MD3 COMPUTER The MD3 computer’s electronic control and display is the operator’s interface with the electronic control system. The MD3 is the central unit in the control system which works as both a master controller and a display unit. It has a 3.5″ backlit colour graphic transflective display for reading system information.

7. ER MODE - SWITCH This is a two position “momentary” switch that allows the operator to toggle ER ON or ER OFF. This machine can be switched from ER boom to non-ER boom operation. The boom and load will move when this switch is made.

Never permit persons to stand under boom or attachment. Contact COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY.

Refer to MD3 COMPUTER ELECTRONIC CONTROL & DISPLAY later in this section for complete operating instructions and system details.

Always ensure attachment is resting securely on the ground before performing any of the following functions: 1. Activating ER switch valve.

2. De-energizing pilot circuit 3. Opening front door.

4. Shutting off engine.

NOTE: When the ignition is turned off and then the machine is restarted the ER function will be ON (the default is ER ON).

To turn the ER function OFF press the switch momentarily.

The computer monitor will sound an alarm whenever the ER is turned ON or OFF and whenever the pilot switch is reset .

The computer will display the following: ER MODE - CURRENTLY ON or ER MODE - CURRENTLY OFF Press the F1 button on the front of the computer display to turn the alarm OFF and acknowledge the change to ER function.

Refer to COMPUTER - SYSTEM ER MODE for more information.

2.21

Controls and operation

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

9

822C-204

9. USB PORT - MD3 COMPUTER IMPORTANT! This USB connection should only be used by a trained service technician.

This USB port is used to access the MD3 computer. A laptop with appropriate IQAN software can be plugged into this port for software updates, diagnostics and some adjustments.

Refer to COMPUTER in SECTION 6 of the SERVICE MANUAL for more information and safeguards related to the use of this port.

1075-087B

10. DIESEL HEATER CONTROLS - OPTIONAL This digital timer is used only if the machine is equipped with the optional diesel heater.

Consult the manufacture’s instruction manual for additional information.

2.22

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher 1

2

4

3

5

6

FORWARD CONTROL PANEL

860C-410

CONTROL PANEL

2. SWING BRAKE - SWITCH WITH LIGHT This is a two position switch labelled ON/OFF. The light in the switch will come ON when the switch is in the ON position.

1. ANTI-STALL - SWITCH WITH LIGHT This is a two position switch labelled ON/OFF. The light in the switch will come ON when the switch is in the ON position.

CAUTION

This switch turns on an electronic load control system which automatically prevents overloading of the engine when several high load functions are in use at the same time. It should be in the ON position during normal machine operation at FULL throttle and in OFF position when operating at less than FULL throttle.

• Turning ON the swing brake while the boom is moving can damage the gearbox.

• NEVER operate the tracks with the swing brake ON as boom contact with the ground will damage the swing gearbox.

Placing this switch in the ON position will apply the swing brake and prevent the upper structure from turning. The swing brake is a spring apply, hydraulic release, multi-disc brake. The brake is also engaged whenever the pilot system is shut off. As a safety precaution, the brake should always be applied with this switch when leaving the cab.

If engine stalling occurs, check: (a) The ANTI-STALL switch is in the ON position. (b) The 10A fuse located on the cab fuse and relay panel.

Controls and operation

This fuse is labelled A/C HEAT COMBO UNIT RELAY IGNITION AND FUNCTION PANELS.

3. WORK LIGHTS SWITCH

(c) Malfunction of the anti-stall system.

This is a two position switch labelled ON/OFF. Placing this switch in the ON position will turn on the WORK LIGHTS.

2.23

Controls and operation

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

4. FUEL HEATER SWITCH

6. THROTTLE SWITCH

This is a two position switch labelled ON/OFF. Placing this switch in the ON position will turn on the FUEL HEATER.

This is a three position “momentary” switch connected into the engine CPU circuit to adjust the engine rpm between the (IDLE) and (FULL) throttle set points.

An automatic thermostat turns the fuel heater on when the fuel temperature drops below 7°C (45°F) and off when the fuel temperature reaches 24°C (75°F).

PRESS and HOLD this switch in the position to increase engine speed (rpm), release switch at desired rpm or continue to HOLD to place engine at the correct FULL throttle setting.

WARNING

PRESS and HOLD this switch in the position to decrease engine speed (rpm), release switch at desired rpm. or continue to HOLD to place engine at the correct MINIMUM throttle setting.

NOTE: All operations should be performed at FULL throttle. Anti-stall system will not function correctly below FULL throttle.

DO NOT USE ETHER! Engine is equipped with a FLAMESTART starting aid. Use of ether may cause an explosion and severe injury.

Maintaining Correct Engine rpm It is most important that the IDLE and FULL rpm of the engine be correct at all times:

THIS MACHINE IS EQUIPPED WITH A COMPUTER CONTROLLED HEATING ELEMENT IN THE ENGINE INTAKE SYSTEM. STARTING FLUIDS WILL EXPLODE ON CONTACT WITH THE HEATING ELEMENT.

IDLE - 950 rpm (No Load) FULL - 1950 rpm max (No Load) RATED WORKING - 1800 rpm NOTE: At start-up the engine will always default to IDLE.

5. IGNITION KEY SWITCH This is a three position switch with STOP/ RUN/START positions.

These speeds are with the hydraulic and engine oil at normal operating temperatures and no functions activated and without pilot system engaged. These speeds are pre-set into the engine CPU (computer) and cannot be adjusted without the proper electronic equipment programming software. Check engine speed regularly with engine diagnostics module.

STOP Position - All electrical power through the Key switch is turned OFF. Electrical power is still available for the horn, lighter, CD AM/FM radio, two-way radio, cab dome light, defroster fan, work lights and service lights.

IMPORTANT! Under no circumstances allow the FULL throttle engine speed to vary from the recommended settings; particularly faster, this could cause serious damage to the pumps.

RUN Position - Battery is connected to all functions. Used for normal machine operation.

START Position - Connects the battery to the start relay to start the engine. Turning the key to this position starts the engine. The key will return to RUN position when released.

NOTE: The PILOT SYSTEM must be OFF to start the engine. To deactivate the pilot system push the red pilot off switch button DOWN (item 9, on the rear control panel).

2.24

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

7 C

B

A

8

9

10

11

14

15

REAR CONTROL PANEL

860C-398

7. AIR CONDITIONER/HEATER

8. PILOT SYSTEM RESET - PUSH BUTTON SWITCH

The three controls on this panel are used to adjust the heating and air conditioning temperature for operator comfort in the operator’s cab.

This is a push ON spring return switch. With the engine running and the front door closed, push this switch to activate the pilot system.

The pilot ON icon will be activated (green) on the MD3 computer display.

A. A/C DEFROST SWITCH

13

12

This is a three-position switch labelled A/C - OFF - DEFROST. Push this switch up to turn ON the A/C compressor for cooling. Push the switch down for the defrost mode.

SWITCH

ACTUATOR ON DOOR

B. FAN SPEED - OFF/LOW/MED/HIGH

This is a rotary, four position switch for controlling the speed of the blower fan.

822-D02

C. HEAT/COOL - VARIABLE

NOTE: The front door must be closed to ACTIVATE the pilot system. The side door exit WILL NOT DE-ACTIVATE the pilot system when opened.

This is a variable, rotary dial to adjust the amount of heated air for the cab by controlling the flow of engine coolant through the heater core. Make sure this control is set to the MAX COLD position when using the air conditioning.

9. PILOT SYSTEM OFF - PUSH BUTTON SWITCH This is a push OFF spring return switch. This switch shuts off the pilot system, deactivating all operating functions as well as applying the track drive brake and swing brake. The pilot OFF Icon will be activated (yellow) on the MD3 computer display.

NOTE: To maximize the efficiency of the air conditioning, the heat/cool control must be rotated to the MAX COLD position and the two hot water shut-off valves on the engine should be turned to the OFF position. Refer to HOT WATER SHUT-OFF VALVE in THIS SECTION.

INTERLOCK SWITCH (FRONT DOOR)

The pilot system can be REACTIVATED when the PILOT RESET button (item 8) is pressed with the front door closed.

Refer to AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM,CHECKING THE SYSTEM in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

WARNING If the PILOT OFF SWITCH does not stop functions, TURN IGNITION KEY OFF. 2.25

Controls and operation

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

10. TRACK, LOW/DRIVE - SWITCH WITH LIGHT This is a two position switch

LOW and

11. HORN, SAFETY ALERT - SWITCH This is a two position “momentary” switch.

Press and hold this switch to sound the safety alert horn.

DRIVE. NOTE: See also TRAVEL SPEED CONTROL earlier in this section.

Always use this horn prior to starting the engine and to alert other personnel in the area of your presence.

LOW: Placing the switch in the LOW position will provide the slowest travel speed but with increased torque or driving force.

12. CIGARETTE LIGHTER (24V) Cigar/Cigarette lighter (24V).

The DRIVE position will provide a faster travel speed range but with a lower driving force.

13. SAW - SWITCH This is a two position switch labelled ON/OFF. Use this switch to turn the saw ON. On Feller Buncher Machines equipped with the Shear Felling Head, this saw switch supplies power to the attachment’s control systems. A lockout button is incorporated into the switch to prevent the switch from being turned ON accidentally. To turn the switch ON, push and hold the lockout button UP and place the switch in the ON position.

It is recommended that during all harvesting functions and when travelling on slopes that the range switch be placed in the LOW position to maximize drive motor life. Low position is indicated by a light on the Track Low/drive switch.

DRIVE: When this switch is in the DRIVE position the travel speed (and torque) ranges of the drive system become infinitely variable and will automatically adjust to any point between the HIGH and LOW speed/torque set points, relative to the terrain or load conditions.

Place throttle in FULL position before turning attachment ON. NOTE: If the engine has been turned off or the pilot shut off system tripped (Front Door opened) with the saw switch left in the ON position, the attachment will not start up when the engine is restarted or the front door closed. In this case press the PILOT RESET button and turn the saw switch OFF and then ON.

It should be noted that the available torque when travelling at maximum speed is only half of that in LOW. The DRIVE position will provide a faster travel speed range but with a lower driving force.

However, when the machine encounters tougher terrain conditions, e.g. stumps, soft ground or slopes etc., the drive system will automatically adjust* to a slower travel speed/ higher torque range.

NOTE ALSO: On Harvester Model Machines and Shovel Loggers this saw switch supplies power to the attachment’s control systems.

NOTE ALSO: The function of this switch may vary depending on the attachment model used and method of installation. Verify all functions before operating this machine.

*This amount of adjustment can be anywhere from a slight reduction in speed all the way down to LOW, this will be dependent on the terrain conditions encountered.

NOTE: The operator should be aware that this automatic speed/torque range adjustment will cause the machine to gradually slow down over a period of one to two seconds, due in part to the infinitely variable displacement drive motors used. When travelling on relatively flat terrain it is not necessary to place the range switch in the LOW position .

2.26

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

7 C

B

A

8

860C-398

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

REAR CONTROL PANEL

14. AUXILIARY POWER OUTLET (12V)

FULL ON (OVERRIDE) DOWN POSITION When the switch is in the FULL ON (OVERRIDE) position, the fan control system is overridden and the fan will run at FULL speed for cooling regardless of charge air, coolant or oil temperatures. Normally the fan control switch is placed in the AUTO position for optimal cooling. The FULL ON (OVERRIDE) position is intended for use in the event of a temporary failure of the fan control.

A 12V outlet with a 15A capacity for portable devices such as cell phones.

15. COOLING FAN - SWITCH This is a three position switch, labelled CLEAN / AUTO / FULL ON. This switch along with an electronic fan control module, controls the operation of the hydraulic cross-flow fan.

AUTO POSITION - AUTO is the normal operating position for the fan control switch.

When the switch is in the AUTO position, the fan will operate completely in an automatic mode. It will start, speed up or slow down all based on the temperature of the charge air, engine coolant and/or the temperature of the hydraulic oil. The electronic control module automatically adjusts fan speed to the minimum required level to maintain optimal operating conditions, and default to fan at full speed if an error in the controller exists.

NOTE: Placing the switch in the FULL ON position activates the computer alarm to advise the switch has been placed in the FULL ON position. Also while the switch is in the FULL ON position the Automatic Cleaning cycle is prevented.

When the switch is in the AUTO position and the fan runs at minimum speed due to low charge air, engine coolant or hydraulic oil temperatures, turning ON the A/C will cause the fan control to increase the cooling fan speed when engine is at high idle. This is to ensure that sufficient air flow is available for the cab A/C even while the machine is still warming up.

2.27

Controls and operation

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

CAUTION Before placing the fan switch in the CLEAN position make sure that there are no personnel near the REAR of the machine in the area where the fan will expel debris.

CLEAN - UP POSITION - Momentarily pressing the switch to the CLEAN position will automatically start reversing the direction of fan rotation (there is no need to hold the switch down). Reverse rotation is used to clean the charge air cooler, radiator, oil cooler, A/C condenser and air intake door screens.

By “reversing” the flow of the fan, air flow is propelled in the opposite direction, thereby forcing dust and debris off of the radiator.

NOTE: The pilot system must be ON to operate the clean cycle.

The electronic fan control will also turn the A/C system OFF for as long as the fan is in the CLEAN mode.

When the CLEAN cycle is complete the fan automatically returns to normal rotation direction.

NOTE: The CLEAN cycle also operates automatically via the timed purge function of the computer control system (frequency is adjustable). Refer to COMPUTER ~ INFORMATION MESSAGES and COMPUTER ~ DIAGNOSTIC ~ ADJUST FUNCTION PARAMETERS in THIS SECTION. NOTE: If engine speed falls to 875 rpm or less the fan speed control is automatically overridden and fan speed defaults to the forward direction.

2.28

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

PRESSURE GAUGE POINTER TO BE IN GREEN ZONE

860C-413 860C-414

16. AMEREX FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM (OPTI ONAL) The machine leaves the factory with the AMEREX fire suppression system fully activated*.

The system is not certified for use, certification must be performed by a local AMEREX approved dealer. *NOTE: Machines shipped to international destinations have the fire suppression system deactivated to prevent accidental discharge. The inline fuse for the power lead wire to the battery (in the battery compartment) is removed and wire tied to the fuse holder.

860C-497

OPTIONAL FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM CYLINDER

The fire suppression system installed on this machine uses a dry chemical powder which is stored in a 23 kg (50 lb) pressurized cylinder. It is discharged through eight nozzles strategically placed in the engine compartment and hydraulic areas.

NOTE: A pre-delivery inspection of the fire suppression system must be carried out to ensure the system is fully operational. This involves performing all daily and weekly inspection steps. Refer to INSPECTION OF THE FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM AND PORTABLE EXTINGUISHERS in THIS SECTION.

The discharge is triggered either automatically by the fire detection thermostats or manually by the operator.

The control panel mounted in the cab provides continuous monitoring of the system. It also, automatically actuates the suppression system when signalled by the thermostats.

Please read the owners manual applicable to the system installed on this machine for additional information on operation, service and AMEREX warranty requirements.

SYSTEM OK LED

AUDIBLE ALARM

FIRE ALARM LED

ALARM SILENCE BUTTON AND LED

RELAY RESET BUTTON AND LED

“PUSH TO TEST” BUTTON

SERVICE SYSTEM LED H855-082

SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL

When the panel is plugged in to an operational configuration the system will illuminate the green “System OK” LED

2.29

Controls and operation

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

SYSTEM ALARM

AUTOMATIC OPERATION

When either the heat detection circuit has detected fire or the Manual Actuation Switch has been depressed, the following sequence will occur:

There are seven thermostats mounted in the engine and hydraulic enclosures which are wired to the control panel. The thermostats are automatic heat detection devices and are set to “close” at 177°C (350°F). When a thermostat closes it sends an electrical signal to the control panel which activates the system.

• “System OK” LED will turn off.

• The alarm buzzer will sound continuously.

• The “FIRE” LED will illuminate.

RED FIRE BUTTON

• The relay will engage after programmed delay (default is 0 seconds).

NITROGEN ACTUATOR

• The “Relay Reset” LED will illuminate.

• The “Service System” LED will illuminate.

2

• The “Service System” LED will flash four times to indicate actuator trouble.

When the “FIRE” LED first comes on it will flash a number of times to indicate which hazard zone is in alarm. The Alarm flash codes are as follows: Heat Zone 1 Alarm Heat Zone 2 Alarm Both Zones in Alarm

1 H855-082

860C-123

MANUAL OPERATION The fire suppression system can also be activated manually using the manual actuation switch.

To manually operate the system: 1. Safely lower the boom to the ground.

2. Pull locking pin (1).

3. Press red FIRE button.

An electrical signal is sent to the control panel from the manual actuation switch which activates the system.

NOTE: In the event of a power failure the system can be activated by the Nitrogen Actuator located on the front left post of the cab.

1. Remove Locking Pin (2).

2. Strike down hard on actuator knob.

1 Flash 2 Flashes 3 Flashes

The system will remain in alarm until the system has been serviced and the actuator has been replaced.

SERVICE SYSTEM In the event of a system fault: • The “Service System” LED will illuminate.

• The alarm will pulse.

• The “Service System” LED will flash to signify the fault source.

The source of the fault can be determined as follows: Main Power Trouble Heat Zone 1 Trouble Heat Zone 2 Trouble Actuator Trouble Backup Battery Trouble Pressure Switch Trouble

MANUAL ACTUATION SWITCHES

1 Flash 2 Flashes 3 Flashes 4 Flashes 5 Flashes 7 Flashes

When a system fault is detected there is a five second delay before notification. For main power trouble, the delay for notification is 20 seconds.

2.30

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher DISCHARGE OF THE SYSTEM When an electrical signal (automatic or manual) is received by the control panel it sends a discharge signal to the electrical actuator located on top of the pressurized cylinder. When activated the electrical/pneumatic actuator extends a control shaft which mechanically opens the agent cylinder valve. This releases the dry chemical in the discharge area protected by the system. The control panel will also automatically shut down the engine and all electrical power.

NOTE: The engine does not shut down automatically when the fire suppression system is activated using the nitrogen actuator. When using the nitrogen actuator to activate the fire suppression system the operator must shut the engine off manually.

The automatic engine shutdown feature will either shutdown the engine immediately the fire suppression system is discharged (non levelling machines) OR will delay the shutdown for a period of between 10 to 15 seconds for levelling machines. The time delay period is a factory setting. This delay feature allows the operator to lower the load or move the machine to a safer location before the engine shuts down. The operator can extend the engine shutdown delay feature by pressing the RELAY RESET button on the control panel to repeat the preset delay period. This button can be pressed repeatedly until the operator has brought the machine to a safe stop. The RELAY RESET button does not delay the discharge of the fire suppression system.

RED FIRE BUTTON

H855-082

MANUAL ACTUATION SWITCHES

Controls and operation

H855C-082

The system will activate the discharge system and the automatic engine shutdown system.

There will be a cloud of dry chemical dispersed in the discharge area. The engine will automatically shutdown either immediately or will be delayed for 10 to 15 seconds if the machine is a leveller.

IMPORTANT! Stop the engine before discharging the system.

This will keep the dry chemical in the engine area.

Get away from the machine. If possible and safe to do so, take the portable fire extinguisher located in the cab on the emergency exit side door and/or the one located outside the cab on the left side of the vehicle, behind the cab, with you, or obtain one from another location.

Stand by with a portable fire extinguisher and watch for any flashbacks after the system has discharged.

Do not restart the machine until it has been serviced and cleaned. Do not return the machine to service until the source of the fire has been located and neutralized. The fire suppression system must be recharged by Amerex Factory Certified Personnel before returning the machine to service.

NITROGEN ACTUATOR

CAUTION

860C-123

IN CASE OF FIRE: If a fire starts in any space protected by the system, DO NOT wait for the system to operate automatically. Instead, operate the system manually: 1. Safely lower the boom to the ground.

2. Pull locking pin.

3. Press red FIRE button.

NOTE: In the event of a power failure the system can be activated by the Nitrogen Actuator located on the front left post of the cab.

1. Remove Locking Pin. 2. Strike down hard on actuator knob.

Wear protective clothing and masks when cleaning up after a discharge.

Before cleaning up after a discharge, read the AMEREX manual. If water mixes with the dry chemical it becomes corrosive and can seriously damage wiring connections.

Dry chemical must be vacuumed or blown off with compressed air.

2.31

Controls and operation

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

INSPECTION OF THE AMEREX FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM AND PORTABLE EXTINGUISHERS: DAILY:

PRESSURE GAUGE POINTER TO BE IN GREEN ZONE

• Check the pressure gauge on the agent cylinder and all portable extinguishers. Proper pressurization is indicated when the pointer is in the green zone.

PRESSURE GAUGE POINTER TO BE IN GREEN ZONE

860C-406

PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER

• This portable fire extinguisher is located on the outside and on the left-hand side of the vehicle behind the cab.

SYSTEM OK LED

H855-082

860C-497

• Verify that the green “SYSTEM OK” LED on the system control panel is illuminated.

OPTIONAL FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM CYLINDER

The agent cylinder is located in the engine enclosure on the left hand side behind the cab.

PRESSURE GAUGE POINTER TO BE IN GREEN ZONE

845D-009

SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL

PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER

This portable fire extinguisher is located inside the cab on the rear of the emergency exit side door.

2.32

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher •

WEEKLY: •

Inspect all parts for damage, rust, corrosion or dirt. Replace any damaged parts immediately.

•

All components are in place and unobstructed.

•

All chemical delivery hoses and nozzles are connected and tight.

•

Check fire suppression electrical network for cut, frayed, stripped or damaged wires.

Controls and operation Operate the machine and depress the “Push to TEST” button to confirm the automatic engine shutdown feature is working. Depressing the “Push to Test” (Amerex diamond) button will illuminate all LEDs, sound the alarm and engage the relay. The “Push to Test” function will not cause a system discharge.

SYSTEM OK LED

“PUSH TO TEST” BUTTON

H855-082

•

860C-028

•

TYPICAL THERMOSTAT

Ensure thermostats are clean.

SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL Check the manual actuation switches to ensure that all tamper indicators are in place, operating instructions are visible and access is unobstructed.

Please read the owners manual applicable to the system installed on this machine for additional information on operation, service and AMEREX warranty requirements.

BI-YEARLY •

2.33

Check the system owners manual for correct re-certification intervals. These are required for insurance policy.

Controls and operation

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

AVOIDING DAMAGE AND FALSE DISCHARGES DURING MACHINE SERVICE:

NAB

D

D

NAB - NITROGEN ACTUATOR BUTTON 860C-037

COMPONENT LOCATIONS

Pay attention to the location of the components of the fire suppression system. Take care not to damage heat sensors or wiring, this includes hitting, cutting, bending, denting, etc. Damage to heat sensors due to shock could cause an accidental discharge of the system. Cut, pinched, or kinked wiring could cause false signals and an accidental discharge of the system.

It is also important to take care around the chemical cylinder. The chemical cylinder is pressurized and can explode if struck with sufficient force. Pressurized cylinders are extremely hazardous.

WARNING Failure to follow the system manufacturers instructions and guidelines may result in serious bodily injury, death, and property damage.

In addition thermostats are sensitive to heat from welding torches, steam cleaning or other outside sources which may create a false discharge of the system.

If any of the components are damaged, replace them immediately before operating the machine.

2.34

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

17

19

19

822-D22

RE-CIRCULATING AIR FILTER

17. FILTER, RE-CIRCULATING AIR - A/C UNIT

860C-014/015

Air in the cab is drawn into the A/C HEATER unit via this filter and re-circulated. The filter should be inspected and cleaned on a regular basis. The A/C will not cool efficiently if these filters become dirty or plugged.

HOT WATER SHUT-OFF VALVES

19. HOT WATER SHUT-OFF VALVES (ENGINE) To maximize the efficiency of the air conditioning, the heat control (C) on the A/C heater control panel must be rotated to the MAX COLD position. During times when cab heating is not required close both of the HOT WATER SHUT-OFF VALVES on the engine block, this will prevent hot water from seeping through the A/C unit and thereby reducing the effectiveness of the cooling system.

18

20

822-D23

FRESH AIR FILTER

21

18. FILTER, FRESH AIR - A/C UNIT

23

Outside air is continuously drawn into the cab air conditioning unit through this filter and mixed with interior air from the cab. The filter is located on the right side of cab and can be serviced from the outside by removing the two fasteners holding the hinged cover. The filter should be inspected on a regular basis and cleaned/replaced when dirty or when wet.

NEVER operate air conditioner without a filter installed.

822-D25

INTERIOR LIGHTS, EMERGENCY EXITS

20. INTERIOR LIGHTS The switch is activated by sliding the light lens.

2.35

22

Controls and operation

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher 21 RETAINING KNOB AND CLAMP BRACKET

845D-022

AM/FM STEREO RADIO/CD

23

21. AM/FM STEREO RADIO/CD With dual front mounted speakers. Refer to stereo manufacturer’s manual for operation and safety warnings.

22 822-D26

822-D29

ESCAPE HATCH, EMERGENCY EXIT

23. ESCAPE HATCH, EMERGENCY EXIT This is a third cab exit for use if the side exit and the front door exit become blocked. Shut off engine before using this exit. There are two retaining knobs on the inside to allow removal of the hatch. These knobs should only be HAND TIGHTENED to allow them to be unscrewed in case of an emergency.

SIDE DOOR EMERGENCY EXIT

22. SIDE DOOR EMERGENCY EXIT This side door serves as one of two emergency exit routes from the cab. Shut off engine before using this exit. Opening the side door WILL NOT DE-ACTIVATE the pilot system, for this reason only use this door in an emergency. In the event that it cannot be used, use the emergency escape hatch in the roof of the cab.

2.36

It should be noted that the escape hatch on this machine can only be opened from inside the operator’s cab.

For more information refer to ESCAPE HATCH AND SIDE DOOR EMERGENCY EXIT MAINTENANCE GUIDE in THIS SECTION.

WARNING Heat from sun exposure can cause the exit seals to bond to the cab’s painted surfaces.

Careless use of glues or sealants to repair leaks also bond the exit panel.

Failure to follow these proper maintenance procedures can result in the exit being unusable in an emergency.

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

IMPORTANT

PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK.

34.5 kPa (5 psi) MAXIMUM. Before servicing hydraulic system, wearing eye protection, release air pressure from FILTER tank using air vent valve.

AIR VENT VALVE HANDLE

BREATHER

SCHRADER VALVE MANIFOLD

24

H845C-54

24. HYDRAULIC TANK VACUUM SWITCH (IF EQUIPPED) The purpose of the vacuum pump system is to hold the hydraulic oil in the tank when servicing pumps and other hydraulic components, minimizing oil spill. When activated, a solenoid valve closes off the hydraulic tank breather air supply. The pump removes tank air to create a vacuum, which then holds the oil in the reservoir. This system eliminates the need to drain the hydraulic tank beforehand.

845C-097 845C-001

AIR VENT EXHAUST

PRESSURE GAUGE

After service is completed, close air vent valve and add air pressure from a clean air source to the hydraulic tank via the schrader valve. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi). Refer to HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for details.

With the ignition key OFF, activate the vacuum pump by placing the switch in the ON position.

NOTE: When the ignition key is in the RUN position, the vacuum pump system will not start. Alternatively if the vacuum pump is on, the engine cannot be started. The vacuum pump also will not start if the battery disconnect switch is in the OFF position.

Do not use the vacuum pump when changing hydraulic filters, instead use the Air Vent Valve to release pressure from the hydraulic tank. Using the vacuum pump system while changing filters creates the risk of introducing much more air into the hydraulic system.

It is OK to use the vacuum system when changing the case drain strainers.

2.37

Controls and operation SIDE DOOR AND ESCAPE HATCH EMERGENCY EXIT MAINTENANCE GUIDE

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Two alternate exit routes are provided on the LH. side and roof of the cab. These are only to be used if the front door cannot be opened.

It is therefore essential that these emergency exits be checked at least once per month or after major impacts to the cab to ensure they are fully operational.

It is also important that snow, debris and particularly ice not be allowed to build up in these areas. Check frequently and remove any accumulation immediately.

CHECKING PROCEDURE FOR SIDE DOOR: 1. Open side door twice, once using the interior latch handle and once using the exterior handle.

822-D29

INTERIOR HANDLE

822-D28

860C‑227

The escape hatch should move without using excessive force by pushing up on one side.

If the escape hatch does not move without excessive force refer to ESCAPE HATCH REMOVAL FOR MAINTENANCE OR REPAIR and ESCAPE HATCH REPLACEMENT in THIS SECTION. 3. Engage clamp bracket in slot of cab roof bracket and re-tighten the hand knobs hand tight.

NOTE: If the hand knobs become loose when operating the machine, the nylon inserts in the studs should be replaced.

EXTERIOR HANDLE

2. Check for proper operation of both handles, latches and hinges. Adjust and/or lubricate any part of the mechanism that requires attention.

CHECKING PROCEDURE FOR ESCAPE HATCH: CLAMP BRACKET

822-D30

ESCAPE HATCH REMOVAL FOR MAINTENANCE OR REPAIR: REMOVE BOTH CLAMP BRACKETS

UNSCREW RETAINING KNOB FOUR COMPLETE TURNS

CHECK ESCAPE HATCH

822-D31

1. Partially unscrew both the interior retaining knobs four complete revolutions.

2. Disengage clamp brackets from slot on cab roof attachment bracket.

2.38

ESCAPE HATCH REMOVAL

1. Unscrew both of the retaining knobs and remove the two clamp brackets.

2. Push open from the inside of the escape hatch. In the event that the hatch has become bonded to cab roof due to improper maintenance, use a pry bar taking care not to damage the sealing surface of the roof.

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation 4. Apply an anti-seize compound to stud threads on the escape hatch and engage hand knob threads three revolutions with washer and clamp bracket in place as illustrated.

WARNING Heat from sun exposure can cause the exit seals to bond to the cab’s painted surfaces.

Careless use of glues or sealants to repair leaks can also bond the exit panel.

Failure to follow these proper maintenance procedures can result in the exit being unusable in an emergency

FOAM SEAL

‘C’ CHANNEL RUBBER

3. Refer to ESCAPE HATCH REPLACEMENT in THIS SECTION for instructions on the proper method to use when replacing the escape hatch.

APPLYLUBRICANT TO TOP SURFACE OF FOAM SEAL BETWEEN SEAL AND ESCAPE HATCH

ESCAPE HATCH REPLACEMENT:

CROSS SECTION OF ESCAPE HATCH SEAL

LH830-06

Silicone sealant in these areas can bond the escape hatch to the cab, preventing removal of the escape hatch.

5. To prevent foam seal or rubber ‘C’ channel from sticking to escape hatch or roof over time, apply a thin film of Tigercat part number AM926 dielectric non-curing silicone lubricant to the contact surfaces of foam seal and rubber ‘C’ channel.

Remove excess spray with a dry rag so no build up remains.

1. Clean all mating surfaces on both the escape hatch and cab roof, remove any silicone residue that may have been used to seal the joint.

2. Ensure that the escape hatch gasket is in good condition and replace if damaged.

IMPORTANT! Too much lubricant will cause the roof escape hatch to stick to the cab roof.

ESCAPE HATCH

6. Install escape hatch on roof and engage clamp bracket in slot of cab roof bracket and re-tighten the hand knobs hand tight only.

WARNING

CAB

822-01 822-02

CAB ROOF

APPLY LUBRICANT TO ‘C’ CHANNEL RUBBER BETWEEN CHANNEL AND CAB ROOF

NOTE: Do not apply silicone sealant between Escape Hatch and Cab Roof

NYLON INSERT

ESCAPE HATCH

Heat from sun exposure can cause the exit seals to bond to the cab’s painted surfaces.

Careless use of glues or sealants to repair leaks can also bond the exit panel.

Failure to follow these proper maintenance procedures can result in the exit being unusable in an emergency

NYLON STUD REPLACEMENT

3. Replace the nylon inserts in each stud, leaving approximately. 1/8″ protruding at each end. These are to prevent the hand knobs from coming loose under vibration.

2.39

Controls and operation

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher AIR RIDE ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES After adjusting the seat height, the ride adjustment can be made by pulling or pushing the air ride control valve knob.

SEAT ADJUSTMENTS BACK ANGLE ADJUSTMENT

To stiffen the air ride For a stiffer ride push on the air ride adjustment knob to increase the air pressure in the suspension air bag.

LUMBAR HORIZONTAL ADJUSTMENT (NOT SHOWN)

To soften the air ride For a softer ride, pull on the air ride adjustment knob to decrease the air pressure in the suspension air bag.

ADJUSTABLE LUMBAR To increase lumbar support pressure, turn lumbar adjustment lever forward. To decrease lumbar support pressure, turn lumbar adjustment lever backwards .

LUMBAR HORIZONTAL ADJUSTMENT

AIR RIDE ADJUSTMENT KNOB S855C-020

HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT LEVER ARMREST ADJUSTMENT

FORE‌/AFT SLIDE LEVER

OPERATOR’S SEAT HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES The spring assisted height adjustment is controlled by the height adjustment lever located on the front left side of the seat chassis.

The four height settings: top, bottom and two in between, provide a total height adjustment of 76 mm (3 in.).

VIEW FROM RIGHT REAR OF SEAT

H855-084

BACK ANGLE ADJUSTMENT Push down backrest angle adjustment lever to place backrest at the desired angle then release lever.

To raise the seat Firmly lift up the height adjustment lever and partially lift your body weight from the seat. When the seat rises to the desired height. FIRMLY PUSH the lever down into the locking position, (a click should be heard).

FORE/AFT SLIDE Move and hold the fore/aft slide lever. Roll seat forward or backward to the desired position relative to the foot pedal controls.

To lower the seat Firmly lift up the height adjustment lever and add body weight to the seat until the seat is at the desired height. FIRMLY PUSH the lever down into the locking position, (a click should be heard).

ARMREST ADJUSTMENT Each armrest has two adjustments to place it in the required position. Loosen adjustment locking wingbolts to reposition armrest height and loosen the knob to adjust the fore/aft position.

2.40

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

SEAT ADJUSTMENTS

LUMBAR HORIZONTAL ADJUSTMENT BACK ANGLE ADJUSTMENT

AIR RIDE ADJUSTMENT KNOB

HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT LEVER

FORE/AFT SLIDE LEVER

S855C-020B

PROBLEMS AND CORRECTIVE ACTION

SEAT TOO HIGH/SEAT TOO LOW There are several things which can cause improper seat height. Refer to HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES and adjust seat to the desired position. If the proper height cannot be reached using one of the four height adjustment settings, it may be necessary to install the seat on a higher base.

RIDES TOO STIFF/SEAT TENDS TO PUSH OR THROW OPERATOR FORWARD The air ride control valve has over pressurized the seat air suspension. This typically happens because the operator is trying to use the air suspension to adjust the ride height rather than using height adjustment lever to raise the seat.

Refer to HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES.

OPERATOR’S LEGS FALLING ASLEEP The seat is adjusted too high, and the air ride control valve has under pressurized the seat air suspension ride adjustment, resulting in the operator sitting in a “bucket”. Refer to HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT and RIDE ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES.

RIDES TOO SOFT OR BOTTOMS OUT AND PINCHES OPERATOR The air ride control valve has under pressurized the seat air suspension ride adjustment Insufficient pressure exaggerates the knee-action movement of the seat. This usually happens because the operator is trying to lower the seat by decreasing the amount of air pressure instead of using the height adjustment lever. Refer to HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES.

2.41

Controls and operation

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

MD3 COMPUTER

COLOUR DISPLAY

ARROW (SCROLL) UP

OK (ENTER)

ARROW (SCROLL) DOWN

F1

860C-349

F2

F3

F4

ESC (BACK)

MENU

MD3 COMPUTER, ELECTRONIC CONTROL AND DISPLAY

MD3 COMPUTER ELECTRONIC CONTROL & DISPLAY

• Up and down arrow buttons

The MD3 computer, electronic control and display is the operator interface with the electronic control system. The MD3 is the central unit in the control system which works as both a master controller and a display unit. It has a 3.5" backlit colour graphic transflective display for reading system information.

Navigation buttons that are used to scroll through selections on a menu page. The buttons are configured by program software to bring up a display page, bring up an adjustment group or act as a virtual input.

• OK button .

Pushing this button equals ’enter’. Saves the value or confirms the selection you have made.

The front of the MD3 consists of a control panel with a display and nine buttons. The buttons are arranged on the bottom and right hand side of the display.

• F1 through F4 function buttons,

,

.

• Menu button .

Always brings up the Menu page. It is not programmable.

,

, .

Programmed buttons that are configured by program software to bring up a display page, bring up an adjustment group or act as an input.

2.42

• ’Esc’ or BACK button

.

Returns you to the previous display page. May be configured by program software to bring up a display page, bring up an adjustment group or act as a virtual input.

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

1

2

3

4

5

6

Controls and operation

8

7

9

10

25

24

11

23

12

22 21 20

13

14

15

16

860C-349

17

18

19

MAIN DISPLAY

MD3 COMPUTER MAIN DISPLAY 1. PILOT RESET ON/OFF

14. ENGINE MENU - Press F1 to select

2. ENGINE ANTI-STALL ON/OFF

15. ADJUSTMENT MENU - Press F2 to select

3. TRACK DRIVE LOW SPEED

16. ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE

4. ENGINE HOOD/DOOR OPEN

17. INFORMATION MENU - Press F3 to select

5. COOLING FAN MODE - (AUTO shown)

18. FUEL LEVEL GAUGE & ICON

6. ER BOOM SYSTEM (OPTIONAL)

19. ALARM INDICATORS - Press F4 to select

7. HYDRAULIC OIL FILTER BYPASS

20. TRACK CREEP SPEED ICON

8. HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL

21. TRACK DRIVE SPEED

9. ENGINE AIR INTAKE PRESSURE (Engine Air Intake Filter Restricted)

22. OIL GRADE INDICATOR

10. WATER IN FUEL

24. HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE GAUGE

11. SAW ATTACHMENT PRESSURE (if applicable)

25. TIME AND DATE

23. TRACK FAST SPEED ICON

12. SAW ATTACHMENT ICON (if applicable) 13. ENGINE TACHOMETER rpm 2.43

Controls and operation

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher WARMUP MODE

ENGINE MENU

As the hydraulic oil temperature increases the system will automatically allow the engine rpm to increase and the MD3 displays an Information

From the main menu press the F1 button to select the engine display.

dialog box that shows the progress of the Warmup Mode in percentage outstanding. This dialog box closes when hydraulic oil has reached operating temperature.

The warmup mode operates automatically on cold starts within a hydraulic oil temperature range. The temperature range will vary based on computer control system hydraulic oil settings.

This feature functions mainly with straight weight hydraulic oil.

For proper operation the computer control system hydraulic oil settings should match the type of hydraulic oil in use.

When selected the engine menu icon is on display and the engine functions will also be displayed.

The engine functions on display are as follows: • • • • • • •

Engine Air Intake Temperature - °C or °F Engine Boost Pressure - (kPa or psi) Engine Load % Engine Speed rpm Engine Temperature - °C or °F Battery Voltage - Volts Engine Oil Pressure - (kPa or psi)

•

Fuel Rate - L/h or gph (instantaneous)

NOTE: To set metric or imperial measure press F1

to change mode.

2.44

IMPORTANT! Allow a cold engine to warm up at LOW IDLE for at least five minutes before applying any load.

Check all measured values on the MD3 display terminal often during the warmup period. Refer to COLD IDLE ENGINE SPEED setting in THIS SECTION.

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation COOLING FAN SERVICE MODE

ADJUSTMENT MENU

Press the F1 button to select FAN SERVICE MODE Menu from the ADJUSTMENT MENU. The fan service mode menu appears. Two choices are given, ON or OFF. Press the up arrow or down arrow buttons to scroll to the desired selection and press the OK button to set the selection.

From the main menu press the F2 button to select the ADJUSTMENT MENU.

This mode is for when a mechanic has to be in the engine compartment. This mode will run the fan in the CLEAN direction and will adjust the speed according to the requirements of the cooling system so that the mechanic doesn’t get blasted with hot air. The A/C will be switched off as well.

Press the Back button to return to the adjustment menu. Press the Back button again to return to the main menu.

OIL GRADE SELECTION

The adjustment menu screen will be displayed.

The adjustment menu icon is on display and all the adjustment selections will also be displayed.

The adjustment selections are as follows: •

Cooling Fan Service Mode - select F1

•

Oil Grade Adjustments - select F2

•

Auto Accumulation Mode Status - select F3

Press the F2 button to select OIL GRADE Menu from the ADJUSTMENT MENU. 2.45

Controls and operation

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

The oil grade menu will appear. Five choices are given ISO22, ISO32, MULTI (UNIVIS ULTRA), ISO46 and ISO68. Press the up arrow or down arrow buttons to scroll to the desired oil grade and press OK when complete.

Press the Back button to return to the adjustment menu. Press the Back button again to return to the main menu.

INFORMATION MODE SELECTION

AUTO ACCUMULATION MODE STATUS

Press the F3 button to access the information menu.

Press the F3 button to select the accumulator arms AUTO ACCUMULATION STATUS Menu from the ADJUSTMENT MENU. The AUTO ACCUMULATION STATUS menu appears. Three choices are given, NORMAL, AUTO ACCUMULATE or SIMULTANEOUS. Press the up arrow or down arrow to scroll to the desired selection and press the OK button to set the selection.

Press the Back button to return to the adjustment menu. Press the Back button again to return to the main menu.

2.46

The information menu displays the following information: • Main Pump LS Pressure • Engine Hours • Machine Hours • Hydraulic Oil Temperature • Time and Date • Machine Serial Number • Fuel Used in US gal or Liter since last reset • Trip Time since last reset • Fuel Consumption in US gal/hr or Liter/hr • Metric/Imperial Measure Reset - Select F1 • Fuel Used Reset - Select F2 Select F1 to set imperial or metric measure.

Select F2 to reset fuel used and trip time to zero (0).

Press the back button to return to the main menu.

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher MAIN MENU SCREEN

Press the menu button menu page.

to go to the main

Adjust - Select F1

•

Measure - Select F2

•

Preferences - Select F3

•

Info - Select F4

ADJUST MENU

From the main menu page press the F1 button (Adjust) to access the Adjust menu.

The main menu page displays the following selections: •

Controls and operation

This menu is an alternate method of accessing the adjustment menu to make machine adjustments. See ADJUSTMENT MENU earlier in THIS SECTION for details.

The Main menu appears and the following menu items can be selected.

• Machine Parameters • Machine Type • Hydraulics • Leveling • Auto Accumulate • Anti-Stall Buncher Use the up arrow or down arrow button to select the Machine Parameters menu item. Press OK to confirm the selection.

To return to the Main menu press the Back button .

2.47

Controls and operation

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

MACHINE PARAMETERS

HYDRAULICS

In the machine parameters menu the following items can be selected: • Oil Grade • AUTO-IDLE • Idle Down Wait Time (Harvesters & Shovel loggers only) • Pump 1 Idle Down rpm • Pump1 Delay OFF • Pump 3 Active Flow • Auto Accum Status • Fan Service Mode • Timed Purge Interval Use the up arrow or down arrow button to scroll to the desired selection and the OK button to set the selection.

In the Hydraulics menu the following Current Output (mA) adjustment items can be selected:

Press the back button to return to the adjust menu. Select the Hydraulics option and press OK to confirm the selection.

NOTE: These functions in the Hydraulics menu will vary depending on the attachment and machine designation.

•

Accumulator Open/Close - COUT

•

Clamp Open/Close - COUT

•

Wrist/ROT/Pump2 (855) - COUT

•

Wrist (860/870)

•

Fan Speed - COUT ~ LOCKED

•

Pump Horsepower Limiter - COUT

•

Track Speed Control - COUT

•

Right Level Cylinder - COUT

•

Left Level Cylinder - COUT

•

Track Brake Release Delay Off - COUT

Use the up arrow or down arrow button to scroll to the desired selection and the OK button to set the selection.

Press the back button to return to the adjust menu. Select the Levelling option and press OK to confirm the selection.

2.48

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

LEVELING

AUTO-ACCUMULATE

In the Leveling menu the following functions can be adjusted depending on working conditions:

In the AUTO-ACCUMULATE menu the following functions can be adjusted as required:

•

Leveler Stop Ramp

•

Accumulator Close Timeout

•

Leveler Start Ramp

•

Clamp Open Start - Locked

•

Forward Leveling Speed

•

Clamp Open Duration - Locked

•

Rear Leveling Speed

•

Accumulator Close Delay

•

Right Level Cylinder

•

Left Level Cylinder

Use the up arrow or down arrow button to scroll to the desired selection and the OK button to set the selection.

Use the up arrow or down arrow button to scroll to the desired selection and the OK button to set the selection.

Press the back button to return to the adjust menu. Select the AUTO-ACCUMULATE option and press OK to confirm the selection.

Press the back button to return to the adjust menu. Select the AUTO-ACCUMULATE option and press OK to confirm the selection.

2.49

Controls and operation ELECTRONIC SETTINGS DESCRIPTION

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher 3. Start Slope This is the amount of time in mS that it takes for the current to get from the Min Current value to the Max Current when turning on a function. A higher setting will cause a delay in the time that it takes the function to reach top speed. Note that if the mS setting is set to 0ms then the min current setting is negated as the function will start at max current as soon as it is turned on.

Adjustments to the attachment control system through the ADJUST MENU of the IQAN control system electronically adjust the performance of the attachment to suit operating conditions.

Refer also to COMPUTER ~ (ADJUSTMENT) MENU OPERATION in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL. These settings control the operation of the electro-hydraulic spool actuators which control the cylinder tracking and operating speeds by regulating the flow of oil from the attachment control valve to the attachment cylinders or motors (high rotation wrist).

4. Stop Slope This is the amount of time in mS that it takes for the current to get from the Max Current to the Min current when turning off a function. A higher setting will cause a delay in the time that it takes for the function to come to a stop from top speed. Note that if the mS setting is set at 0mS then the min current setting is negated and the function would stop as soon as it is turned off. Below is a typical graph showing the four settings.

Three types of adjustments can be made to the attachment control system: WRIST - CURRENT OUT Adjustments to fine tune the operating speed and start/stop ramps for the wrist clockwise and counterclockwise rotation functions.

CLAMP ARM - PWM OUT Adjustments to fine tune the operating speed and start/stop ramps for the clamp arm open and close functions.

ACCUMULATING ARM - PWM OUT Adjustments to fine tune the operating speed and start/stop ramps for the accumulating arm open and close functions.

Within the 3 groups (Wrist,Clamp and Accumulator) that can be adjusted there are 4 adjustments that can be made through the MD3 to customise the operation of each function.

The 4 adjustments are: 1. Min Current This is the minimum amount of current that causes the function to just begin to creep.

NOTE: An inaccurate adjustment of the Min Current renders the start and stop ramps inaccurate.

2. Max Current This is the current the controls the maximum speed of the function. A higher setting will cause the function to move faster.

2.50

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

CLAMP EXAMPLE (SLOPE SETTINGS CLAMP EXAMPLE (DEFAULT SETTINGS) ADJUSTED) Below is a screen shot of the Clamp settings showing the defaults as follows Below is a screen shot of the Clamp settings Min mA =300 shown after an adjustment has been made to the Max mA =750 Start and Stop Slopes.

Start Slope =0mS Min mA = 300 Stop Slope =0mS Max mA = 750 Start Slope =500mS Stop Slope = 500mS

860C-493

860C-494

860C-526

Note that the graph reflects the default settings and as the Start and Stop Slopes are set to 0mS there is no ramp up or down showing that the clamp will travel immediately at max speed once the button is activated.

860C-527

The graph reflects the adjustments made to the start and stop slopes. This will affect the clamp operation in 3 ways. The overall time it takes for the clamp to open or close will be longer. The initial movement of the clamp will be slower when the button is activated and the final movement of the clamp will also be slower when the button is deactivated.

2.51

Controls and operation

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE:

WRIST ADJUSTMENT

For best results ensure hydraulic oil is at operating temperature before doing any adjustments. In addition, the function(s) being adjusted should be operated at a rate similar to normal operation to ensure that the coil is at a typical operating temperature. Due to the nature of the electrical components some signals will vary with temperature and should always be adjusted at normal operating temperature to improve the accuracy of adjustments for operating conditions and operator preference.

1. Ensure no other personnel are in the area during this procedure.

2. Start engine and set throttle speed to high idle.

860C-478

3. Close cab door and press pilot reset switch to activate pilot system.

Press the menu button MENU.

to go to the MAIN

860C-490

Press F1 to select the Adjust Menu

2.52

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

860C-489

Controls and operation

860C-507

Using the up or down arrow scroll to Hydraulics and push OK.

Push the F3 button to access the CCW (Counterclockwise) adjust section and press OK.

860C-479

860C-501

Using the up or down arrow scroll to Wrist (860/870) and push OK.

NOTE: When in the CCW Min Adjust menu only the Min current will be applied to the wrist when the function is activated.

Activate and hold the CCW function on the joystick and at the same time using the up or down arrow adjust the CCW Wrist Min setting so that the wrist just starts to creep.

NOTE: An inaccurate adjustment of the Min Current renders the start and stop ramps inaccurate.

Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

2.53

Controls and operation

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

860C-503

860C-527

NOTE: When in the CCW Max Adjust menu only the Max current will be applied to the wrist when the function is activated.

Activate and hold the CCW function on the joystick and at the same time using the up or down arrow adjust the CCW Wrist Max setting. It may be necessary to switch between the Wrist CCW and CW on the joystick to set this adjustment.

Adjustment of this setting will determine the speed of the Wrist in the CCW direction. Increasing this setting will speed the wrist up while decreasing the setting will slow it down. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. For recommended speed setting refer to PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTINGS in SECTION 3 of this manual.

Using the up or down arrow adjust the CCW Wrist Stop setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the CCW Min setting) will determine how the wrist stops in the CCW direction. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive stop while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive stop. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. The CCW wrist adjustment is now complete.

860C-527

Press the F4 button to access the CW (Clockwise) adjust section and press OK twice.

860C-502

Using the up or down arrow adjust the CCW Wrist Start setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the CCW Min setting) will determine how the Wrist will start in the CCW direction. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive start while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive start. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. 2.54

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation Adjustment of this setting will determine the speed of the Wrist in the CW direction. Increasing this setting will speed the wrist up while decreasing the setting will slow it down. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. For recommended speed setting refer to PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTINGS in SECTION 3 of this manual.

860C-504

NOTE: When in the CW Min Adjust menu only the Min current will be applied to the wrist when the function is activated.

Activate and hold the CW function on the joystick and at the same time using the up or down arrow adjust the CW Wrist Min setting so that the wrist just starts to creep.

860C-505

Using the up or down arrow adjust the CW Wrist Start setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the CW Min setting ) will determine how the Wrist will start in the CW direction. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive start while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive start. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

NOTE: An inaccurate adjustment of the Min Current renders the start and stop ramps inaccurate.

Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

860C-499

NOTE: When in the CW Max Adjust menu only the Max current will be applied to the wrist when the function is activated.

860C-506

Using the up arrow or down arrow adjust the CW Wrist Stop setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the CW Min setting) will determine how the wrist stops in the CW direction.

Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive stop while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive stop. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. The CW wrist adjustment is now complete.

Activate and hold the CW function on the joystick and at the same time using the up or down arrow adjust the CW Wrist Max setting. It may be necessary to switch between the Wrist CW and CCW on the joystick to set this adjustment.

2.55

Controls and operation WRIST DEFAULT SETTINGS

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

860C-487

If during the above adjustment procedure the factory default settings are required press the F2 Reset button and then select Yes in the pop up window by pushing F2 again. This will reset the setting to the factory default.

860C/870C/L870C ADJUSTMENT TABLE Adjustments WRIST ‐CW +CCW CW‐ Min Current CW‐ Max Current CW ‐Start Slope CW ‐Stop Slope CCW +Min Current CCW +Max Current CCW+ Start Slope CCW+ Stop Slope ACCUMULATOR ‐OPEN +CLOSE Open ‐ Min Current Open ‐ Max Current Open ‐ Start Slope Open ‐ Stop Slope Close + Min Current Close + Max Current Close + Start Slope Close + Stop Slope CLAMP ‐OPEN +CLOSE Open ‐ Min Current Open ‐ Max Current Open ‐ Start Slope Open ‐ Stop Slope Close + Min Current Close + Max Current Close + Start Slope Close + Stop Slope LEVELER ADJUSTMENT Leveler Stop Ramp Leveler Start Ramp Forward Leveler Speed Rear Leveleing Speed Right Cylinder ‐ Retract Min Right Cylinder ‐ Retract Max Right Cylinder + Extend Min Right Cylinder + Extend Max Left Cylinder ‐ Retract Min Left Cylinder ‐ Retract Max Left Cylinder + Extend Min Left Cylinder + Extend Max

Range (or Choice)

Units

Default Settings

0 200 250 250 0 200 250 250

to to to to to to to to

400 750 1000 1000 400 750 1000 1000

mA mA ms ms mA mA ms ms

200 400 400 750 200 400 400 750

0 300 0 0 0 300 0 0

to to to to to to to to

700 750 1000 1000 700 750 1000 1000

mA mA ms ms mA mA ms ms

300 700 0 0 300 700 0 0

0 300 0 0 0 300 0 0

to to to to to to to to

750 750 1000 1000 750 750 1000 1000

mA mA ms ms mA mA ms ms

300 750 0 0 300 750 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 300 0 300 0 300 0 300

to to to to to to to to to to to to

2000 2000 100 100 448 750 469 750 442 750 475 750

mS mS % % mA mA mA mA mA mA mA mA

350 350 100 100 300 448 300 469 300 442 300 475

2.56

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher CLAMP ADJUSTMENT

Controls and operation

860C-489 860C-478

Press the menu button MENU.

Using the up or down arrow scroll to Hydraulics and push OK.

to go to the MAIN

860C-517

Using the up or down arrow scroll to Clamp Open/ Close and push OK.

860C-490

Press F1 to select the Adjust Menu

2.57

Controls and operation

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

860C-519

860C-513

NOTE: When in the Clamp + Max Adjust menu only the Max current will be applied to the clamp when the function is activated.

Push the F3 button to access the Clamp + (Close) adjust section and press OK.

Activate and hold the Clamp Close function on the joystick and at the same time using the up or down arrow adjust the Clamp + Max setting.

It may be necessary to switch between Clamp close and Clamp open on the joystick to set this adjustment.

Adjustment of this setting will determine the speed of the Clamp when closing. Increasing this setting will speed the clamp up while decreasing the setting will slow it down. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. 860C-514

NOTE: When in the Clamp + Min Adjust menu only the Min current will be applied to the clamp when the function is activated.

Activate and hold the Clamp Close function on the joystick and at the same time using the up or down arrow adjust the Clamp + Min setting so that the Clamp just starts to creep.

NOTE: An inaccurate adjustment of the Min Current renders the start and stop ramps inaccurate.

860C-527

Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

Using the up or down arrow adjust the Clamp + Start setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the Clamp + Min setting ) will determine how the clamp will begin to close. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive start while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive start. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. 2.58

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

860C-510

860C-515

Using the up arrow or down arrow adjust the Clamp + Stop setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the Clamp + Min setting) will determine how the clamp stops when the function is deactivated. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive stop while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive stop. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. The Clamp + Close adjustment is now complete.

NOTE: When in the Clamp - Min Adjust menu only the Min current will be applied to the clamp when the function is activated.

Activate and hold the Clamp Open function on the joystick and at the same time using the up or down arrow adjust the Clamp - Min setting so that the Clamp just starts to creep.

NOTE: An inaccurate adjustment of the Min Current renders the start and stop ramps inaccurate.

Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

860C-508

Press the F4 button to access the Clamp - (Open) adjust section and press OK twice.

860C-509

NOTE: When in the Clamp - Max Adjust menu only the Max current will be applied to the clamp when the function is activated.

Activate and hold the Clamp Open function on the joystick and at the same time using the up or down arrow adjust the Clamp - Max setting. It may be necessary to switch between Clamp open and Clamp close on the joystick to set this adjustment.

2.59

Controls and operation

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher CLAMP DEFAULT SETTINGS

Adjustment of this setting will determine the speed of the Clamp when opening. Increasing this setting will speed the clamp up while decreasing the setting will slow it down. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

860C-518

If during the above adjustment procedure the factory default settings are required press the F2 Reset button and then select Yes in the pop up window by pushing F2 again. This will reset the setting to the factory default.

860C-511

Using the up or down arrow adjust the Clamp - Start setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the Clamp - Min setting ) will determine how the clamp will begin to open. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive start while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive start. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

860C-512

Using the up arrow or down arrow adjust the Clamp - Stop setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the Clamp - Min setting) will determine how the clamp stops when the function is deactivated.

Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive stop while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive stop. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. The Clamp - Open adjustment is now complete.

2.60

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher ACCUMULATOR ADJUSTMENT

Controls and operation

860C-489 860C-478

Press the menu button MENU.

Using the up or down arrow scroll to Hydraulics and push OK.

to go to the MAIN

860C-530

Using the up or down arrow scroll to Accum Open/ Close and push OK.

860C-490

Press F1 to select the Adjust Menu

2.61

Controls and operation

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

860C-533

860C-526

Push the F3 button to access the Accum + (Close) adjust section and press OK.

NOTE: When in the Accum + Max Adjust menu only the Max current will be applied to the accumulator when the function is activated.

Activate and hold the Accumulator Close function on the joystick and at the same time using the up or down arrow adjust the Accum + Max setting. It may be necessary to switch between Accumulator close and Accumulator open on the joystick to set this adjustment.

Adjustment of this setting will determine the speed of the accumulator when closing. Increasing this setting will speed the accumulator up while decreasing the setting will slow it down. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

860C-527

NOTE: When in the Accum + Min Adjust menu only the Min current will be applied to the accumulator when the function is activated.

Activate and hold the Accumulator Close function on the joystick and at the same time using the up or down arrow adjust the Accum + Min setting so that the accumulator just starts to creep.

NOTE: An inaccurate adjustment of the Min Current renders the start and stop ramps inaccurate.

860C-529

Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. Using the up or down arrow adjust the Accum + Start setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the Accum + Min setting ) will determine how the accumulator will begin to close. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive start while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive start. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. 2.62

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

860C-528

Controls and operation

860C-536

NOTE: When in the Accum - Min Adjust menu only the Min current will be applied to the accumulator when the function is activated.

Using the up arrow or down arrow adjust the Accum + Stop setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the Accum + Min setting) will determine how the accumulator stops when the function is deactivated. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive stop while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive stop.

Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. The Accumulator + Close adjustment is now complete.

Activate and hold the Accumulator Open function on the joystick and at the same time using the up or down arrow adjust the Accum - Min setting so that the accumulator just starts to creep.

NOTE: An inaccurate adjustment of the Min Current renders the start and stop ramps inaccurate.

Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

860C-537

Press the F4 button to access the Accum - (Open) adjust section and press OK twice.

860C-535

NOTE: When in the Accum - Max Adjust menu only the Max current will be applied to the accumulator when the function is activated.

Activate and hold the Accumulator Close function on the joystick and at the same time using the up or down arrow adjust the Accum - Max setting. It may be necessary to switch between Accumulator close and Accumulator open on the joystick to set this adjustment.

2.63

Controls and operation

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher Adjustment of this setting will determine the speed ACCUMULATOR DEFAULT SETTINGS of the accumulator when closing. Increasing this setting will speed the accumulator up while decreasing the setting will slow it down. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

860C-532

If during the above adjustment procedure the factory default settings are required press the F2 Reset button and then select Yes in the pop up window by pushing F2 again. This will reset the setting to the factory default.

860C-538

Using the up or down arrow adjust the Accum - Start setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the Accum - Min setting ) will determine how the accumulator will begin to open. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive start while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive start. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

860C-539

Using the up arrow or down arrow adjust the Accum - Stop setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the Accum - Min setting) will determine how the accumulator stops when the function is deactivated. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive stop while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive stop. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. The Accumulator - Open adjustment is now complete.

2.64

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher LEVELER ADJUSTMENT SETTINGS

START RAMP This is the amount of time in mS that it takes for the current to get from the Min Current value to the Max Current when turning on a function. A higher setting will cause a delay in the time that it takes the function to reach top speed. Note that if the mS setting is set to 0ms then the min current setting is negated as the function will start at max current as soon as it is turned on.

STOP RAMP This is the amount of time in mS that it takes for the current to get from the Max Current to the Min current when turning off a function. A higher setting will cause a delay in the time that it takes for the function to come to a stop from top speed.

Note that if the mS setting is set at 0mS then the min current setting is negated and the function would stop as soon as it is turned off.

Below is a typical graph showing the four settings.

These settings (defined below) fine tune the operating speeds, start/stop ramps and cylinder tracking for the leveler functions.

MIN = MINIMUM CURRENT (mA) Current [mA]

A = Current range min current

Min current A Lever position

Minimum current settings control function start speed. Coils on hydraulic valves require a certain amount of current before they begin to operate the valve. The Min current value is the current that will be sent to the hydraulic valve coil when the function switch is activated.

Current [mA] Max current

Min current

The Min current is adjusted to a value that causes the function to just begin to creep.

NOTE: Use the default setting of 300 mA when setting the Min Current.

Start slope

Stop slope

t [ms]

NOTE: The start and stop ramps adjust both the left and right cylinders to the same value.

MAX = MAXIMUM CURRENT (mA) Current [mA]

Controls and operation

FORWARD LEVELING SPEED

B = Current range max current

This adjusts both the left and right cylinder speeds proportionally to their respective Max mA+(cylinder extend) settings.

Max current B

REAR LEVELING SPEED

Min current

This adjusts the left and right cylinder speeds proportionally to their respective Max mA-(cylinder retract) settings.

Lever position

Maximum current settings control the maximum speed the function will operate at. Increasing this value will increase the travel speed of the cylinder.

NOTE: The mA +(extend) and mA- (retract) settings for the left and right cylinders need to be set separately to avoid tracking (one cylinder extending or retracting faster then the other).

2.65

Controls and operation

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

ADJUSTING CYLINDER TRACKING AND MIN/ MAX SETTINGS.

860C-566

860C-478

Press the menu button MENU.

The Adjust Menu appears.

Using the up or down arrow buttons scroll to the Leveling Menu item. Press OK to confirm the selection.

to go to the MAIN

860C-490

860C-561

Using the up or down arrow buttons scroll to the RIGHT LEVEL CYLINDER (CYL OL) menu item and press OK.

Press F1 to access the Adjust menu.

2.66

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

860C-560

Controls and operation

860C-563

Activate and hold the Tilt Left function on the joystick and then using the up or down arrows adjust the Max mA setting.

Press the F3 button to access the Plus + (cylinder extend) selection and press OK.

Increasing or decreasing this value will speed up or slow down the cylinder speed.

For the level cylinder function this value is typically about 600 mA, however it will vary slightly from machine to machine (due to slight differences in the coils ,spool cut on the valve, and various attachment manufacturers) -and of course, the largest factor in this case is operator preference.

Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. 860C-565

The Min Current default setting is 300 mA and this should be used.

Use the up or down arrow keys to adjust the value if required. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

860C-560

Press the F4 button to access the Minus -( Retract) menu and then press OK twice.

2.67

Controls and operation

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

860C-564

860C-548

The Min Current default setting is 300 mA and this should be used.

Using the up or down arrows scroll to the LEFT LEVEL CYLINDER (CYL OL) and repeat the procedure to set the Min and Max settings for the LEFT LEVEL CYLINDER.

Use the up or down arrow keys to adjust the value if required. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

The left and right (+extend and - retract) cylinder speeds have been set and now need to be checked to ensure that the cylinders extend and retract at the same rate.

To check this activate the Tilt Forward and Tilt Back functions on the joystick and ensure that the cab tilts forward and back evenly without tracking to one side.

If the right cylinder extends faster than the left cylinder it bottoms out first. Reducing the Right (+Extend) Max current reduces the speed at which the right cylinder extends to match the left cylinder speed and vice versa.

860C-562

Activate and hold the Tilt Right function on the joystick and then using the up or down arrows adjust the Max mA setting.

Increasing or decreasing this value will speed up or slow down the cylinder speed.

For the level cylinder function this value is typically about 600 mA, however it will vary slightly from machine to machine (due to slight differences in the coils ,spool cut on the valve, and various attachment manufacturers) -and of course, the largest factor in this case is operator preference.

Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. The Right Level Cylinder Min and Max settings have now been set.

2.68

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

ADJUSTING START AND STOP RAMPS Adjustment of the start and stop ramps will affect how the function begins to move once activated and how it stops once deactivated.

The start ramp is the time (mS) that it takes for the current to climb from the Min current to the Max current when a function is activated.

The stop ramp is the time (mS) that it takes for the current to drop from the Max current to the Min current when a function is deactivated.

860C-490

Press F1 to access the Adjust menu.

860C-529

NOTE: The adjustment of the start and stop ramps will apply to both the left and right cylinders

860C-566

Using the up or down arrow buttons scroll to the Leveling Menu item. Press OK to confirm the selection.

860C-478

Press the menu button MENU.

to go to the MAIN

2.69

Controls and operation

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

860C-555

860C-557

Using the up or down arrows scroll to the LEVELER START RAMP and press OK.

Using the up or down arrows scroll to the LEVELER STOP RAMP and press OK.

860C-554

860C-556

Using the up or down arrows adjust the LEVELER START RAMP mS setting. Use the Tilt Forward and Tilt Backward functions on the joystick and note how the cab begins to tilt when the function is activated. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive start while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive start. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

Using the up or down arrows adjust the LEVELER STOP RAMP mS setting. Use the Tilt Forward and Tilt Backward functions on the joystick and note how the cab comes to a stop when the function is deactivated. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive stop while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive stop. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

2.70

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

ADJUSTING FORWARD/REAR LEVELING SPEED (CYLINDER OPERATING SPEED) TYPICAL CYLINDER CYCLE TIMES Recommended values CYLINDER CYCLE TIMES DIRECTION

CYCLE TIME

LEVEL - 'FORWARD'...........8 SEC. LEVEL - 'REAR'....................8 SEC.

FULL EXTEND FULL RETRACT

The Forward and Back leveling speed adjustment is used to adjust the CYLINDER CYCLE TIMES. The cylinder extend and retract speeds will be adjusted proportionally to the Max mA settings described earlier in this section.

860C-566

Using the up or down arrow buttons scroll to the Leveling Menu item. Press OK to confirm the selection.

NOTE: The side to side speeds will also be a product of these settings

860C-478 860C-547

Press the menu button MENU.

Using the up or down arrow buttons scroll to FORWARD LEVELING SPEED and press OK.

to go to the MAIN

860C-490

Press F1 to access the Adjust menu.

2.71

Controls and operation

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

860C-546

860C-558

Using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the FORWARD LEVELING SPEED to attain the recommended CYLINDER CYCLE TIMES or a preferred speed. To check the CYLINDER CYCLE TIMES refer to CHECKING LEVELING SPEED earlier in this section. Press OK after adjusting.

Using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the REAR LEVELING SPEED to attain the recommended CYLINDER CYCLE TIMES or a preferred speed. To check the CYLINDER CYCLE TIMES refer to CHECKING LEVELING SPEED earlier in this section. Press OK after adjusting.

The leveler adjustments are now complete.

NOTE: The default setting for the Forward and Rear leveling speed is 100% so if the Cylinder Cycle Time cannot be achieved then further adjustment of the Max Current of the Left and Right Level Cyl OL may be required. See the previous pages for more detail.

860C-559

Using the up or down arrow buttons scroll to REAR LEVELER SPEED and press OK.

2.72

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher Controls and operation Below is a table showing all the leveler default LEVELER DEFAULT SETTINGS settings.

H845C-170

If during the above adjustment procedure the factory default settings are required press the F2 Reset button and then select Yes in the pop up window by pushing F2 again. This will reset the setting to the factory default.

860C/870C/L870C ADJUSTMENT TABLE Adjustments WRIST ‐CW +CCW CW‐ Min Current CW‐ Max Current CW ‐Start Slope CW ‐Stop Slope CCW +Min Current CCW +Max Current CCW+ Start Slope CCW+ Stop Slope ACCUMULATOR ‐OPEN +CLOSE Open ‐ Min Current Open ‐ Max Current Open ‐ Start Slope Open ‐ Stop Slope Close + Min Current Close + Max Current Close + Start Slope Close + Stop Slope CLAMP ‐OPEN +CLOSE Open ‐ Min Current Open ‐ Max Current Open ‐ Start Slope Open ‐ Stop Slope Close + Min Current Close + Max Current Close + Start Slope Close + Stop Slope LEVELER ADJUSTMENT Leveler Stop Ramp Leveler Start Ramp Forward Leveler Speed Rear Leveleing Speed Right Cylinder ‐ Retract Min Right Cylinder ‐ Retract Max Right Cylinder + Extend Min Right Cylinder + Extend Max Left Cylinder ‐ Retract Min Left Cylinder ‐ Retract Max Left Cylinder + Extend Min Left Cylinder + Extend Max

Range (or Choice)

Units

Default Settings

0 200 250 250 0 200 250 250

to to to to to to to to

400 750 1000 1000 400 750 1000 1000

mA mA ms ms mA mA ms ms

200 400 400 750 200 400 400 750

0 300 0 0 0 300 0 0

to to to to to to to to

700 750 1000 1000 700 750 1000 1000

mA mA ms ms mA mA ms ms

300 700 0 0 300 700 0 0

0 300 0 0 0 300 0 0

to to to to to to to to

750 750 1000 1000 750 750 1000 1000

mA mA ms ms mA mA ms ms

300 750 0 0 300 750 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 300 0 300 0 300 0 300

to to to to to to to to to to to to

2000 2000 100 100 448 750 469 750 442 750 475 750

mS mS % % mA mA mA mA mA mA mA mA

350 350 100 100 300 448 300 469 300 442 300 475

2.73

Controls and operation

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher Use the up arrow or down arrow button to select the menu item. Press OK to confirm the selection.

MEASURE MENU

This menu is used by Tigercat service technicians.

Refer to SECTION 6 of the SERVICE MANUAL for more information. Press the back button (or F1) to return to the main menu page.

PREFERENCES MENU

From the main menu page press the F2 button (Measure) to access the measure menu.

From the main menu page press the F3 button (Preferences) and the Preferences menu page is displayed.

The following menu items can be selected.

• Inputs • Outputs • Hydraulics • Engine Parameters • IQAN Status • I/O • Fault Information • DM1 (Display Module 1) Information • BAM Messaging • DM1 (Display Module 1) Frame • Sensors • Anti-stall

The following menu items can be selected.

2.74

•

Display

•

Date/Time

•

Language

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

DISPLAY ADJUSTMENT

SCREEN SAVER ADJUSTMENT

After selecting F1 the display adjustment screen opens and the following adjustments can be selected: RETURN TO MAIN MENU - Select F1

Select F3 to access the screen saver adjustment options. Use the up arrow or down arrow buttons to scroll through the choices. Three choices are available:

BACKLIGHT ADJUSTMENT - Select F2

•

SCREEN SAVER - Off

SCREEN SAVER - Select F3

•

SCREEN SAVER - Dimmed Timeout - 5 seconds Dimmed light - 80

•

SCREEN SAVER - Black Timeout - 5 seconds

BACKLIGHT ADJUSTMENT

After selecting F2 the backlight adjustment screen opens. Use the up arrow or down arrow buttons to adjust the display backlight. The range is 10 to 100. The default setting is 100.

After making a selection press the OK button to set the selection and press the back button to return to the main menu screen.

When the desired setting is selected press the OK button. A good rule to follow is the lower the number the longer the life of the display unit.

Press the back button to return to the main menu screen.

2.75

Controls and operation

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

DATE/TIME ADJUSTMENT

DATE ADJUSTMENT

Press F2 to select the DATE/TIME adjustments in the PREFERENCES menu.

Press F1 to select DATE. Use the up arrow or down arrow buttons to scroll through the YEAR list to select the year. Press OK to set the year selected.

The DATE/TIME menu screen opens. Two choices are available for adjustment: DATE - select F1 TIME - select F2

2.76

When the year has been confirmed the display will highlight the MONTH. Use the up arrow or down arrow buttons to change the month. Press OK to set the month selected.

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher DATE ADJUSTMENT - CONTINUED

Controls and operation TIME ADJUSTMENT Select F2 Time adjustment from the DATE/TIME display screen.

When the month has been set, the display will highlight the DAY. Use the up arrow or down arrow buttons to change the day. Press OK to set the day selected.

The Time display screen will open. Use the up arrow or down arrow buttons to change the HOUR. Press the OK button to set the selection.

The display will show the MINUTES highlighted.

The display will return to the DATE TIME menu.

Use the up arrow or down arrow buttons to change the minute. Press OK button to set the selection. The display will return to the DATE/ TIME menu screen. Press the back button to return to the main menu screen.

Select F3 to choose your Language preference.

Press OK button to set the selection. Press the back button to return to the main menu screen.

2.77

Controls and operation

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

LANGUAGE ADJUSTMENT

INFO MENU

From the preferences menu press the F2 button to access language selection screen.

From the main menu page press the F4 button (Info) and the Info menu page appears.

The languages available for selection will be shown.

The following menu items can be selected.

Use the up arrow or down arrow buttons to move to the preferred language.

Press OK to confirm the selection.

The display will return to the LANGUAGE menu screen.

Press the back button to return to the preferences menu.

•

Modules - Select F1

•

Modem - Select F2

•

Logs - Select F3

The Machine ID information will be displayed on the screen along with the part number of the MD3 program installed.

2.78

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher MODULES

Controls and operation MODEM Press F2 to select the Modem menu. This menu provides information on the internal GSM modem as displayed below:

Press F1 to select the modules menu. This menu provides information on the following machine modules: •

MD3 (Computer Module)

•

Cab XS2

•

Frame Module 0 XA2

•

Frame Module 1 XA2

•

Cummins Engine ECM

This menu is used by Tigercat service technicians.

Refer to SECTION 6 of the SERVICE MANUAL for more information.

Press the back button main menu page.

Shown above, the MD3 module has been selected. Specific information for the MD3 is displayed on the screen.

This menu is used by Tigercat service technicians.

Refer to SECTION 6 of the SERVICE MANUAL for more information.

Press the back button main menu page.

(or F1) to return to the

2.79

(or F1) to return to the

Controls and operation

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

LOGS

Press F3 from the info menu page to select Logs.

This menu will list all system fault occurrences of messages and warnings that the system has encountered and the number of records within each log.

Use the up arrow or down arrow buttons to select the menu item. Press OK to view the selection and sort the information in a varity of ways.

The records are a list of all the fault occurrences in each log. Records cannot be cleared by operators.

This menu is used by Tigercat service technicians.

Refer to SECTION 6 of the SERVICE MANUAL for more information.

Press the back button (or F1) to return to the main menu page.

2.80

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher MD3 MESSAGES The MD3 computer displays messages and warnings, activates the master alarm and alarm light whenever a system fault occurs. Note that the computer control system will automatically perform a bulb test at engine start-up to ensure that the master alarm and alarm light are functioning. Refer to STARTING ENGINE in THIS SECTION. There are different types of Messages and Alarms. They appear on the screen as a block message.

The types of messages are: • CRITICAL MESSAGE - Colour RED • ALERT MESSAGE - Colour YELLOW • INFORMATION MESSAGE - Colour BLUE Messages can be hidden or acknowledged by pressing the F2 button (Hide or OK).

All messages that have been hidden or acknowledged are stored in the computer.

In some instances it will be necessary to immediately stop the machine, shut the engine OFF and repair the problem causing the message.

Active fault messages that have been hidden can be reviewed by pressing the F4 button. Recalled messages and warnings will be displayed in order starting with the highest priority first.

2.81

Controls and operation

Controls and operation CRITICAL MESSAGES (RED)

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher Critical messages and warnings flash the critical

Critical messages advise the operator that a critical machine fault is about to occur or a system fault has occurred.

Critical messages have the highest level of priority and are used to alert operator that immediate action must be taken to prevent damage to machine or to ensure operator safety.

symbol above the F4 button when active messages are hidden. The symbol will continue to flash until the problem is resolved and the fault becomes inactive.

Active messages that have been hidden can be reviewed by pressing the F4 button.

When a critical message is displayed, the master alarm and alarm light will sound and flash continuously. The message remains on the screen until the operator hides it.

The message will give brief details of the fault and advise what action is necessary.

In some instances the machine requires immediate action to correct the problem which requires the operator to STOP machine operation, SHUT THE ENGINE OFF and service the machine to correct the problem.

A list of CRITICAL MESSAGES is as follows: Hydraulic Oil Level Low.

However, if the machine cannot be stopped immediately for safety reasons, the operator can hide the message. In this instance the machine should only be operated long enough to make the machine safe, then STOP machine operation and SHUT THE ENGINE OFF before serious machine damage can occur!

Hydraulic Oil Temperature High Engine Stop Hardware Fault - MD3 Hardware Fault - Engine Hardware Fault - XA2 Engine Coolant Temperature High

Messages can be hidden by pressing the F2 button (Hide).

Engine Coolant Level low Engine CAC Temperature High Engine Oil Pressure Low Engine Fault Code Messages - Critical

2.82

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher ALERT MESSAGES (YELLOW)

Controls and operation

Alert messages advise the operator that machine operation will be compromised.

Alert messages have the second level of priority and are used to indicate to the operator that action is required to prevent future damage to the machine.

All alert messages will give brief details of the fault and advise what action is necessary.

Action should be taken to service the machine to correct the problem at the earliest opportunity to prevent future damage to the machine.

Alert computer system generated messages are generally triggered by computer system error and fault related conditions.

Alert messages flash the alert symbol above the F4 button when active messages are hidden.

When a system generated alert message is displayed the external alarm and light will sound and flash three times to alert the operator of the message.

Active messages that have been hidden can be reviewed by pressing the F4 button. The symbol will continue to flash until the problem is resolved and the fault becomes inactive.

The message remains on the screen until the operator hides it.

There are two types of alert messages:

NOTE: Active hardware fault alert messages are acknowledged by pressing the F2 button (OK).

To recall these messages turn key off and on. On screen messages will indicate to the operator that an active hardware fault has been hidden.

Alert programmed messages generally triggered by machine function related conditions.

INTERACTIVE ALERT MESSAGES

NOTE: If both a critical level fault and an alert level fault are present the critical symbol will take priority until the critical fault becomes inactive.

When an alert message is displayed, the external alarm and light will sound and flash three times to alert the operator of the message. The message remains on the screen until the operator hides it.

Messages can be hidden by pressing the F2 button (Hide).

2.83

•

Charge Filter Message - Alert

•

Engine Warning MSG - Alert

•

Engine Fault Code Messages - Alert

•

L.H. Joystick DM1 Alert

•

Module MD3 Alert MSG

•

Module XA2 Alert MSG

•

RH Joystick DM1 Alert

•

COUT hardware fault MSG

•

DOUT hardware fault MSG

•

DIN hardware fault MSG

•

VIN hardware fault MSG

•

High Exhaust System Temperature

Controls and operation ENGINE FAULT CODE MESSAGES - ALERT

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher INFORMATION MESSAGES (BLUE)

SPN: 110 FMI: 16 1 of 1 Engine coolant temperature high Above normal, severe

Alert engine fault message(s) will be displayed, alarm warning light will flash and alarm will sound when an alert engine fault message is received from the engine electronic control module.

Information messages give the operator information regarding an event or problem condition while the event or problem exists.

They provide the SPN code (suspect parameter number) and the FMI code (fault mode identifier) as well as a message describing the fault (when available).

Information messages have lowest priority and are used to give the operator information that is useful to the operator, but requires no action to prevent immediate or future damage to the machine

Alert engine fault codes are lower priority messages than critical level engine fault code messages. Alert messages can be hidden but action (service engine) is required to resolve the cause of the fault.

When an information message is displayed on the screen the message will either automatically disappear when the condition no longer exists or stay on the screen until the operator acknowledges the message.

An example of an alert engine fault message is shown above.

Information messages can be acknowledged by pressing the F2 button (OK). Acknowledged information messages are removed from the screen.

NOTE: Some less common engine fault codes will appear without a message describing the fault. Make a note of the SPN and FMI codes and contact service for more information.

Information messages do not have an indicator after they have been acknowledged.

Refer to engine manufacturer's manual for specific information regarding the engine.

Most information messages that have been acknowledged cannot be reviewed.

NOTE: Contact your Tigercat dealer to obtain an Engine Fault Codes chart. An up to date copy should be kept in the Manual’s Box (in the cab). The chart is updated regularly by the engine manufacturer, so it is important to check periodically with the Tigercat dealer to ensure that you have a current copy of the Engine Fault Codes chart.

Recurrence of an event or problem condition related to an information message may cause the message to be shown again.

Restarting the machine may also cause the message to be shown again.

2.84

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher SERVICE ACCESS DOORS Service access doors: 1. Main Service Compartment Door 2. L.H. Access Door 3. R.H. Access Door 4. Pump Compartment Access Door 5. Pump Compartment Cover 6. Radiator Clean-out Door 7. Main Service Compartment Door Switch 8. Main Service Compartment Door Cylinders Provide access to the: A. Engine Compartment B. Battery Compartment C. Radiator/Oil Cooler/Charge Air Cooler D. Fuel Tank E. Hydraulic Valves F. Hydraulic Oil Tank G. Hydraulic Pump Compartment

Controls and operation

6

860C-121

RADIATOR CLEAN-OUT DOOR

1

8

C 3

4

A

D

5 D E

2

G

F

860C-525

2.85

B

Controls and operation

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

7

ENGINE ENCLOSURE DOOR/ROOF HYDRAULIC HAND PUMP NOTE: The machines are also equipped with a manual back-up enclosure door/roof open hand pump mounted inside of the LH access door (2).

Refer to PUMP, HAND, ENGINE ENCLOSURE DOOR/ROOF, HYDRAULIC later in THIS SECTION H845C-51

To open the side access doors, remove the latch pins and swing the doors open. Install door props provided.

To open the hydraulic pump compartment cover (5) remove the four bolts and swing the cover forward.

860C-418

There are three removable cover plates located on the underside of the upper frame. These cover plates are bolted in place and only require removal when a major clean up, service or inspection is to be performed.

CAUTION Be sure all personnel are clear of the main service compartment door before opening the door.

There are also removable cover plates and a hinged access door on the undercarriage. They only require removal when a major clean up, service or inspection is to be performed.

The Main Service Compartment Door/Roof (1) is opened hydraulically using an electric pump and two hydraulic cylinders (8). A switch (7), located in the cab is used to open and close the door.

The machines are equipped with a roof sensor which activates a door/roof open alarm when the engine enclosure roof or the R.H. engine service door are open.

NOTE: When the main service door is open, lock valves in the cylinder block the door open.

The power engine door circuit does not normally require scheduled maintenance other than lubrication of cylinders and pivot points.

Tigercat recommends the use of DEXRON III TYPE transmission fluid in this circuit [reservoir capacity 0.9 L (0.24 US gal), total circuit capacity approximately 1.25 L (0.33 US gal)]. The fill port is located on the pump.

2.86

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher Controls and operation To use the hand pump to close the door: HAND PUMP OPERATION Open the door on the compartment located on the rear of the cab and lift the door off the compartment hinges. Locate the manual override on the electric pump solenoid, it must be pushed in and turned counterclockwise. Use the hand pump to close the engine door.

PUMP VALVE

COMPARTMENT DOOR

MANUAL OVERRIDE

POWER DOOR ELECTRIC PUMP

ENGINE ENCLOSURE DOOR/ROOF HYDRAULIC HAND PUMP

H845C-51

If required the hand pump can be used to hydraulically open the engine door. Turn the hand pump valve in all the way (clockwise). Insert the handle in the pump lever and pump the engine door open. The handle is stored inside the LH access door.

H845C-52

POWER DOOR ELECTRIC PUMP

NOTE: The compartment door is removed to allow access to the manual override when the engine door is in the closed position, this is only required if the failed electric pump can not be repaired or replaced immediately and it is necessary to close the engine door. After the engine door has been closed, turn the manual override on the electric pump clockwise fully.

If the engine door requires opening using the hand pump, the manual override must be in the clockwise position and the hand pump valve must be turned in clockwise fully.

2.87

Controls and operation 4 3

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher 2

COVER PLATE

1

STRAINER

855C-090

FUEL TANK ASSEMBLY

FUEL TANK - STANDARD

When the ignition switch is ON or in the RUN position the shut-off valve is open allowing fuel to flow to the engine. When the ignition switch is OFF the fuel shut-off valve is turned OFF.

COMPONENTS 1. Fuel Cap

The return line (4) on the top of the R.H. tank is fitted with a check valve to prevent reverse flow from the tank.

2. Fuel Level Sender 3. Fuel Supply Shut-off Solenoid Valve 4. Fuel Return Check Valve

FUEL TANK CAPACITY The STANDARD fuel tank has a total capacity of 946 L (250 US gal).

Located at the rear of the upper frame the fuel tank assembly consists of three compartments, a L.H. tank, a centre section and a R.H. tank.

The fuel filler cap (1) is located on top of the L.H. tank and incorporates a strainer built into the neck of the fill pipe to prevent foreign particles from entering the tank during filling.

The fuel level sender (2) is located on top of the R.H. tank.

An electric fuel shut-off valve (3) is located on top of the R.H. tank fuel supply fitting. The fuel shutoff valve is activated by the ignition switch.

2.88

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher 4

Controls and operation

2 R.H. COMPARTMENT

3

COVER PLATE

1

STRAINER CHECK VALVES - QTY 2

855C-089

FUEL TANK ASSEMBLY

FUEL TANK OPTIONAL HIGH CAPACITY

off valve is activated by the ignition switch. When the ignition switch is ON or in the RUN position the shut-off valve is open allowing fuel to flow to the engine. When the ignition switch is OFF the fuel shut-off valve is turned OFF.

COMPONENTS 1. Fuel Cap 2. Fuel Level Sender

The return line (4) on the top of the R.H. tank is fitted with a check valve to prevent reverse flow from the tank.

3. Fuel Supply Shut-off Solenoid Valve 4. Fuel Return Check Valve

NOTE: The high capacity fuel tank is equipped with two flapper style check valves that retain the fuel in the R.H. compartment of the fuel tank. The valves maintain the fuel level on the supply side of the tank.

Located at the rear of the upper frame the fuel tank assembly consists of three compartments, a L.H. tank, a centre section and a R.H. tank.

The fuel filler cap (1) is located on top of the L.H. tank and incorporates a strainer built into the neck of the fill pipe to prevent foreign particles from entering the tank during filling.

FUEL TANK CAPACITY The OPTIONAL HIGH CAPACITY fuel tank has a total capacity of 1268 L (335 US gal).

The fuel level sender (2) is located on top of the R.H. tank.

An electric fuel shut-off valve (3) is located on top of the R.H. tank fuel supply fitting. The fuel shut2.89

Controls and operation

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

REFUELLING PROCEDURE Park machine on level ground, shut off engine and allow machine to cool.

VENTING SOLENOID VALVE FUEL FILLER CAP

INDICATOR LIGHT

D

FUEL FLOAT SWITCH

QUICK CONNECT COUPLING ATTACHED TO FUEL SUPPLY HOSE

DO NOT refuel while smoking or near an open flame or sparks.

Clear obstructions from steps and handles needed to access fuel tank.

ON/OFF FUEL FILL SWITCH

Open cover on top of fuel tank (if equipped)and clear any debris from around the fill cap.

Remove filler cap slowly to allow pressure to escape from tank.

860C-567

FUEL FILLER SOLENOID SHUT-OFF VALVE

BOTTOM FUELING SYSTEM

BOTTOM FUELING OPTION FUEL FILLING INSTRUCTIONS 1. Park machine with the upper frame level.

Inspect fill cap gasket.

Inspect fuel strainer located under the fill cap for debris or damage.

2. Remove dust caps from quick disconnect ends and attach fuel truck supply line to machine.

Attach grounding strap to an unpainted metal surface on the machine if the refueling tank or nozzle is so equipped.

3. Turn on fuel transfer pump (on fuel supply truck or tank).

Fill tank until fuel level reaches the strainer or the full mark on the sight gauge if equipped. Do not leave nozzle unattended or spillage may occur.

4. “Pull” the ON/OFF FUEL FILL switch.

5. The amber indicator light will illuminate indicating the fuel fill valve is open.

Remove nozzle and ground strap (if applicable), then install fill cap hand tight before closing fill cap cover.

6. When the tank is full the fuel fill valve will close and the amber indicator light will go off.

Before restarting the machine, check that no other personnel have moved into the hazardous area and sound the horn.

7. Turn off the fuel transfer pump.

8. Disconnect lines and return dust caps to quick disconnects.

OPTIONAL BOTTOM FUELLING SYSTEM The bottom fueling system includes a quick disconnect coupling which can be reached from ground level, a solenoid operated fuel filling shut-off valve, an interior mounted fuel float switch to activate the shut-off valve when the tank is full and an ON/OFF switch box with an indicator light.

NOTE: This system relies on a remote fuel transfer pump mounted on the fuel supply truck or tank. There is no fuel transfer pump mounted on the machine.

9. The fuel fill valve can be closed at any time during the filling procedure by pushing in the ON/OFF fuel fill switch.

10. A solenoid operated vent valve at the top of the tank opens when filling to allow fuel vapours to escape and closes when the fuel fill switch is shut off.

11. Caution: Never leave the machine unattended during the fuel filling process.

12. Regularly inspect and repair all fuel fill system components to reduce the risk of spillage or fire.

2.90

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

IMPORTANT

1

PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK.

34.5 kPa (5 psi) MAXIMUM. Before servicing hydraulic system, wearing eye protection, release air pressure from FILTER tank using air vent valve.

AIR VENT VALVE HANDLE

2

BREATHER

SCHRADER VALVE MANIFOLD

845C-097 845C-001

AIR VENT EXHAUST

3

PRESSURE GAUGE

After service is completed, close air vent valve and add air pressure from a clean air source to the hydraulic tank via the schrader valve. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi). Refer to HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for details.

4

845C-062

HYDRAULIC OIL TANK

Six full-flow filters (3) are connected to the hydraulic tank and mounted on three filter heads with built-in bypasses. The filters are located on the right side of the hydraulic tank.

HYDRAULIC OIL TANK Located at the left of the upper frame behind the cab, the hydraulic tank (1) has a capacity of 227 L (60 US gal).

A temperature sender (4) mounted on the filter side of the tank activates the temperature gauge on the MD3 computer. The hydraulic oil temperature icon displays BLUE during the warmup mode and changes to WHITE in normal operating temperature. Should the temperature rise above normal the icon changes to YELLOW.

Sight gauges (2) mounted on the rear of the tank accessible through the left side door indicate the level of the hydraulic oil in the hydraulic tank.

Incorporated into the base of the top gauge is a low level switch connected to the MD3 computer.

An Alert message is displayed and the hydraulic oil level icon displays in YELLOW when the oil level falls to this point. The master alarm and alarm light will sound and flash three times.

A Critical message is displayed when the oil temperature gauge needle enters the red zone and the icon changes to RED.. STOP the vehicle and resolve the cause of the fault.

A second oil level sight gauge located in a LOWER position on the tank than the first sight gauge also incorporates a low level switch connected to the MD3 computer. A Critical message is displayed and the hydraulic oil level icon displays in RED if there is a further loss of oil down to this point. The master alarm and alarm light will sound and flash continuously. STOP the vehicle, check for leaks and fix if needed, refill hydraulic oil tank to suggested level.

Always keep the hydraulic oil level to within 5 cm (2 in.) of the HIGH mark. A low hydraulic oil level can result in severe damage to pumps.

2.91

Controls and operation

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

HYDRAULIC FILL PUMP -ELECTRICAL

2

1 FILL TUBE

860C-497

HYDRAULIC FILL PUMP & FILTER

ADDING OIL TO HYDRAULIC TANK Remove the fill tube from the holder. Thoroughly clean the outside surface of the suction tube and remove the plug. Insert end of the tube into the hydraulic oil supply drum.

Operate the pump using the pump switch (1) located on the side of the pump compartment (2). The oil is pumped directly into the hydraulic tank via a filter. Observe the level gauges on the rear of the tank to determine when to release the switch. The hydraulic oil level should be within 5cm (2” ) of the HIGH mark on the level gauge with the boom fully extended.

Replace plug on fill tube, wipe dry and store after filling. Failure to keep the fill tube clean will significantly reduce the life of the filter elements.

IMPORTANT! Direct contact with oil implies a risk of skin complaints. Oil on skin should be washed off immediately with soap and water. Refer also to WORKING WITH OIL in SECTION 1 of THIS MANUAL.

2.92

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

FILTER HEAD

RETURN MANIFOLD

RETURN FILTER 855C-035

HYDRAULIC OIL FILTERS

855C-035

FILTER RESTRICTION PRESSURE SWITCH The bypass valves built into each filter head, preset at 1.7 bar (25 psi) will open in the event the elements become restricted. Before these valves are activated, a 1.4 bar (20 psi) filter restriction pressure switch installed in the return manifold, will send a signal to the computer control system when an oil flow in excess of 1.4 bar (20 psi) is encountered at the return filters. This pressure switch closes and the hydraulic oil filter bypass icon displays RED on the MD3 computer. The master alarm and alarm light will sound and flash.

RETURN FILTERS - HYDRAULIC OIL The return oil entering the hydraulic tank passes through six replaceable filters mounted on filter heads beside the tank and three mesh type reusable diffusers/strainers, one on the end of each return tube in the reservoir.

There is a bypass valve built into each filter head preset at 1.7 bar (25 psi) which will open in the event the elements become restricted.

IMPORTANT!

NEVER PREFILL HYDRAULIC FILTERS

IMPORTANT! DO NOT use these warnings as a substitute for checking the oil level at regular intervals. Refer to SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

Tigercat does not recommend the prefilling of spin-on filters due to the risk of damage to the hydraulic system caused by unfiltered oil. Unfiltered oil used to prefill filters enters directly into the hydraulic circuit. Contaminants in unfiltered oil can cause significant and costly damage to hydraulic valves, pumps and motors. The cleanliness of hydraulic oil cannot be guaranteed unless it is always prefiltered before use.

This information is assuming that operating conditions and running temperatures are NORMAL. FILTER/DIFFUSERS/STRAINER SERVICE NOTE: The filters should be checked/changed when the oil filter bypass icon displays RED on the MD3 computer. If the icon continues to display RED after the filters have been changed, the return diffusers/strainers attached to the base of the return tubes in the hydraulic tank should be examined for possible obstruction.

IMPORTANT! Contaminated hydraulic fluid can lead to premature failure of hydraulic components and costly repairs. Filters must be replaced at the recommended time intervals, Refer to SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL. Use of hydraulic oil filters other than the Tigercat brand could lead to severe wear and rapid failure of hydraulic system components.

2.93

Controls and operation

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN FILTER BYPASS ICON

If the FILTER BYPASS icon displays RED between scheduled maintenance intervals, STOP THE MACHINE and change these filter elements. If the icon continues to display RED after the filters have been changed, the return strainers/diffusers attached to the base of the return tubes in the hydraulic tank should be examined for possible obstruction.

Refer to CHANGING OR CLEANING THE STRAINERS/DIFFUSERS in THIS SECTION.

845C-064

CASE DRAIN STRAINERS

860C-085

CASE DRAIN STRAINERS Two case drain strainer elements are located on the machine. One element is located in the pump compartment and services most pump case drains. The other strainer element is located under the main Linde valve in the valve compartment.

This element is dedicated to case returns from the attachment head. ONLY IN THE EVENT OF A PUMP OR MOTOR CATASTROPHIC FAILURE SHOULD THESE ELEMENTS BE SERVICED.

NOTE: The FILTER BYPASS icon will display YELLOW until the oil is brought up to temperature after cold start ups. This is due to the system temporarily interpreting the thick oil as a restriction. Allow oil to warm to operating temperature and the icon should change in color to GREY. Refer to MACHINE PREPARATION in SECTION 2 of THIS MANUAL.

2

845C-066

1

HYDRAULIC OIL HEATER (OPTIONAL) This is a 120V, 2000W immersion heater (1) with one outlet plug (2).

IMPORTANT! Do not leave the heater plugged in for a prolonged period of time without the oil circulating. Localized high temperatures can damage hydraulic oil.

2.94

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

AIR INTAKE SYSTEM - 8***2601 TO 8***2632 MECHANICAL FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

MECHANICAL FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

ELECTRICAL FILTER RESTRICTION SENSOR 855C-3 860C-019

AIR PRECLEANER

AIR INTAKE BOX AIR CLEANER ASSEMBLY

855C-1

AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

AIR CLEANER This style of air cleaner uses two filters, a primary filter and a safety filter. The air intake should be checked daily to make sure that foreign materials have not plugged the air intake area.

To ensure maximum engine protection, it is important that the filters be serviced correctly and at proper servicing intervals. Refer to ENGINE AIR INTAKE SYSTEM, in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

HOUSING SERVICE COVER

SAFETY FILTER

PRIMARY FILTER

PRE‑CLEANER/ AIR INTAKE HOUSING

FILTER HOUSING 860C-348

2.95

AIR CLEANER ASSEMBLY

OUTLET HOUSING

Controls and operation

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher The engine air intake pressure icon turns YELLOW when service to the filter is required and turns RED, along with an ALERT message, when service to the air filter has reached a critical state.

MECHANICAL FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

Refer to AIR INTAKE SYSTEM, OVER SERVICING and IMPROPER SERVICING in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

ELECTRICAL FILTER RESTRICTION SENSOR 855C-3 860C-019

MECHANICAL FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

860C-257

AIR INTAKE BY-PASS COVER During cold weather operation the air intake by-pass cover can be repositioned to introduce warm engine compartment air into the engine air intake. During warm weather operation reposition the cover to block the by-pass.

855C-1

FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR A filter restriction indicator is connected to the outlet side of the air filter. Service to the air filter is required when the indicator shows RED. This indicator provides a continuous reading whether the engine is running or is shut down. After servicing the filter, reset the indicator by pressing the reset button on the end of the indicator.

The machine is also equipped with an engine air filter restriction sensor which sends a signal to the computer control system in the event of filter restriction.

2.96

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher 3

Controls and operation

3

4

2 1 5 UNLOADER VALVE 860C-405

PRECLEANER

AIR CLEANER UNLOADER VALVE This rubber valve on the tube of the air cleaner housing should be checked before every shift (8 hrs). If this valve is missing, damaged or has turned hard, it will cause the air cleaner to become ineffective. The valve should be replaced every 1000 Hours.

AIR INTAKE BOX

Remove the unloader valve from the tube of the air cleaner housing. A good valve is soft and flexible. Check and clean the valve. If it was plugged, then check the filter elements as they may need to be replaced as well. Reattach the valve to the tube. The valve should suck closed at about ⅓ of full throttle. When operating in high dust conditions this valve should be checked and squeezed frequently to release dust buildup.

855C-202

ENGINE AIR PRECLEANER The engine air precleaner cleans engine air before it reaches the air cleaner filter elements.

It removes contaminants such as dust, powder, insects, rain and snow. This precleaner is self powered and self cleaning requiring virtually no maintenance. However, it should be checked periodically to make sure that foreign materials have not plugged the intake area or the exhaust port area.

HOW IT WORKS: 1. Dirty air (1) enters the precleaner, which is clamped onto the engine air intake.

2. Specially designed vanes (2), curved and angled to precisely direct air flow, move the dirty air toward the stainless steel impeller (3).

3. The dynamically balanced, one piece impeller (3) (only moving part) creates a tornado inside the housing.

4. The centrifugal force of the tornado expels the heavier than air dirt particles (4), chaff, dust, snow, rain, etc., out the discharge louver 5. Cleaned air (5) enters the engine air cleaner intake pipe, and the filter element has only the very light particles to remove.

2.97

Controls and operation

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

AIR INTAKE SYSTEM - 8***2633 TO 8***3500 SAFETY ELEMENT

PRIMARY ELEMENT

860C-422

AIR INTAKE SYSTEM 860C-004

ENGINE AIR PRECLEANER

845C-070

UNLOADER VALVE

AIR FILTER ELEMENTS

AIR CLEANER The air cleaner on this machine uses 2 filter elements, a primary element and a safety element.

To ensure maximum engine protection, it is important that the elements be serviced correctly and at proper servicing intervals. Refer to AIR INTAKE SYSTEM, in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

PRECLEANER OPERATION

HOW IT WORKS: 1. Air enters the underside of the dome through screened louvers, which prevents clogging by blocking any particles larger than the ejection slot from entering the unit.

2. Curved particle accelerator blades slam air and dirt up against the sidewall 3. Strakes along the interior surface move heavier-than air debris towards the ejection slot 4. Clean air continues to swirl down into the engine air inlet pipe The engine air precleaner cleans engine air before it reaches the air cleaner filter elements. It removes contaminants such as dust, powder, insects, rain and snow. This precleaner is self powered and self cleaning requiring virtually no maintenance.

However, it should be checked daily to make sure that foreign materials have not plugged the intake area or the exhaust port area of the precleaner.

2.98

860C-421

AIR CLEANER UNLOADER VALVE This rubber valve on the tube of the air cleaner housing should be checked before the start of every shift (8 hours). If this valve is missing, damaged or has turned hard, it will cause the air cleaner to become ineffective. The valve should be replaced every 1000 hours.

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR FILTER RESTRICTION SENSOR

860C-019

860C-422

860C-422

FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR A filter restriction indicator is connected to the outlet side of the air filter. Service to the air filter is required when the indicator shows RED. This indicator provides a continuous reading whether the engine is running or is shut down. After servicing the filter, reset the indicator by pressing the reset button on the end of the indicator.

AIR INTAKE BY-PASS COVER During cold weather operation the air intake by-pass cover can be repositioned to introduce warm engine compartment air into the engine air intake.

During warm weather operation reposition the cover to block the by-pass.

56976BUNI

860C-417

The machine is also equipped with an engine air filter restriction sensor which sends a signal to the computer control system in the event of filter restriction. The engine air intake pressure icon turns YELLOW when service to the filter is required and turns RED, along with an ALERT message, when service to the air filter has reached a critical state.

Refer to AIR INTAKE SYSTEM, OVER SERVICING and IMPROPER SERVICING in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

2.99

Controls and operation Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher CLEANING A/C CONDENSER, OIL 1 COOLER, RADIATOR AND CHARGE AIR COOLER (COOLING ASSEMBLY) CHARGE AIR COOLER / RADIATOR / OIL COOLER

860C-021

RADIATOR/OIL COOLER/ CHARGE AIR COOLER

2

860C-525

The hydraulic oil cooler/radiator/charge air cooler (CAC) is mounted at the rear of the upper frame, protected by a debris screen. The A/C condenser core is mounted at the rear of the cooling assembly. The hydraulically driven fan draws air through the screen, through the A/C condenser, the oil cooler/radiator/CAC cooling assembly.

OPEN ACCESS DOORS PIN STOP

The A/C condenser core and the oil cooler/ radiator/CAC cooling assembly should be checked every eight hours (every shift) for accumulation of twigs, leaves, pine needles and dust. All of the engine enclosure doors should also be kept clean.

860C-121

PIN

REAR CLEAN-OUT DOOR

3. Swing the latch pin stop to the side, lift up the pin and open the clean-out door on the rear of upper frame 4. Slide the debris screen out over top of the cooling assembly.

CLEANING PROCEDURE: 1. Shut down the engine as per instructions in ENGINE STOPPING in THIS SECTION.

5. Remove two nuts and carefully swing open the A/C condenser (on hinges) to expose oil cooler/radiator/CAC cooling assembly and remove any accumulated debris.

Always follow proper engine shutdown procedures. The important benefits are: •

Extended life of engine, cooling and exhaust systems.

•

Reduced risk of post shutdown fires.

•

Interior of machine cools significantly reducing risks from touching hot surfaces.

CAUTION

2. Open the top (1) and left side (2) access doors.

Use compressed air for cleaning only when the machine is cold to avoid the risk of fire caused by debris being blown into contact with hot surfaces.

If using compressed air for cleaning, use at 2 bar (30 psi) or less.

Always use personal protective equipment (eye wear) to guard against flying debris.

6. When the units have been cleaned return all cooling components to their operating position.

2.100

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher CAUTION Avoid the risk of fire caused by debris accumulating on surfaces that may become hot during machine operation.

Always use care when cleaning to ensure that debris removed from one area of the machine does not accumulate on other areas of the machine.

NOTE: The cooling assembly must be checked daily and may have to be thoroughly cleaned on a daily, weekly or monthly basis, depending on operating conditions. Use personal protective equipment (eye wear) to guard against flying debris. Use compressed air for cleaning only when the machine is cold to avoid the risk of fire caused by debris contacting hot surfaces. Care must be taken not to set the pressure too high otherwise damage to the components could result.

CHARGEAIR COOLER (CAC)

Controls and operation Pay particular attention to cleaning in the corners of the cooler as these areas usually plug deeply.

Reversing the fan at least once per hour will help reduce the dust accumulation in the cooler cores, see COOLING FAN SWITCH, CLEAN POSITION earlier in this section to manually reverse fan or see PROPERTIES MENU OPERATION, ADJUST FUNCTION PARAMETERS for resetting computer to change cooling fan purge interval to program the fan to reverse every hour automatically.

For more information on fire prevention refer to FIRE PREVENTION in SECTION 1 of THIS MANUAL. If an oil leak occurs in this area it should be thoroughly power-washed with a mild soap to ensure that all of the oil is removed. The presence of oil causes dust and dirt to cling to surfaces which will impair the reversible fan’s ability to remove dust and dirt particles.

RADIATOR

OIL COOLER

A/C CONDENSER

FAN SHROUD FAN RAD CAP SURGE TANK

FAN GUARD

FAN MOTOR

34318BR0

COOLING ASSEMBLY COMPONENTS 2.101

NOTE: REGULARLY CHECK FOR DEBRIS ACCUMULATION BETWEEN RADIATOR/ OIL COOLER AND A/C CONDENSER.

Controls and operation OPERATING MACHINE

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Ensure that the appropriate lubrication and maintenance schedule has been performed prior to operating the machine. Refer to SECTION 3 in THIS MANUAL. Also refer to the Engine Manufacturer Operator’s Manual supplied with the machine.

Any personnel who are to operate this machine must be fully trained in safety and operating procedures by a competent person.

GAUGE TO BE IN GREEN ZONE

860C-248

IGNITION SWITCH 860C-401

OPTIONAL FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM CYLINDER

SAW SWITCH

CONTROL PANEL

PRE-START CHECKS 1. Ensure ignition switch and saw switch are in the OFF position.

860C-124

860C-026

3. Check fuel level. Turn ignition switch to RUN position to check this, then to OFF. GAUGE TO BE IN GREEN ZONE

1

PORTABLE EXTINGUISHER, UPPER FRAME

PORTABLE EXTINGUISHER, CAB DOOR

2. Check that BOTH portable fire extinguishers and the fire suppression cylinder are sufficiently charged.

845C-062

HYDRAULIC OIL TANK

4. Check hydraulic oil level, the level should be between the HIGH and LOW marks on the level gauge (1).

2.102

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation WARNING Shut-off engine. Only remove filler cap when cool enough to touch with bare hands.

Slowly loosen cap to first stop to relieve pressure before removing completely.

860C-234

5. Check the engine oil level. The level of the oil must be between the ADD and the FULL marks on the dipstick.

6. Check air intake pre-cleaner. Remove any blockages or obstructions.

PRIMARY FUEL FILTER

SECONDARY FUEL FILTER/ WATER SEPARATOR

845C-086

REAR CLEAN-OUT ACCESS

9. Clean radiator, A/C condenser and oil cooler.

CRACKING

EDGE WEAR

DRAIN TAP

BROKEN EDGE

H860C-29

830-02

10. Check condition of track shoes.

RADIATOR CAP

860C-021

WORN HOLES

EDGE WEAR

ENGINE FUEL FILTER AND FUEL FILTER/ WATER SEPARATOR

7. Check fuel line water separator(s) and drain any accumulated water into a bowl and clean up any spills.

BENT

RADIATOR/OIL COOLER/ CHARGE AIR COOLER

8. Check the engine coolant level.

2.103

Controls and operation

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

11. Check track chain tension by measuring track sag as follows:

SAW-P03

ANGLE TO BE BETWEEN 90° & 110°

845-12

CHECK/TIGHTEN TOOTH FASTENERS

MEASURING TRACK SAG

12. Check and tighten all of the fasteners retaining the disc saw teeth to the proper torque level.

A. Position felling head in vertical position and swing boom to side of machine.

B. Place felling head on ground and by forcing down with boom controls, lift track clear of ground.

C. Rotate track in forward and reverse several times. Stop the track while in reverse. Do not clean the track.

D. Stop engine.

E. Measure distance between top surface of track shoe at centre of lower surface of track frame.

SAW-23

REPLACE OR ROTATE WORN TEETH

13. Replace all worn disc saw teeth or rotate worn teeth to align fresh cutting tips.

14. Replace the tooth fastener whenever replacing a saw tooth.

STRESS CRACK AROUND HUB

UNDERSIDE OF TRACK GUARD

SAG DIMENSION

UPPER SURFACE OF TRACK SHOE 853ILL8

F.

SAW-26

MEASURING SAG DIMENSION

This dimension should be between 4″ and 6″ for normal operations.

CHECK DISC FOR CRACKS

STRESS CRACK

NOTE: If track sag is less than specified, track chain wear will be accelerated. If track sag is excessive, it is possible for the track to jump off the sprocket. Refer to SECTION 11 of the SERVICE MANUAL for track chain tension adjustment procedure.

SAW-27

CHECK DISC FOR CRACKS

15. Inspect the disc for stress cracks and that the disc does not wobble due to worn saw shaft bearings.

2.104

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

SAW-24

MISSING TEETH/DAMAGED BLADE

16. Never start or use a machine if the disc saw has missing teeth, missing teeth fasteners or a bent or damaged disc.

SAW-25

CHECK FOR DAMAGE TO SAW HOUSING 17. Check that the saw housing is clear and undamaged.

18. Shut down the machine immediately if you feel a vibration when the cutting disc is running.

19. Check all exits.

20. Be sure that all doors and access panels are securely fastened.

21. Unlock all cab doors.

IMPORTANT! Unlock both doors before operating machine to allow opening from the outside in case of an emergency. Make sure that the doors are operational, open the doors twice, once using the exterior latch handle and once using the interior handle.

2.105

Controls and operation

Controls and operation STARTING ENGINE

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher IMPORTANT! Allow a cold engine to warm up at LOW IDLE for at least five minutes before applying any load.

Check all measured values on the MD3 display terminal often during the warm-up period. See also, COLD WEATHER STARTING in THIS SECTION.

1. Ensure that PRE-START CHECKS have been performed and that the area is clear of personnel prior to starting the engine. Refer to OPERATING MACHINE~PRE-START CHECKS in THIS SECTION. 2. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up.

CAUTION Do not attempt to start engine by shorting across starter terminals as personal injury could occur. Start engine only from operator’s seat.

3. Turn ignition key switch to the RUN position. The WAIT TO START icon below will appear on the display during the “key ON” engine preheat time. Heating elements (grid heater elements) located in the engine air intake manifold are turned ON to heat the intake air when starting the engine. The engine must not be started until this icon turns OFF automatically.

WARNING DO NOT USE ETHER! Engine is equipped with a ELECTRICAL starting aid. Use of ether may cause an explosion and severe injury.

4. Then turn ignition key switch to the START position

to crank engine.

5. When the engine starts, release the ignition key switch to the RUN position.

NOTE: If the engine does not start after three attempts, check the fuel supply system.

6. Set throttle to LOW IDLE speed and wait three to five minutes before operating with a load.

7. Increase engine speed (rpm) slowly to provide adequate lubrication to the bearings and allow oil pressure to stabilize.

If engine stalls while operating the machine, turn the ignition key switch to the OFF position and REPEAT STEPS (1) to (5).

2.106

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher COLD WEATHER STARTING

Controls and operation

WARNING DO NOT USE ETHER! Engine is equipped with an ELECTRICAL starting aid. Use of ether may cause an explosion and severe injury.

IMPORTANT! Cold start-ups can result in pump failure, refer to “HYDRAULIC OIL CHART” for recommended oil viscosity and temperature ranges. Refer to APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL. NOTE: Cold temperatures require the use of an engine block heater and a hydraulic oil heater.

Preheating of hydraulic oil is recommended as standard procedure in cold weather.

860C-422

AIR INTAKE BY-PASS COVER 8***2633 TO 8***3500 During cold weather operation the air intake by-pass cover can be repositioned to introduce warm engine compartment air into the engine air intake. During warm weather operation reposition the cover to block the by-pass.

860C-257

AIR INTAKE BY-PASS COVER 8***2601 TO 8***2632 During cold weather operation the air intake by-pass cover can be repositioned to introduce warm engine compartment air into the engine air intake. During warm weather operation reposition the cover to block the by-pass.

56976BUNI

1. Follow the STARTING ENGINE instructions for this COLD WEATHER STARTING procedure, paying attention to the WAIT TO START icon on Computer Display.

This warning message will be ON during the “key ON” engine preheat time. The engine must not be started until this message goes OFF automatically.

NOTE: If at any time during the warming procedure the hydraulic filter bypass warning message comes on, return the engine speed to LOW IDLE .

2. During the engine warm-up period constantly monitor engine coolant temperature and engine oil pressure. Stop engine if any pressure or temperature does not meet the specification.

3. Continue with MACHINE PREPARATION ~ SYSTEM TEST AND WARM-UP in THIS SECTION. 2.107

Controls and operation

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

RESTARTING AN ENGINE THAT HAS RUN OUT OF FUEL If the engine runs out of fuel perform the following: 1. Refill fuel tank completely.

2. Bleed the system according to engine manual procedures.

STOPPING ENGINE IMPORTANT! Stopping the engine immediately after it has been working under load can result in overheating and premature wear of the engine components. Follow the stopping procedure outlined below to allow the engine to cool.

Always follow this engine shut down procedure. The important benefits are:

WARNING DO NOT USE ETHER! Engine is equipped with a FLAMESTART starting aid. Use of ether may cause an explosion and severe injury.

3. Crank engine until it starts. If it fails to start after 30 seconds, stop and wait for two minutes before trying again.

•

Extended life of engine, cooling and exhaust systems.

•

Reduced risk of post shutdown fires.

•

Interior of machine cools significantly reducing risk of touching hot surfaces.

1. Turn the saw switch to the OFF position and STOP the saw blade. This should be done before leaving the cutting area.

IMPORTANT! To prevent damage to starter, do not engage starter motor for more than 20 seconds. Wait 2 minutes between each attempt to start the engine. If engine fails to start, refer to engine manufacturer operator’s manual.

2. Find a clear and level area a least 15 m (50 ft) from any other equipment to park the machine.

3. Park the machine and lower the saw head onto firm ground.

4. Reduce engine speed to LOW IDLE , de-activate the pilot system and let engine run at low idle speed for approximately three minutes minimum to allow dissipation of heat and also to reduce turbo speed. This will also prevent loss of coolant by after boil and possible hot spot damage to the engine.

5. Open power roof Full ON

and place fan switch in

position.

6. Do not increase engine speed before shut-off.

7. Place fan switch in AUTO

position.

8. Stop engine by turning ignition key switch to the OFF position.

9. Saw blade must be stopped before exiting cab.

10. Install saw blade guard.

11. Perform daily maintenance at the end of the shift (Greasing, clean engine compartment etc.). This allows the machine time to cool down while under the watchful eye of the operator.

2.108

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher MACHINE PREPARATION

(k) When cold weather conditions exist, continue the process of warming up the hydraulic system by repeating steps (g) thru (j) several times. As the hydraulic system warms up, engine speed can be increased gradually

SYSTEM TEST AND WARM-UP Before commencing harvesting operations, follow steps (a) thru (p) to accomplish the following; • • •

Controls and operation

to the HIGH IDLE position. If the FILTER BYPASS warning message comes on decrease engine speed immediately and continue warming the system.

Warm up the hydraulic system.

Test all systems for proper operation.

Inspect for hydraulic oil leaks.

IMPORTANT! If any system fails to respond to the controls, stop the warm-up procedure and call a mechanic, otherwise serious damage to pumps and other components could result.

(l) Observe all boom operations. If any operations are not operating as they should, take the necessary steps to correct the problem. (m) Turn the saw ON. Refer to ATTACHMENT MANUFACTURER’S MANUAL and check attachment for proper operation according to manufacturer’s instructions.

(a) Close cab doors and sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up. (b) Start engine, See STARTING ENGINE. (c) Press Pilot Reset switch

.

After completion of the warm-up and system testing, turn the attachment OFF and rest it on the ground.

(d) Ensure computer display is indicating normal operating conditions.

(n) Set the swing brake to the ON position.

(e) Check that all personnel are clear of the machine. (f) Increase engine speed 1300 rpm.

(o) Set the throttle control to LOW IDLE

to approximately

.

WARNING Ensure that the saw blade has stopped rotating before leaving the cab.

NOTE: The computer control system on this machine has a warm up mode function which limits engine rpm and applies the anti-stall during cold starts. Refer to WARM UP MODE in THIS SECTION for more information.

(p) Leave the cab and visually check hose connections and cylinders for leaks. Check under the machine for oil leaks.

(g) Slowly raise and lower the stick boom and the main boom, check for proper operation.

WARNING

With the head raised slightly off the ground: (h) Operate the accumulation and clamp arms and check for proper operation. (i) Tilt the head forward and back and check that it is operating correctly. (j) Swing the upper frame to the left and right.

2.109

Never use your bare hand to check for fluid leaks.

Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.

When searching for leaks, wear work gloves and use a wrench or piece of wood to move hydraulic hoses. Do not grab hold of hydraulic hoses. Wear safety goggles for eye protection.

Controls and operation

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher OPERATING TIPS WITH LOAD SENSING

TRAVELLING (BOOM RAISED) 1. Select the appropriate drive range.

When using the controls on a load sensing system be aware of what the load sensing system is trying to do for you. If you move the lever or pedal 20% of its total angle, the system will provide whatever pressure it takes ( up to its maximum capacity if needed) to meet this speed requirement. If you move the lever past the point needed in an attempt to speed up the boom movement, you will only overshoot the speed you wanted. Relax and try to use the least amount of lever action you can.

Place the track switch in the LOW or DRIVE position.

When in LOW the machine moves slower but with increased drive force. All harvesting should be done in LOW. When in DRIVE the machine moves faster but with less drive force. Travelling over longer distances (and not harvesting) should be done in DRIVE to allow for faster travel speeds when the terrain permits. Also, DO NOT travel continuously for longer than 10 minutes, take 5 minute breaks, this will help prevent the track drive gearboxes from over heating.

For a more detailed description of drive range refer to TRACK, LOW/DRIVE SWITCH in THIS SECTION. 2. Place swing brake switch in OFF position.

3. Move throttle control to the HIGH idle position.

4. Operate the drive foot pedals to manoeuvre the machine.

Load sensing systems respond to rough operation by amplifying these movements. If you find the boom is jerky or always giving “feedback”, you’re probably too active on the controls. If slowing down doesn’t eliminate the roughness, the margin pressure setting may be too high and can be reduced to calm down the machine’s response.

Refer to LOAD SENSING, SET MARGIN PRESSURE in SECTION 4 of the SERVICE MANUAL Refer to SET FLOW (FUNCTION SPEED) RATE in appropriate BOOM, SWING or TRACK DRIVE sections of the SERVICE MANUAL.

2.110

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher Controls and operation SPECIAL OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS FOR FELLING HEAD OPERATING ER BOOM SYSTEM - OPTIONAL INSTRUCTIONS AND SAFETY OPERATING THE MAIN BOOM IN THIS PRECAUTIONS NORMAL HORIZONTAL ZONE WITH A FULL LOAD WILL NOT REACH MOTION PERFORMANCE CAN BE EXPECTED IN THIS AREA

1. All tree harvesting should be carried out in LOW driving range. Refer to TRACK, LOW/ DRIVE SWITCH in THIS SECTION.

ALLOW THE HORIZONTAL REACH MOTION TO PERFORM AS IT SHOULD WITHOUT ASSISTANCE FROM THE RIGHT JOYSTICK

2. See appendix to SECTION 1 - USING HIGH SPEED DISC SAWS SAFELY. 3. See ORIGINAL MANUFACTURER’S FELLING HEAD MANUAL for proper operating and maintenance instructions.

NOTE: Refer to specific MANUFACTURER’S ATTACHMENT MANUAL if machine is equipped with a shear head or harvesting head for additional operating and safety precautions.

845C-008

HORIZONTALREACHMOTIONCHARACTERISTICS This ER boom system is designed to minimize heat generation and fuel consumption during horizontal boom motion. To obtain maximum benefit from the system, the machine should be operated using mainly horizontal reaching motions as much as possible, lifting and lowering the boom only as much as necessary for positioning until the head is full.

Due to the nature of this ER boom system, there will be certain conditions in which the weight of the head plus its carried load will be too great for the system to provide its intended horizontal reaching motion. This most notably occurs when the machine is operating on a hill with the head raised higher than the tracks and tucked in close to the cab. If such a situation occurs, the right joystick control should be pushed forward slightly while operating the left joystick to get the system moving. To help prevent this situation, the head should be kept as close to the ground as possible and slightly extended when climbing hills.

2.111

Controls and operation CARE OF THE MACHINE

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher CARE OF POLYCARBONATE WINDOWS IN CAB

1. Ensure that all fluid levels are always at the proper level. Refer to the LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL. 2. Lubricate all grease points at the required intervals as specified in the LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL. 3. Follow proper procedure for cleaning windows described in this section.

4. Close and secure all doors and access panels before running the machine.

5. Ensure that the cab emergency exits are in working order by following the EMERGENCY EXIT MAINTENANCE guide in this section.

6. Do not allow branches, twigs, leaves or pine needles to build up around radiator intake doors or anywhere else on the machine.

Clean as operating conditions warrant but at least once day all debris must be remove from the machine interior.

7. Do not apply load to a cold engine.

8. Always harvest trees in LOW driving range.

9. Never park machine with head raised off the ground. Be sure that the head is resting on the ground before servicing or parking the machine. Refer to PARKING BOOM in SECTION 1 of THIS MANUAL for complete instructions.

10. SAFETY FIRST! Follow all safety rules and regulations as outlined in SECTION 1 of THIS MANUAL.

2.112

Some windows used in the cab are made from a polycarbonate resin thermoplastic. This material is a replacement for glass when improved strength, durability and safety is required.

Polycarbonate material is expected to resist heavy impact and to absorb high levels of energy when contacted by high velocity thrown objects such as wood chips, cutter tools or stones.

The extreme operating environment seen in logging applications heightens the need to regularly inspect and properly maintain polycarbonate cab windows.

Polycarbonate windows are an essential piece of operator protective equipment and should be maintained as such. It is important to note that cracks, chips, notches or scarring anywhere on the viewing surface or edges of the window will decrease ability to resist heavy impacts and therefore compromise effectiveness as operator safety protective equipment. Windows with these defects must be replaced immediately.

Refer to the next section for detailed information regarding inspection and maintenance of polycarbonate windows.

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE Daily inspection and maintenance is essential to confirm that the window’s ability to protect the operator has not been compromised.

• Inspect all windows daily and immediately after any impacts.

• Check for any damage to the window material or steel structure in the area of the window mounting.

• The edges of the polycarbonate window must be evenly and fully supported on a flat surface around the entire window opening at all times.

Bent or dented skylight structures must be replaced immediately. Bent or dented cab structures must be evaluated immediately for possible repair or replacement.

• The edges of the polycarbonate window must be free from cracks, chips, notches or scarring and must not be pinched or stressed.

These defects will decrease ability to resist heavy impacts. Windows with these defects must be replaced immediately.

• Cracks, chips, notches or scarring anywhere on the viewing surface of the window will decrease ability to resist heavy impacts.

Windows with these defects must be replaced immediately.

• Bent, dented or missing window retaining parts must be replaced immediately.

• Rubber materials used in mounting the window must be maintained in good condition.

• Identification of the polycarbonate originally used by Tigercat is hot stamped in a corner of the window to identify its composition. Do not use any replacement window without proof of its material composition. Do not substitute with any other materials.

• Skylights, cab structures, windows and window retaining parts must not be modified or replaced with components that are not approved by Tigercat.

Controls and operation RESISTANCE TO CHEMICALS The resistance of polycarbonate material to chemical exposure varies widely. Fortunately, polycarbonate materials have good resistance to diesel fuel, grease, hydraulic oil, kerosene and engine oil.

Other chemicals however can seriously weaken the polycarbonate.

DO NOT permit any of the following chemicals to come into contact with polycarbonate windows: • acetone • air conditioning refrigerant • ammonia • anti-freeze • benzene • brake fluid • carbon tetrachloride • cutting oils • gasoline • lacquer thinner • toluene • turpentine • xylene RESISTANCE TO WATER Polycarbonate material has good resistance to water up to approximately 65°C (150°F). Above this temperature the effect of water is timetemperature related. This means that the higher the water temperature, the shorter the time before the polycarbonate is adversely affected.

Exposing polycarbonate to repeated steam cleaning or high temperature pressure washing may result in crazing, a phenomenon that causes clouding of the surface. Crazing can ultimately result in a loss of physical strength and may precede a fracture.

2.113

Controls and operation

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS

CAUTIONS

The viewing surfaces of polycarbonate cab windows are specially treated with a hard coating to provide enhanced resistance to abrasion and ultra-violet (UV) radiation.

•

DO NOT use abusive cleaning procedures either by hand or pressure washing on polycarbonate windows.

•

DO NOT use brushes, razor blades, scrapers, squeegees or other sharp tools on polycarbonate windows.

•

DO NOT clean polycarbonate windows when the daytime temperature is high or in direct sunlight.

•

DO NOT use abrasive or highly alkaline cleaners on polycarbonate windows.

•

DO NOT use glass cleaners in either aerosol or non-aerosol containers to clean polycarbonate windows.

•

Failure to follow these cleaning instructions will shorten the service life of polycarbonate and may cause visual hazing, loss of light transmission and delamination of the polycarbonate hard surface coating.

The following instructions are provided to prolong the life of this protective hard coating.

1. Rinse the window thoroughly with lukewarm water 2. Using a soft cloth, cellulose sponge or chamois, gently wash the window with a mild solution of soap or detergent in lukewarm water. Do not scrub or use brushes or squeegees.

Brand name soaps and detergents recommended for cleaning polycarbonate are: • Fantastik • Formula 409 • Hexcel F.O. 554 • Joy • Lysol • Mr. Clean • Neleco-Placer • Pine-Sol • Top Job 3. Rinse the window thoroughly with lukewarm water.

CONCEALING HAIRLINE SCRATCHES The appearance of scratches and minor abrasions on the surfaces of polycarbonate windows can be minimized by using a mild automotive polish such as: • • •

4. Dry the window with a moist soft cloth, cellulose sponge or chamois to prevent water spotting.

Johnson’s Paste Wax Novus Plastic Polish #1 and #2 Mirror Glaze Plastic Polish

Be certain to clean the polycarbonate window as outlined prior to application of an automotive polish. Refer to CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS.

5. To remove grease or oil, first rub lightly with a good grade of VM&P Naphtha or isopropyl alcohol followed by the same rinse, wash, rinse and dry procedure described in steps 1 to 4.

Refer also to RESISTANCE TO CHEMICALS for a list of chemicals which should not be permitted to come into contact with polycarbonate windows.

2.114

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

GRAFFITI REMOVAL •

For removal of paints, marking pen inks, etc., the use of Butyl Cellosolve is generally effective. The use of masking tape, adhesive tape or lint removal tools works well for lifting off old weathered paints.

•

To remove labels, stickers, etc., the use of kerosene, VM&P Naphtha, or petroleum spirits is generally effective. When the solvent will not penetrate sticker material, apply heat (hair dryer) to soften the adhesive and promote removal.

Refer also to RESISTANCE TO CHEMICALS for a list of chemicals which should not be permitted to come into contact with polycarbonate windows.

FIRE PRECAUTIONS Polycarbonate window material will ignite when exposed to an ignition source in excess of 427°C (800°F). When working around polycarbonate windows, observe similar fire precautions to those in place for wood.

REMOVAL OF ANTI-CORROSION SPRAY (IF APPLICABLE) Some machines, particularly machines shipped outside North America, are shipped with an optional anti-corrosion spray to protect the machine from corrosion during shipment.

WINDOW SCREEN HAND KNOB

860C-396

SIDE WINDOW SCREEN

SIDE WINDOW SCREENS The side window screens (if equipped) can be removed to clean the windows. Screens are provided for the personal protection of the operator and must be reinstalled immediately after cleaning the windows.

A hand knob is provided on both the inside and the outside. By unscrewing either (not both) of these knobs, the screen will be free to swing out on the hinges. Be aware that the screen will swing outwards with considerable force, if the door is open.

All hand knobs should be hand tightened only at all times.

This anti-corrosion spray should be removed when the machine reaches its destination as it may cause debris to stick to the treated surfaces of the machine.

The anti-corrosion can be removed with a pressure washer, a sponge and soap.

20231A R1

2.115

Controls and operation

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

2.116

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE.....................................................................................................3

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher SECTION 3 - LUBRICATION & MAINTENANCE CONTENTS - SECTION 3

ISSUE 3.0, DECEMBER 2019

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM, CHECKING THE SYSTEM ......................................................................3.23 AIR INTAKE SYSTEM, ENGINE - 8***2601 TO 8***2632 AIR CLEANER, ENGINE ............................................................................................................................3.38 AIR FILTER ELEMENTS ............................................................................................................................3.39 AIR INTAKE BY-PASS COVER ..................................................................................................................3.42 CHANGING AIR FILTERS ..........................................................................................................................3.39 CLEANING AIR FILTER PRECLEANER ...................................................................................................3.40 COMPUTER ALERT,FILTER RESTRICTION ...........................................................................................3.41 FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR ........................................................................................................3.41 INTAKE TUBING AND JOINTS ..................................................................................................................3.43 PRECLEANER, ENGINE AIR ....................................................................................................................3.42 UNLOADER VALVE ....................................................................................................................................3.42 AIR INTAKE SYSTEM, ENGINE - 8***2633 TO 8***3000 AIR CLEANER, ENGINE ............................................................................................................................3.44 AIR FILTER ELEMENTS ............................................................................................................................3.44 AIR INTAKE BY-PASS COVER ..................................................................................................................3.46 CHANGING AIR FILTERS ..........................................................................................................................3.45 COMPUTER ALERT, FILTER RESTRICTION ..........................................................................................3.46 FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR ........................................................................................................3.46 INTAKE TUBING AND JOINTS ..................................................................................................................3.47 PRECLEANER, ENGINE AIR ....................................................................................................................3.44 UNLOADER VALVE ....................................................................................................................................3.45 APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS ....................................................................................................................3.19 BOTTOM FUELING SYSTEM .......................................................................................................................3.28 CASE DRAIN STRAINERS ............................................................................................................................3.37 CONVERSION CHART, UNITS .....................................................................................................................3.56 DIFFUSERS/STRAINERS, HYDRAULIC TANK ...........................................................................................3.36 EMERGENCY EXITS, CHECK MONTHLY .....................................................................................................3.7 ENGINE AIR INTAKE SYSTEM - 8***2601 TO 8***2632 AIR CLEANER, ENGINE ............................................................................................................................3.38 AIR FILTER ELEMENTS ............................................................................................................................3.39 AIR INTAKE BY-PASS COVER ..................................................................................................................3.42 CHANGING AIR FILTERS ..........................................................................................................................3.39 CLEANING AIR FILTER PRECLEANER ...................................................................................................3.40 COMPUTER ALERT,FILTER RESTRICTION ...........................................................................................3.41 FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR ........................................................................................................3.41 INTAKE TUBING AND JOINTS ..................................................................................................................3.43 PRECLEANER, ENGINE AIR ....................................................................................................................3.42 UNLOADER VALVE ....................................................................................................................................3.42 ENGINE AIR INTAKE SYSTEM - 8***2633 TO 8***3000 AIR CLEANER, ENGINE ............................................................................................................................3.44 AIR FILTER ELEMENTS ............................................................................................................................3.44 AIR INTAKE BY-PASS COVER ..................................................................................................................3.46 CHANGING AIR FILTERS ..........................................................................................................................3.45 COMPUTER ALERT, FILTER RESTRICTION ..........................................................................................3.46 FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR ........................................................................................................3.46 INTAKE TUBING AND JOINTS ..................................................................................................................3.47 PRECLEANER, ENGINE AIR ....................................................................................................................3.44 UNLOADER VALVE ....................................................................................................................................3.45

Lubrication and Maintenance Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher SECTION 3 - LUBRICATION & MAINTENANCE ER BOOM SYSTEM .......................................................................................................................................3.13 FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR, ENGINE - 8***2601 TO 8***2632 .....................................................3.41 FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR, ENGINE - 8***2633 TO 8***3000 .....................................................3.46 FILTER RESTRICTION PRESSURE SWITCH ............................................................................................3.31 FILTERS ENGINE AIR FILTER ELEMENTS - 8***2601 TO 8***2632 ......................................................................3.39 ENGINE AIR FILTER ELEMENTS - 8***2633 TO 8***3000 ......................................................................3.44 ENGINE FILTERS .......................................................................................................................................3.22 FUEL TANK STRAINERS .......................................................................................................3.25, 3.26, 3.27 HYDRAULIC OIL FILL PUMP FILTER ......................................................................................................3.34 HYDRAULIC OIL PRE-FILL FILTER .........................................................................................................3.34 HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN DIFFUSERS/STRAINERS ...........................................................................3.36 HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN FILTERS ........................................................................................................3.31 HYDRAULIC TANK BREATHER ................................................................................................................3.37 PILOT MANIFOLD FILTER 8***2601 TO 8***2691 ....................................................................................3.35 PILOT MANIFOLD FILTER 8***2692 TO 8***3000 ....................................................................................3.35 REMOVE AND REPLACE, COOLANT FILTER ........................................................................................3.22 REMOVE AND REPLACE, ENGINE OIL FILTER ....................................................................................3.22 REMOVE AND REPLACE, FUEL FILTER ................................................................................................3.22 REMOVE AND REPLACE, HYDRAULIC RETURN FILTER ...................................................................3.32 RESTRICTION PRESSURE SWITCH, HYDRAULIC OIL .......................................................................3.31 FIRE PREVENTION .........................................................................................................................................3.8 FUEL, BOTTOM FUELING OPTION .............................................................................................................3.28 FUEL, REFUELING PROCEDURE ...............................................................................................................3.28 FUEL TANK CAPACITY ...................................................................................................................................................3.25 COMPONENTS .................................................................................................................................3.25, 3.26 REFUELING PROCEDURE, BOTTOM FUELING OPTION ....................................................................3.28 FUEL TANK, OPTIONAL HIGH CAPACITY ..................................................................................................3.26 FUEL TANK, STANDARD ...............................................................................................................................3.25 FUEL TANK STRAINER .................................................................................................................................3.27 HYDRAULIC FILL PUMP FILTER - ELECTRICAL .......................................................................................3.34 HYDRAULIC OIL FILL PUMP -ELECTRICAL ...............................................................................................3.30 HYDRAULIC OIL FILTERS ............................................................................................................................3.31 HYDRAULIC OIL OPERATING RANGE .......................................................................................................3.19 HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN FILTERS ...........................................................................................................3.31 HYDRAULIC OIL TANK FILTER RESTRICTION PRESSURE SWITCH ........................................................................................3.31 HYDRAULIC TANK BREATHER ...................................................................................................................3.37 HYDRAULIC TANK CLEAN-OUT COVER ....................................................................................................3.36 HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS .........................................................................3.29 LEVELER LUBRICATION POINTS ...............................................................................................................3.18 LUBRICATION POINTS DIAGRAM - 8***2601 TO 8***2632 ........................................................................3.14 LUBRICATION POINTS DIAGRAM - 8***2633 TO 8***3000 ........................................................................3.16 LUBRICATION POINTS DIAGRAM, LEVELLER .........................................................................................3.18 LUBRICATION SCHEDULE - 8***2601 TO 8***2632 ....................................................................................3.15 LUBRICATION SCHEDULE - 8***2633 TO 8***3000 ....................................................................................3.17 MEASURING TRACK SAG ............................................................................................................................3.50

3.2

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher Lubrication and Maintenance Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher SECTION 3 - LUBRICATION & MAINTENANCE NEW MACHINE MAINTENANCE ....................................................................................................................3.4 FIRST 125 HOUR INSPECTION REPORT .................................................................................................3.4 INITIAL PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION ......................................................................................................3.4 TIGHTENING POINTS .................................................................................................................................3.4 OIL ANALYSIS KITS .........................................................................................................................................3.5 OIL ANALYSIS PROGRAM ......................................................................................................................3.5, 3.6 PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTING ............................................................................... 3.58, 3.59, 3.60, 3.61 PRESSURE SETTING PROCEDURES, SEE SERVICE MANUAL PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE .................................................................................................3.4 PUMP, HYDRAULIC OIL FILL, ELECTRICAL ..............................................................................................3.30 REFUELING PROCEDURE ...........................................................................................................................3.28 REFUELING PROCEDURE, BOTTOM FUELING OPTION .......................................................................3.28 RETURN TUBE DIFFUSERS/STRAINERS .................................................................................................3.31 SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE 8 HOURS .......................................................................................................................................................3.9 24 HOURS ...................................................................................................................................................3.10 125 HOURS .................................................................................................................................................3.10 250 HOURS .................................................................................................................................................3.10 500 HOURS ................................................................................................................................................. 3.11 1000 HOURS ............................................................................................................................................... 3.11 2000 HOURS ...............................................................................................................................................3.12 FREQUENTLY ...............................................................................................................................................3.9 SERVICE AND LUBRICATION POINTS LUBRICATION POINTS - 8***2601 TO 8***2632 ......................................................................................3.14 LUBRICATION POINTS - 8***2633 TO 8***3000 ......................................................................................3.16 STRAINERS/DIFFUSERS, HYDRAULIC TANK ...........................................................................................3.36 SWING DRIVE LUBRICATION GEARBOX LOWER BEARINGS ...............................................................................................................3.20 GEARBOX UPPER GEARING ...................................................................................................................3.21 SWING PINION AND SWING BEARING ........................................................................................3.20, 3.21 TORQUE CHART ............................................................................................................................................3.51 TORQUE CHART, GENERAL ........................................................................................................................3.52 TORQUE, FLUID CONNECTIONS ...........................................................................................3.53, 3.54, 3.55 TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS, GENERAL .....................................................................................................3.52 TRACK CHAIN SAG .......................................................................................................................................3.50 TRACK COMPONENTS .................................................................................................................................3.50 TRACK OPERATION AND WEAR PREVENTION .......................................................................................3.48 MEASURING SAG DIMENSION ...............................................................................................................3.50 TORQUE PROCEDURE ............................................................................................................................3.50 TRACK CHAIN SAG ...................................................................................................................................3.50 TRACKS, PROTECTING STEEL TRACKS ..................................................................................................3.48 UNIT CONVERSION CHART ........................................................................................................................3.56 UNLOADER VALVE, ENGINE AIR CLEANER - 8***2601 TO 8***2632 ......................................................3.42 UNLOADER VALVE, ENGINE AIR CLEANER - 8***2633 TO 8***3000 ......................................................3.45 WEIGHTS OF COMMERCIAL WOOD ..........................................................................................................3.57 WIRE COLOUR CODE CHART .....................................................................................................................3.56 WOOD, WEIGHTS OF COMMERCIAL WOOD ............................................................................................3.57

3.3

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE NEW MACHINE MAINTENANCE

*INITIAL PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION:PERFORM THE INITIAL PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION USING Tigercat FORM NUMBERS 5341 AND 5347; "PDI AND 125 HOUR INSPECTION REPORT"

*FIRST 125 HOUR INSPECTION AND SERVICE REPORT:WITH THE OWNER'S MECHANIC PRESENT, PERFORM AN INSPECTION AND SERVICE ACCORDING TO THE Tigercat FORM NUMBERS 5341 AND 5347; "PDI AND 125 HOUR INSPECTION REPORT" THIS MUST BE COMPLETED WITHIN THE FIRST 125 HOUR TIME FRAME.

*IMPORTANT! TO QUALIFY FOR CONTINUED WARRANTY, THIS REPORT MUST BE COMPLETED AND RETURNED TO Tigercat Industries Inc. WARRANTY DEPARTMENT. Tightening points:~ All hydraulic connections

NOTE: Use of filters other than genuine Tigercat replacement filters is not recommended.

Hose clamps

Refer to diesel engine service manual and attachment manual for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period.

All cylinder and boom pin retainers Check all leveller pivot bearing retaining bolts (If equipped with leveller) Check swing bearing bolt torque Engine mounting bolts Pump mounting bolts Track shoe bolts Track roller retaining bolts Track sprocket retaining bolts Track drive gearbox mounting bolts Track drive motor mounting bolts Swing gearbox mounting bolts Swing motor mounting bolts Cab securing bolts Any other loose nut, bolt or fitting

3.4

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

TIGERCAT OIL ANALYSIS PROGRAM Using the Tigercat Advanced Oil Analysis Program on a regular basis is an excellent preventative maintenance tool.

Studies have shown that it is possible to receive a 10 to 1 payback when looking at the amount saved on repair costs to the amount invested in a scheduled oil analysis program. Some of the benefits of a sampling program include: •

Detect problems early before they become major catastrophic failures.

•

Better ability to schedule downtime and forecast cost of repairs.

•

Monitor maintenance schedules and practices and confirm that the required maintenance is being done on time.

•

Increase used equipment value by providing proof of proper maintenance.

This Program uses the most modern technology available to analyze all oil samples. Most test results are available within 24 hours after receipt of the sample and are supplied in an easy to understand report, which calls for specific action and makes detailed recommendations. This report is available as a mailed or faxed hardcopy, sent via e-mail or can be viewed on the internet.

This program will provide Tigercat machine owners access to an Advanced Oil Analysis Program for all major machine components including Engines, Hydraulic Circuits, Axles, Final Drives, Gearboxes, etc.

800 Series Models Recommended Testing Schedule Location

First Sample

Follow-up Samples

Hydraulic Oil

125 Hours

Every 1000 Hours or 6 Months

Swing Drive Gearbox (if applicable*)

125 Hours

Every Oil Change (250 Hours or 1.5 Months)

Track Drive Gearboxes

125 Hours

Every 1000 Hours or 6 Months

Pump Drive Gearbox (if applicable)

125 Hours

Every 1000 Hours or 6 Months

* Note that swing drive gearbox oil sampling applies only to machines that use gear oil in the

Tigercat Oil Analysis Kits are available from your Tigercat dealer parts department. If required, swing drive gearbox. arrangements can also be made with your Tigercat dealer to supply and perform all of the required followup oil samples.

Refer also to OIL SAMPLE COLLECTION PROCEDURES in THIS SECTION for sample valve and drain plug locations.

TIGERCAT OIL ANALYSIS KITS Each kit includes a Prepaid Sample Bottle and Sample Information Form. Preprinted mailing labels are also included to ensure all samples are quickly returned directly to the lab for immediate analysis and results within 24 hours of receipt.

The same type of sample bottle can be used for all types of oil testing including: Hydraulic Circuits, Final Drives, Axles, Gearboxes, Engines, etc.

To ensure accurate and meaningful results are obtained, each kit also includes detailed instructions on how to properly collect, prepare and ship the oil samples.

Contact your Tigercat Dealer Parts Department to order Kits.

3.5

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

TIGERCAT OIL SAMPLING PROGRAM OIL SAMPLE COLLECTION PROCEDURES

HYDRAULIC SAMPLE VALVE

Fill out the Sample Information Form (SIF) completely and accurately. When taking multiple oil samples, fill out all of the required SIF forms in their entirety, prior to taking any oil samples. Then, immediately package each completed SIF form together with the matching oil sample in the black outer shipping container as each individual sample is taken. This will reduce the possibility of mixing up or incorrectly identifying the SIF forms and oil samples. Incorrectly identified samples could result in a false warning alarm.

H855C-31

Hydraulic Oil Samples:

The accuracy of the lab analysis results is very dependent on the quality of the oil sample taken. Collection of clean oil samples that are representative of the main body of oil are essential if meaningful lab results are to be obtained.

Erroneous readings may result if proper collection, handling, packaging and shipping practices are not followed prior to the sample being tested by the lab. To be able to accurately compare and trend the lab results over time, all follow-up samples should be consistently taken from the same location using the same techniques as all previous samples.

•

Ensure that all sample valves and drain plugs are clean and free of debris.

•

Remove the sample bottle cap only when ready to take the sample. Keep the cap clean – do not put it in your pocket or let it get contaminated in any way.

•

Do not allow any airborne dirt, etc., to enter the sample bottle.

•

Avoid contamination of the sample – replace the sample bottle cap immediately after filling the bottle to approximately ¾ full.

HYDRAULIC OIL

•

Hydraulic oil samples should be taken from the circulating oil flow at operating temperature, with no functions actuated, using sample valves that are permanently located on the machine whenever possible.

•

To obtain a representative oil sample, the sample valves must be purged before the actual oil sample is taken. Drain a minimum of 3 or 4 ounces of oil into a separate container and discard this oil using approved recycling methods.

•

Replace the dust cover on the sample valve immediately after taking the oil sample and sealing the sample bottle.

Gearbox Samples:

All samples taken should be immediately forwarded to the lab for processing.

Contact your Tigercat dealer to purchase additional or replacement hydraulic sample valves or drain plugs.

In cases where oil samples must be pumped or otherwise drawn out of a reservoir or housing, a hand operated oil suction pump is also available from your Tigercat dealer.

3.6

•

These samples can be taken during the oil change process.

•

To obtain a representative oil sample, ensure the oil is warm and has not settled very long (within 30 minutes of shutdown).

•

Place the required drain container under the machine to capture the used oil to be discarded using approved recycling methods.

•

Remove the drain plug and allow approximately 50% of the oil to drain, then place the sample bottle in the stream of draining oil to obtain a representative sample.

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

GENERAL missing or damaged bolts or clamps. Should any exhaust leaks or defective parts be found, repairs must be made immediately. Engine exhaust leaks can cause fires, DO NOT OPERATE the machine until the exhaust leak is repaired.

CAUTION All handles, steps and platforms must be kept free of grease, oil, fuel, mud, snow, ice and forest debris.

During daily operation of the machine, the occurrence of exhaust leaks are usually accompanied by a change or increase in engine exhaust noise levels. These audible warnings cannot be ignored. Should any exhaust leaks occur during operation, the machine must be shut down immediately and not put back to work until the necessary repairs have been completed.

Clean around filler caps before checking or adding fluids.

Clean around hydraulic fittings before breaking connection. Plug or cap immediately.

Clean up all spills immediately.

Always release pressure in hydraulic tank before breaking a connection. For machines with pressurized tanks.

Always have a fire extinguisher at hand.

Always use clean oil and containers.

For safety, always lower boom assembly to the ground when leaving cab, leaving machine unattended or during service.

Drain dirty oil while still warm.

Do not exceed recommended fluid levels.

Service all hydraulic strainers and filters after the failure of a pump, motor, cylinder or valve.

Failures of this nature could contaminate the entire hydraulic system.

Always install door safety struts when working on machine.

Clean fire suppression system sensors.

Top up diesel fuel at each shift to reduce contamination by condensation.

CHECK EMERGENCY EXITS, MONTHLY:~ Two alternate exit routes are provided: side door emergency exit and escape hatch/ emergency exit. These are only to be used if the front door cannot be opened.

Before welding on machine, be sure to disconnect all electrical connections and follow all servicing safety precautions as outlined in the WELDING, PRIOR TO of SECTION 1 in THIS MANUAL. When welding, secure ground connection as close to working position as possible to prevent arcing across machined surfaces or through bearings.

Clean away all branches, bark and chips.

Clean up all traces of oil to avoid fires.

It is therefore essential that these emergency exits be checked at least once per month to ensure they are fully operational.

Refer to EMERGENCY EXIT MAINTENANCE GUIDE in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL for checking procedure.

Inspect the EXHAUST BLANKET and EXHAUST SYSTEM DAILY for any signs of LEAKAGE. Check for worn, cracked, broken, or damaged pipes or muffler. Also check for *OIL LOST FROM LEAKAGE

PER LEAKAGE RATE DAY ONE DROP IN TEN SECONDS 0.424 ONE DROP IN FIVE SECONDS 0.852 ONE DROP PER SECOND 4.26 THREE DROPS PER SECOND 14.2 DROPS BREAK INTO STREAM 90.83

LOST OIL (LITRES) LOST OIL (GALLONS) PER PER PER PER PER MONTH YEAR DAY MONTH YEAR 12.72 152.0 0.112 3.36 40.0 25.6 306.6 0.225 6.75 81.0 127.76 1533.1 1.125 33.75 405.0 425.86 5110.31 3.75 112.5 1350.0 2725.5 32706.0 24.00 720.0 8640.0

3.7

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

GENERAL FIRE PREVENTION Maintaining your machine properly will greatly extend its life and reduce your operating costs.

IMPORTANT

PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK.

34.5 kPa (5 psi) MAXIMUM. Before servicing hydraulic system, wearing eye protection, release air pressure from tank using air vent valve.

FILTER

Fire can result in a machine loss which can be financially devastating.

CAUTION

AIR VENT VALVE HANDLE

AFTER transporting (trucking) a machine from one job sight to the next, open all doors and access panels and blow off any debris that could have re-positioned itself onto the engine and exhaust parts due to wind turbulence caused by the journey.

BREATHER

SCHRADER VALVE MANIFOLD

1. Forest debris and fine organic material (twigs, pine needles, branches, bark, leaves, saw dust, small wood chips) and any other combustible materials when allowed to accumulate, form a fuel source that when ignited is extremely difficult to extinguish. A thorough program of regular cleaning and washing will reduce the possibility of a fire starting. In the event a fire does start, the regular cleaning program will improve the chances of successfully extinguishing a fire.

S855C-001A 845C-001

AIR VENT EXHAUST

PRESSURE GAUGE

Handle UP (shown above) = Valve Closed Handle Down (90°) = Valve Open After service is completed, close air vent valve and add air pressure from a clean air source to the hydraulic tank via the Schrader valve. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi). Refer to HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS in THIS SECTION for details.

2. Pay close attention to wiring and plumbing routings during maintenance, ensure that ALL wiring harnesses or hydraulic hoses are properly restrained and clamped to prevent damage from chaffing.

3. Read the fire suppression system manual and have the system serviced regularly by qualified personnel.

4. In case of fire lower the boom system to the ground and shut off the engine before discharging the fire suppression system.

Also refer to FIRE PREVENTION in SECTION 1 of THIS MANUAL for additional information.

3.8

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE

• ‡ Boom joints: Conventional Boom; 6-fittings - purge Conventional w/Tilt Link; 12-fittings - purge ER Boom System; 12-fittings - purge • ‡ Cylinders; hoist, stick & tilt; Conventional Boom; 8-fittings - purge ER Boom System; 10-fittings - purge

FREQUENTLY:

• Check engine cooling air intake screens for possible restriction In broad leaf applications it may be necessary to reverse the cooling fan as frequently as every 10 mins.

• Check for debris, snow and ice buildup on emergency exits and remove accumulation immediately.

• ER Boom system: Periodically, the hoist boom must be lifted up as far as it will go and then lowered to operating height in an area free from overhead obstructions in order to circulate hydraulic oil from the cylinders back through the cooler and filters. This oil does not circulate through the cooler or filters during normal horizontal motion and the oil does not get completely changed during normal vertical motion, so it is important that this procedure be followed at least once every hour.

860C-005

PARKING BOOM

‡

Lubricating cylinder pins and boom joints:1. Ensure machine is on level ground 2. Completely tilt felling head back 3. Fully extend stick boom cylinder 4. Force heel of felling head onto ground 5. While in this position lubricate all cylinder retaining pins and boom joints

NOTE: This procedure will allow grease to flow to the normally "loaded side" of the pin/bearing surfaces.

EVERY 8 HOURS: • Perform frequently maintenance And in addition:~ • Check engine coolant level.

• Check engine oil level.

• Drain water from fuel/water separator.

• Check air intake precleaner operation.

• Check air cleaner unloader valve if equipped.

• Check air intake filter restriction indicator.

Replace primary filter if indicator is in red zone.

Replace secondary (safety) filter every third primary filter change to guarantee maximum performance and reliability.

• Check hydraulic oil level.

• Check swing drive gear box gear oil level.

Clean: • Oil cooler, engine radiator and enclosure screens.

• Remove potentially damaging limbs or sticks.

Check: • All air intake system components (including charge air cooler) rubber elbows, connector hoses, tubes and clamps for damage, hardening, wear, cracks, leaks, loose clamps or loose hanger bracket hardware and repair or replace immediately. .

• For leakage around hydraulic components and flexible hoses.

• For loose nuts, bolts and fittings.

• Condition and tension of belts.

• Visually check condition of tracks.

• Exhaust system for leaks.

• Conduct an overall visual inspection.

• Refer to diesel engine service manual and attachment manual for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period.

Lubricate: • Swing pinion; 1-fitting - 10 shots With dual swing; 2-fittings - 10 shots each • Cylinders, Levelling; 4-fittings total - purge (If equipped with leveller) • Thrust bearing, Levelling; 2-fittings - purge (If equipped with leveller)

3.9

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE EVERY 24 HOURS :

EVERY 250 HOURS:

• Perform "frequently" maintenance • Perform 8 hour maintenance And in addition:~ • Lubricate swing bearing; 1-fitting - 10 shots while swinging

EVERY 125 HOURS: • Perform "frequently" maintenance • Perform 8 hour maintenance • Perform 24 hour maintenance And in addition: • Open both (L.H. side door and cab roof escape hatch) emergency exits to ensure they are fully operational.

• Check return filter bypass warning is NOT displayed on the MD3 Computer with engine running at high idle with oil flow and oil at operating temperature.

• Check track gearboxes oil level with level plug at 9 O'clock and other plug at 6 O'clock.

• Check battery fluid level unless maintenance free.

• Check hydraulic pump and motor securing bolts.

• Check torque tightening points as per new machine maintenance.

• Carry out A/C system inspection; Refer to CHECKING THE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM in THIS SECTION. Visually check for damage to: • Hoist and stick booms.

• Tracks, track frames and carbody.

• Swing bearing area.

• Attachment.

Make repairs immediately.

• Perform frequently maintenance • Perform 8 hour maintenance • Perform 24 hour maintenance • Perform 125 hour maintenance And in addition: • Check all hydraulic pressures.

• Replace oil in track drive gearboxes with drain plug at 6 O'clock position and fill plug at 9 O'clock.

• Lubricate rotary manifold seal; one fitting - five shots. Do not use power grease gun.

• Lubricate each swing drive gearbox lower bearing; four fittings - five shots each gearbox.**Do not use power grease gun. **With each swing gearbox at operating temperature slowly add five shots of lithium based ep2 to each side of the gearbox. Note: During cold weather the swing function must be operated for several hours to achieve operating temperature. Caution: Do not force grease, gearbox failure may result. Do not use winter grease. Grease should purge from gearbox pinion seal.

• Drain and replace swing drive gear box upper bearing gear oil. Refer to SERVICE AND LUBRICATION POINTS CHART in THIS SECTION for recommended oils.

• Clean and thoroughly inspect all surfaces of the hoist and stick booms for cracks.

All cracks must be properly repaired in their early stages. Note that in most cases cracks will continue to grow in size and often lead to major structural damage. Failure to regularly inspect for cracks and immediately repair the boom system will void the structural warranty. Contact your Tigercat dealer for specific procedures required to correctly repair any cracks found.

• Lubricate leveler, intermediate pivot points; two-fittings total - purge. Remove/replace protection plugs to access.

(If equipped with leveler) • Lubricate leveler, upper pivot points; fourfittings total - purge. Remove/replace protection plugs to access. (If equipped with leveler).

Visually inspect for: • Frayed electrical wiring and hydraulic hoses NOTE: Neglecting the proper maintenance of these items can result in fire.

• Wear in any other components.

Clean/replace: • Inspect for debris buildup between radiator, oil cooler and A/C condenser.

• Refer to diesel engine service manual and attachment manual for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period.

3.10

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE EVERY 500 HOURS:

EVERY 1000 HOURS:

• Perform frequently maintenance

• Perform frequently maintenance

• Perform 8 hour maintenance

• Perform 8 hour maintenance

• Perform 24 hour maintenance

• Perform 24 hour maintenance

• Perform 125 hour maintenance

• Perform 125 hour maintenance

• Perform 250 hour maintenance

• Perform 250 hour maintenance

And in addition:

• Perform 500 hour maintenance

• Replace engine coolant filter §.

• Replace engine fuel filters §.

And in addition check: .

• Fuel in-tank strainer

• Replace hydraulic oil pre-fill filter §. †

• Replace air cleaner unloader valve

• Replace hydraulic oil return filters.

• Remove and reverse flush in-line pilot filter on 8***2601 to 8***2691

• Replace spin-on pilot filter on 8***2692 to 8***3500 § Refer to FILTERS - REMOVE AND REPLACE in THIS SECTION. Lubricate: • Door and roof hinges; 12 fittings - 1 shot • Roof cylinder pins apply oil liberally.

• Other door hinges; apply oil liberally Check: • Torque on swing bearing and swing gearbox retaining bolts.

• Torque on track drive gearboxes and motor mounting bolts.

• Check track rollers for leakage. Rollers are filled with oil and are considered to be maintenance free. If a lubricant leakage is detected the rollers must be removed, repaired and replaced.

• Check track idler assembly for leakage, the bearing is filled with oil and is considered to be maintenance free. If a lubricant leakage is detected the idler must be removed, repaired and replaced.

• Refer to diesel engine service manual and attachment manual for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period. † Use of filters other than genuine Tigercat replacement filters is not recommended.

3.11

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE EVERY 2000 HOURS:

• Perform frequently maintenance • Perform 8 hour maintenance • Perform 24 hour maintenance • Perform 125 hour maintenance • Perform 250 hour maintenance • Perform 500 hour maintenance • Perform 1000 hour maintenance And in addition: • Replace all air intake rubber components such as elbows and connectors. High temperatures in this area can cause the rubber to harden.

Refer to AIR INTAKE MAINTENANCE in THIS SECTION • Check ALL air intake tubing and band clamps for signs of wear and leakage • Replace hydraulic tank breather.

• Drain and refill hydraulic oil tank with recommended hydraulic oil. Refer to APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS in THIS SECTION Check to ensure that the hydraulic oil type selected in the computer program matches the oil type being used. Adjust oil type if needed.

This will allow the program to optimize the cooling and warnings functions to best suite the oil being used. Refer to COMPUTER CONTROL SYSTEM ~ ALTERNATE MENUS~MACHINE SERVICE - HYDRAULIC OIL in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL or SECTION 6 of the SERVICE MANUAL, for selecting hydraulic oil type setting procedure.

It is strongly recommended that a program of regular oil testing be used. Oil change intervals can be established from oil test results.

NOTE: When refilling the hydraulic system, vent pumps, motors and valves of air by opening a plug or hose fitting located near or on top of the pumps, motors and valves until oil free of air is seen flowing out of the plug or hose fitting. Failure to vent air from the hydraulic system could cause serious damage to hydraulic components. Tighten plugs or fittings and clean up any spilled oil when completed.

OPEN PLUG OR FITTING TO VENT AIR FROM SYSTEM

860C-237

VENTING AIR FROM HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

VENT AIR FROM FITTING

860C-238

VALVE PLUGS

860C-239

FAN DRIVE CONTROL VALVE OPEN FITTING TO VENT AIR FROM SYSTEM

860C-240

3.12

COOLING FAN MOTOR

FAN DRIVE PUMP

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE NOTE: Changing strainers, filters and replacing the hydraulic oil tends to aerate the oil. For maximum pump life, the machine should sit for one hour after servicing to allow entrained air to escape from the oil prior to applying working pressures to the pumps.

Before attempting to disconnect hydraulic hoses or perform work on the boom system, ensure that:STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

NOTE: Check all hydraulic system components especially cooling fan for proper operation after hydraulic oil has been replaced.

HEAD FLAT ON GROUND

ER BOOM SYSTEM

860C-001

FIG. 1 - ER BOOM SYSTEM

WARNING This machine may be equipped with an ER boom system. Because of this, it may behave in an unexpected manner compared to a conventional boom system.

HOIST CYLINDERS FULLY RETRACTED

When performing maintenance procedures or setting up a machine equipped with an ER boom system, the following points must be noted:

TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED

The hoist and stick cylinders circuits are connected hydraulically. Thus, disconnecting a hydraulic line to a boom cylinder may cause either boom to move unexpectedly. The booms may also move unexpectedly if a port relief adjusting screw is unscrewed (counterclockwise) too far and the pressure drops below that which is required to hold the weight of the booms and attachment. Ensure that the attachment is resting squarely on a solid footing and the stick cylinders are fully extended, tank pressure is relieved and engine is shut off before disconnecting any hydraulic lines.

860C-002

FIG. 2 - ER BOOM SYSTEM

(a) The machine is parked on level ground with the heel of the attachment fully supported on the ground. (b) The stick cylinders are fully extended (FIG. 1) or the hoist cylinders fully retracted (FIG.2). (c) The tip of the stick boom is supported.

For additional safety precautions refer to ER BOOM SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS in SECTION 1 of THIS MANUAL. ALSO NOTE: Because of the hydraulic connection between the hoist and stick cylinders, the hoist cylinders can overpower the stick cylinders under certain conditions, causing the stick boom to move unexpectedly. This most often occurs when setting the HOIST BOOM UP relief valve, causing the stick cylinders to extend, but it may also happen at other times if the relief settings are not correct. Ensure that all personnel and equipment are clear of the boom path and that there is sufficient overhead clearance for the head to rise before making any adjustments.

3.13

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

LUBRICATION POINTS - 8***2601 TO 8***2632

53096BENG R2

SERVICE AND LUBRICATION POINTS

3.14

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

FILTER AND LUBRICATION SCHEDULE - 8***2601 TO 8***2632 Tigercat Model 855C/860C/870C FILTER AND LUBRICATION SCHEDULE REFER TO Tigercat OPERATOR'S MANUAL FOR FURTHER INFORMATION

2

ENGINE OIL/FILTER

CHK •

36

9.5

•

•

REMARKS/LUBRICANT QTY

2000 

1000 

500 

CHANGE COOLANT EVERY 2 YEARS

USG

CHK

CAPACITY LITRE

COOLING SYSTEM

250 

8

1

125 

SERVICE POINT NO.

SERVICE EVERY DESCRIPTION

60% ANTIFREEZE * 40% DISTILLED WATER • SEE ENGINE MANUFACTURER’S SERVICE MANUAL FOR PROCEDURES, CAPACITIES AND REPLACEMENT INTERVALS

3

PRIMARY FUEL FILTER (ENGINE)

4

SECONDARY FUEL/WATER SEPARATOR

5

ENGINE COOLANT FILTER*

6

IN-TANK FUEL STRAINER

7

AIR INTAKE PRECLEANER

CHK

1

CLEAN AS REQUIRED

8

AIR INTAKE PRIMARY ELEMENT

CHK

1

CHECK FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR. REFER TO 8 HOUR SCHEDULED MAINT. FOR DETAILS.

DRN

REP

1

REP

1

REP

1

* CUMMINS 'C' AND QSL9 ENGINES DRAIN TANK, CLEAN OR REPLACE AS NECESSARY

CHK

9

AIR INTAKE SAFETY ELEMENT

CHK

10

AIR CLEANER UNLOADER VALVE (IF EQUIPPED)

CHK

1

11

AIR CLEANER SCAVENGING HOSE (IF EQUIPPED)

CHK

12

AIR INTAKE CONNECTIONS

CHK

REP

13

HYDRAULIC TANK

CHK

D/R

14

HYDRAULIC OIL PRE-FILL FILTER (IF EQUIPPED)

15

HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN FILTERS, (SPIN ON)

16

HYDRAULIC TANK BREATHER

17

TRACK DRIVE GEARBOX

18

TRACK ROLLERS AND IDLERS CHECK FOR LUBRICANT LEAKAGE

19

SWING BEARING

20

SWING PINION DOUBLE SWING DRIVE

21

SWING GEARBOX LOWER BEARING DOUBLE SWING DRIVE

22

ROTARY MANIFOLD TOP SEAL

23

SWING GEARBOX UPPER GEARING DOUBLE SWING DRIVE

CHK

24

BOOM,STICK AND TILT JOINTS

LUB

25

CYLINDERS; BOOM, STICK & TILT

LUB

26

DOOR AND ROOF HINGES

LUB

27

ROOF CYLINDER PINS

LUB

28

FELLING ATTACHMENT

REP CHECK FOR LOOSE CLAMPS AND DAMAGED HOSE.

CHK

227

60

1

REP †

1

REP †

6 REP

CHECK FOR LOOSE CLAMPS AND DAMAGED RUBBER COMPONENTS. REPLACE RUBBER COMPONENTS. DRAIN AND REFILL AT SEASONAL OIL CHANGE SEE APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS* *Tigercat RECOMMENDS REGULAR USE OF AN OIL TESTING PROGRAM.

CHECK RESTRICTION INDICATOR IN CAB WITH ENGINE RUNNING AT FULL AND WITH FLOW

1

6

1.5

2

FILL WITH 75W-90 (SPEC) RECOMMENDED SYNTHETIC GEAR OIL FOR SEVERE DUTY APPLICATIONS †† CHECK OIL WITH LEVEL PLUGS AT 6 AND 9 O'CLOCK POSITIONS.

7.6

2

1

IF LEAKING REMOVE AND REPAIR FILL WITH SAE 75W-90 HT OR 80W-140 HT OIL, REFER TO 500 HOURS SCHEDULED MAINT. FOR DETAILS

LUB 24HR

10 SHOTS

1

GREASE EVERY 24 HOURS WHILE SWINGING LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

LUB

10 SHOTS EACH PINION

2

GREASE WHILE SWINGING LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

LUB

5 SHOTS EACH FITTING

4

REFER TO 250 HOURS SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE FOR DETAILS LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

LUB

2 SHOTS

1

REFER TO 250 HOURS SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE FOR DETAILS LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

2

FILL WITH 75W-90 OR 80W-140 SYNTHETIC GEAROIL TO BOTTLE FILL LINE

PURGE

13

LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

PURGE

10

LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

1 SHOT

22

LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

LUBRICATE

4

APPLY OIL LIBERALLY

†† CHK

D/R

CHK

D/R

35

9.25

SEE MANUFACTURER'S MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

53096BENG R2

3.15

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

LUBRICATION POINTS - 8***2633 TO 8***3500

58450AENG R0

3.16

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

FILTER AND LUBRICATION SCHEDULE - 8***2633 TO 8***3500

Tigercat Model 855C/860C/870C FILTER AND LUBRICATION SCHEDULE

REFER TO Tigercat OPERATOR'S MANUAL FOR FURTHER INFORMATION

CHK

2

ENGINE OIL/FILTER

CHK •

36

9.5

•

•

QTY

2000 

1000 

500 

CHANGE COOLANT EVERY 2 YEARS

USG

COOLING SYSTEM

CAPACITY LITRE

1

250 

8

DESCRIPTION

125 

SERVICE POINT NO.

SERVICE EVERY

REMARKS/LUBRICANT 60% ANTIFREEZE * 40% DISTILLED WATER • SEE ENGINE MANUFACTURER’S SERVICE MANUAL FOR PROCEDURES, CAPACITIES AND REPLACEMENT INTERVALS

3

PRIMARY FUEL FILTER (ENGINE)

4

SECONDARY FUEL/WATER SEPARATOR

5

ENGINE COOLANT FILTER*

6

IN-TANK FUEL STRAINER

7

AIR INTAKE PRECLEANER

CHK

1

CLEAN AS REQUIRED

8

AIR INTAKE PRIMARY ELEMENT

CHK

1

9

AIR INTAKE SAFETY ELEMENT

CHK

1

CHECK FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR. REFER TO 8 HOUR SCHEDULED MAINT. FOR DETAILS.

10

AIR CLEANER UNLOADER VALVE

CHK

11

AIR INTAKE CONNECTIONS

CHK

REP

12

HYDRAULIC TANK

CHK

D/R

13

HYDRAULIC OIL PRE-FILL FILTER (IF EQUIPPED)

14

HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN FILTERS, (SPIN ON)

15

PILOT FILTER (IF EQUIPPED)

16

HYDRAULIC TANK BREATHER

DRN

REP

1

REP

1

REP

1

* CUMMINS 'C' AND QSL9 ENGINES DRAIN TANK, CLEAN OR REPLACE AS NECESSARY

CHK

REP

CHK

CHECK FOR LOOSE CLAMPS AND DAMAGED RUBBER COMPONENTS. REPLACE RUBBER COMPONENTS. 227

60

1

REP †

1

REP †

6

REP †

DRAIN AND REFILL AT SEASONAL OIL CHANGE SEE APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS* *Tigercat RECOMMENDS REGULAR USE OF AN OIL TESTING PROGRAM.

CHECK RESTRICTION INDICATOR IN CAB WITH ENGINE RUNNING AT FULL AND WITH FLOW

1 REP

1

6

1.5

2

FILL WITH 75W-90 (SPEC) RECOMMENDED SYNTHETIC GEAR OIL FOR SEVERE DUTY APPLICATIONS †† CHECK OIL WITH LEVEL PLUGS AT 6 AND 9 O'CLOCK POSITIONS.

7.6

2

1

IF LEAKING REMOVE AND REPAIR FILL WITH SAE 75W-90 HT OR 80W-140 HT OIL, REFER TO 500 HOURS SCHEDULED MAINT. FOR DETAILS

LUB 24HR

10 SHOTS

1

GREASE EVERY 24 HOURS WHILE SWINGING LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

LUB

10 SHOTS EACH PINION

2

GREASE WHILE SWINGING LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

LUB

5 SHOTS EACH FITTING

4

REFER TO 250 HOURS SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE FOR DETAILS LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

LUB

2 SHOTS

1

REFER TO 250 HOURS SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE FOR DETAILS LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

2

FILL WITH 75W-90 OR 80W-140 SYNTHETIC GEAROIL TO BOTTLE FILL LINE

PURGE

13

LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

PURGE

10

LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

LUB

1 SHOT

22

LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

LUB

LUBRICATE

4

APPLY OIL LIBERALLY

†† CHK

17

TRACK DRIVE GEARBOX

18

TRACK ROLLERS AND IDLERS CHECK FOR LUBRICANT LEAKAGE

19

SWING BEARING

20

SWING PINION

21

SWING GEARBOX LOWER BEARING

22

ROTARY MANIFOLD TOP SEAL

23

SWING GEARBOX UPPER GEARING

CHK

24

BOOM,STICK AND TILT JOINTS

LUB

25

CYLINDERS; HOIST, STICK & TILT

LUB

26

DOOR AND ROOF HINGES

27

ROOF CYLINDER PINS

28

FELLING ATTACHMENT

D/R

CHK

D/R

15

9.25

SEE MANUFACTURER'S MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

58450BENG R0

3.17

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

LUBRICATION POINTS, LEVELLER

LUBRICATION POINTS DIAGRAM, LEVELLER

3.18

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS Use one of the following oils to fill or replenish the hydraulic system.

3.19

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

SWING DRIVE LUBRICATION

250

20065A R0

REAR VIEW

250

20065A R0

860C-224A 860C-230

LOWER BEARING GREASE FITTINGS

860C-241

LUBRICATION OF SWING DRIVE GEARBOX LOWER BEARINGS The cavity in the lower portion of the gearbox where the lower bearings are housed is completely filled with grease.

Open the hydraulic pump compartment and locate the four lube fittings. With the gearbox at operating temperature and the lubricating grease warm, use a hand grease gun and slowly pump five shots of grease into each grease fitting. DO NOT OVER GREASE! NOTE: During cold weather applications the swing function must operate for several hours to achieve operating temperature. Warm the lubricating grease to 22°C (72°F) before lubricating the gearboxes. DO NOT FORCE GREASE, gearbox failure may result. DO NOT USE WINTER GREASE. Refer to SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE - 250 HOURS in THIS SECTION. For additional information refer to SECTION 15 in the SERVICE MANUAL.

LOWER BEARING GREASE FITTINGS

CAUTION Do Not use a power grease gun to lubricate this machine. Use a hand grease gun only.

ROTARY MANIFOLD SEAL

250

20065A R0

860C-241

LUBRICATION OF ROTARY MANIFOLD SEAL To lubricate the rotary manifold seal, apply two shots of grease every 250 hours to the grease fitting closest to the rear of the machine.

NOTE: During cold weather applications the swing and machine functions must operate for several hours to achieve operating temperature. Warm the lubricating grease to 22°C (72°F) before lubricating the rotary manifold seal. DO NOT OVER GREASE.

3.20

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

GEAR OIL BOTTLE

860C-242

24 250

20065A R0

UPPER GEARING LUBRICATION

LUBRICATION OF SWING DRIVE GEARBOX UPPER GEARING Each swing gearbox upper gearing is filled with gear oil. Use 75W-90 or 80W-140 synthetic gear oil. Follow the lubricating procedure on the label located beside the gear oil bottle and also refer to SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE - 250 HOURS in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL. For additional information refer to SECTION 15 in the SERVICE MANUAL.

860C-96A

8 250

20065A R0

SWING PINION & BEARING FITTINGS

LUBRICATION OF SWING PINION AND SWING BEARING To lubricate the swing bearing, apply 10 shots of grease while swinging every 24 hours to one of the grease fittings located on the seat pedestal in the operator's cab. To lubricate the swing pinion (or teeth) apply 10 shots of grease every 8 hours while swinging to the other grease fittings located on the seat pedestal. The grease fittings are clearly labelled.

For lubrication schedule, refer to SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE in THIS SECTION. For additional information refer to SECTION 15 in the SERVICE MANUAL.

3.21

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

FILTERS - REMOVE AND REPLACE

IMPORTANT! Failure to service and replace filters at the proper intervals specified in the manufacturer's manuals, could cause damage to the machine and result in the product warranty becoming NULL and VOID. Check Tigercat parts catalog for replacement filters.

Refer to the appropriate engine manufacturer's operation and maintenance manual for correct procedures and time intervals when servicing the engine oil, fuel and coolant filters. Read and understand the SAFETY section in each of these manuals.

SECONDARY FUEL FILTER PRIMARY FUEL FILTER/ WATER SEPARATOR WATER‑IN‑FUEL SENSOR CONNECTION

860C-412

IMPORTANT! Filters that are an integral part of the engine (fuel and lubricating oil) should be serviced and replaced according to the engine manufacturer’s operation and maintenance manual.

Tier III engines typically use filters with a very fine micron rating. If the fuel supply is dirty, the fuel filter must be replaced more frequently than recommended in the owner’s manual. Operating the machine with a clogged fuel filter will result in low engine power. It is also recommended that the fuel/water separator bowl be drained daily.

When installing a new fuel filter, DO NOT pre-fill with diesel fuel, or engine fuel pump damage will result. This type of failure is not warrantable by the engine manufacturer.

To prolong the operating life of the fuel filter, ensure that the fuel supply storage tank is clean and free of water and that the fuel is pre-filtered prior to adding it to the machine.

DRAIN TAP

WARNING Do not pre-fill engine fuel filters used on Cummins QSL9 engines

ENGINE FUEL FILTER AND FUEL FILTER/WATER SEPARATOR

OIL FILTER COOLANT FILTER

860C-411

ENGINE OIL FILTER & COOLANT FILTER

3.22

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

CHECKING THE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM Any service work must be performed by a certified A/C technician. The system should be charged with R134a refrigerant only. PAG (polyalkylene glycol) oil should be present in the system and must be used on 'O' rings and fittings during assembly.

A/C SYSTEM TOTAL CAPACITIES R134a REFRIGERANT 1.36 kg (4 lb)

PAG OIL (polyalkylene glycol)

860C-121

207 ml (7 oz)

CAUTION

The compressor and charge valves are accessed on the right side of the engine. The receiver dryer is mounted to the fan shroud seal support bracket.

If using pressurized water or compressed air for cleaning, use at 2 bar (30 psi) or less.

Always use personal protective equipment (safety glasses) to guard against flying debris.

Perform following inspection along with 125 HOURS inspection outlined in SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE in THIS SECTION.

c. Check for dirt and debris; on the evaporator coil located inside the A/C-heater unit and also the inside of the A/C-heater unit. Clean as required.

a. Check re-circulating and fresh air filters in operator's cab. Refer to SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL. CLEAN AND REMOVE PRE-SCREEN TO ACCESS CONDENSER CORE

845C-086

REAR CLEAN-OUT DOOR

CHECK A/C CONDENSER CORE BEHIND PRE-SCREEN

CHECK A/C BELT TENSION AND ADJUST AS REQUIRED

CHECK A/C CONDENSER CORE

b. Check the condenser core for dirt and debris.

Clean as required. Refer to CLEANING A/C CONDENSER, OIL COOLER AND RADIATOR in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL.

H860C-30

CHECK CONDITION OF A/C BELT

d. With engine stopped, check and adjust compressor drive belt tension. e. Check all A/C hoses for kinks.* f.

Run air conditioning system for three to five minutes.

g. Check to see that compressor clutch will engage.* h. Listen to compressor and blower motor for abnormal noises.*

3.23

Lubrication and Maintenance CHARGEAIR COOLER (CAC)

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher RADIATOR

OIL COOLER

RADIATOR/OIL COOLER/CHARGE AIR COOLER

34318BR0

SIGHT GLASS INDICATES CONDITION OF CHARGE

NOTE: REGULARLY CHECK FOR DEBRIS ACCUMULATION BETWEEN RADIATOR/ OIL COOLER AND A/C CONDENSER.

i.

Check air temperature exiting vents in cab.

j.

Inspect sight glass on receiver dryer with A/C ON. A constant stream of bubbles indicates system requires charging.* Check colour in moisture indicator; BLUE is OK. PINK indicates desiccant material in dryer is saturated with moisture. In this situation replace receiver/dryer, evacuate system and recharge system with both refrigerant and PAG oil.*

MOISTURE INDICATOR BLUE - OK. PINK - REPLACE DRYER, RECHARGE SYSTEM

A/C RECEIVER/DRYER 860C-070

* Indicates that these repairs must only be carried out by a certified A/C technician.

For additional SERVICE information refer to the Tigercat A/C SERVICE MANUAL part number 18795A, available from Tigercat parts department.

IMPORTANT! It is recommended that during cold weather when the A/C system is not in use, that it be run for a period of five minutes every two weeks. This will circulate oil to all components of the A/C system.

A/C RECEIVER/DRYER 3.24

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher 4 3

Lubrication and Maintenance

2

COVER PLATE

1

STRAINER

855C-090

FUEL TANK ASSEMBLY

FUEL TANK - STANDARD

ignition switch is ON or in the RUN position the shut-off valve is open allowing fuel to flow to the engine. When the ignition switch is OFF the fuel shut-off valve is turned OFF.

COMPONENTS 1. Fuel Cap

The return line (4) on the top of the R.H. tank is fitted with a check valve to prevent reverse flow from the tank.

2. Fuel Level Sender 3. Fuel Supply Shut-off Solenoid Valve 4. Fuel Return Check Valve

FUEL TANK CAPACITY The STANDARD fuel tank has a total capacity of 946 L (250 US gal).

Located at the rear of the upper frame the fuel tank assembly consists of three compartments, a L.H tank, a centre section and a R.H. tank.

The fuel filler cap (1) is located on top of the LH. tank and incorporates a strainer built into the neck of the fill pipe to prevent foreign particles from entering the tank during filling.

The fuel level sender (2) is located on top of the RH. tank.

An electric fuel shut-off valve (3) is located on top of the RH. tank fuel supply fitting. The fuel shut-off valve is activated by the ignition switch. When the 3.25

Lubrication and Maintenance 4

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher 2 R.H. COMPARTMENT

3

COVER PLATE

1

STRAINER CHECK VALVES - QTY. 2

855C-089

FUEL TANK ASSEMBLY

FUEL TANK OPTIONAL HIGH CAPACITY

valve is activated by the ignition switch. When the ignition switch is ON or in the RUN position the shut-off valve is open allowing fuel to flow to the engine. When the ignition switch is OFF the fuel shut-off valve is turned OFF.

COMPONENTS 1. Fuel Cap 2. Fuel Level Sender

The return line (4) on the top of the R.H. tank is fitted with a check valve to prevent reverse flow from the tank.

3. Fuel Supply Shut-off Solenoid Valve 4. Fuel Return Check Valve Located at the rear of the upper frame the fuel tank assembly consists of three compartments, a L.H tank, a centre section and a R.H. tank.

The fuel filler cap (1) is located on top of the LH. tank and incorporates a strainer built into the neck of the fill pipe to prevent foreign particles from entering the tank during filling.

NOTE: The high capacity fuel tank is equipped with two flapper style check valves that retain the fuel in the R.H. compartment of the fuel tank. The valves maintain the fuel level on the supply side of the tank.

FUEL TANK CAPACITY The OPTIONAL HIGH CAPACITY fuel tank has a total capacity of 1268 L (335 US gal).

The fuel level sender (2) is located on top of the RH. tank.

An electric fuel shut-off valve (3) is located on top of the RH. tank fuel supply fitting. The fuel shut-off 3.26

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance R.H. COMPARTMENT COVER PLATE

COVER PLATE

STRAINER CHECK VALVES

STRAINER

855C-090

FUEL TANK STRAINER

855C-089

FUEL TANK STRAINER - STANDARD

FUEL TANK STRAINER

FUEL TANK STRAINER - OPTIONAL (HIGH CAPACITY)

A stainless steel 150 micron fuel strainer is screwed onto the end of the fuel supply pipe located inside the fuel tank. The strainer is accessible by removing the rear cover plate.

CHANGING/CLEANING THE STRAINER: NOTE: This should only be required if excessive quantities of foreign material has built up inside the tank.

1. Park machine on level ground with attachment resting on the ground.

2. Stop engine. Turn battery disconnect switch to the OFF position.

3. Drain the fuel tanks. Drain plugs accessible from underside of upper frame.

4. Remove the rear clean-out cover plate and “O” ring.

5. Before removing strainer, clean any debris from inside bottom of tank(s) and wipe clean.

6. Remove the fuel strainer using hex on end of strainer. Carefully clean strainer (NOTE: rough handling can cause damage).

7. Check for a buildup of foreign material where the strainer screws onto the pipe.

8. Reinstall the strainer.

9. Reinstall fuel tank cover plate with “O” ring.

10. Refuel and check for leaks.

11. Turn battery disconnect switch ON and start engine, check for leaks again.

12. Clean up any spilled fuel before returning machine to operation.

A stainless steel 150 micron fuel strainer is screwed onto the end of the fuel supply pipe located inside the fuel tank. The strainer is accessible by removing the R.H. fuel tank clean-out cover.

CHANGING/CLEANING THE STRAINER: NOTE: This should only be required if excessive quantities of foreign material has built up inside the tank.

1. Park machine on level ground with felling head resting on the ground.

2. Stop engine. Turn battery disconnect switch to the OFF position.

3. Drain the fuel tanks. Drain plugs accessible from underside of upper frame.

4. Disconnect the fuel supply and return hoses at the fuel tank. Remove the R.H. clean-out cover plate and “O” ring.

5. Before removing strainer, clean any debris from inside bottom of tank(s) and wipe clean.

6. Remove the fuel strainer using hex on end of strainer. Carefully clean strainer (NOTE: rough handling can cause damage).

7. Check for a buildup of foreign material where the strainer screws onto the pipe.

8. Reinstall the strainer.

9. Reinstall fuel tank cover plate with “O” ring and reinstall fuel supply and return hoses.

10. Refuel and check for leaks.

11. Turn battery disconnect switch ON and start engine, check for leaks again.

12. Clean up any spilled fuel before returning machine to operation.

3.27

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

REFUELING PROCEDURE Park machine on level ground, shut off engine and allow machine to cool.

VENTING SOLENOID VALVE FUEL FILLER CAP

INDICATOR LIGHT

D

FUEL FLOAT SWITCH

QUICK CONNECT COUPLING ATTACHED TO FUEL SUPPLY HOSE

DO NOT refuel while smoking or near an open flame or sparks.

Clear obstructions from steps and handles needed to access fuel tank.

ON/OFF FUEL FILL SWITCH

Open cover on top of fuel tank (if equipped)and clear any debris from around the fill cap.

Remove filler cap slowly to allow pressure to escape from tank.

860C-567

FUEL FILLER SOLENOID SHUT-OFF VALVE

BOTTOM FUELING SYSTEM

BOTTOM FUELING OPTION FUEL FILLING INSTRUCTIONS 1. Park machine with the upper frame level.

Inspect fill cap gasket.

Inspect fuel strainer located under the fill cap for debris or damage.

2. Remove dust caps from quick disconnect ends and attach fuel truck supply line to machine.

Attach grounding strap to an unpainted metal surface on the machine if the refueling tank or nozzle is so equipped.

3. Turn on fuel transfer pump (on fuel supply truck or tank).

Fill tank until fuel level reaches the strainer or the full mark on the sight gauge if equipped. Do not leave nozzle unattended or spillage may occur.

4. “Pull” the ON/OFF FUEL FILL switch.

5. The amber indicator light will illuminate indicating the fuel fill valve is open.

Remove nozzle and ground strap (if applicable), then install fill cap hand tight before closing fill cap cover.

6. When the tank is full the fuel fill valve will close and the amber indicator light will go off.

Before restarting the machine, check that no other personnel have moved into the hazardous area and sound the horn.

7. Turn off the fuel transfer pump.

8. Disconnect lines and return dust caps to quick disconnects.

OPTIONAL BOTTOM FUELING SYSTEM

9. The fuel fill valve can be closed at any time during the filling procedure by pushing in the ON/OFF fuel fill switch.

The bottom fueling system includes a quick disconnect coupling which can be reached from ground level, a solenoid operated fuel filling shut-off valve, an interior mounted fuel float switch to activate the shut-off valve when the tank is full and an ON/OFF switch box with an indicator light.

NOTE: This system relies on a remote fuel transfer pump mounted on the fuel supply truck or tank.

There is no fuel transfer pump mounted on the machine.

10. A solenoid operated vent valve at the top of the tank opens when filling to allow fuel vapours to escape and closes when the fuel fill switch is shut off.

11. Caution: Never leave the machine unattended during the fuel filling process.

12. Regularly inspect and repair all fuel fill system components to reduce the risk of spillage or fire.

3.28

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

HYDRAULIC FILTER SERVICING GUIDELINES IMPORTANT! NEVER PRE-FILL HYDRAULIC FILTERS

Tigercat generally does not recommend the pre-filling of spin-on filters due to the risk of damage to the hydraulic system caused by unfiltered oil. Unfiltered oil used to pre-fill filters enters directly into the hydraulic circuit.

Contaminants in unfiltered oil can cause significant and costly damage to hydraulic valves, pumps and motors. The cleanliness of hydraulic oil cannot be guaranteed unless it is always pre-filtered before use.

Contaminated hydraulic fluid can lead to premature failure of hydraulic components and costly repairs. Filters must be replaced at the recommended time intervals, Refer to SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE in THIS SECTION. Use of hydraulic oil filters other than the Tigercat brand could lead to severe wear and rapid failure of hydraulic system components.

WARNING

WARNING, HOT HYDRAULIC OIL AND HOT MACHINE SURFACES CAN CAUSE SERIOUS BURNS!

•

Before servicing the machine, allow the hydraulic system and machine surfaces to cool down.

•

Use a thermometer to check surface and system temperatures to ensure it is safe to begin service work.

•

DO NOT begin service work until the surface or system temperature has cooled down to below 38°C (100°F).

Lubrication and Maintenance HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS. IMPORTANT! PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK. 34.5 kPa (5 psi) MAXIMUM. Before servicing hydraulic system, release air pressure from tank using air vent valve.

To release pressure from the hydraulic tank: FILTER BREATHER

H845C-59

AIR VENT VALVE HANDLE (SHOWN IN UP POSITION) UP = CLOSED DOWN = OPEN

PRESSURE GAUGE 5 psi MAX (34.5 kPa)

SCHRADER VALVE ADD 34.5 kPa (5 psi) AIR PRESSURE TO PRESSURIZE TANK AFTER SERVICE IS COMPLETED

Wearing eye protection, release air from the hydraulic tank by opening the AIR VENT VALVE. Pull valve handle down 90° to open. Push valve handle up to close.

Note: Expelled air from vent valve will blow accumulated loose debris in the enclosure.

Releasing hydraulic tank pressure in the event of a hose breakage may reduce oil loss.

IMPORTANT! AIR VENT VALVE MUST BE OPENED BEFORE CHANGING HYDRAULIC FILTERS AND STRAINERS OR PERFORMING ANY OTHER SERVICE ON HYDRAULIC CIRCUITS. DO NOT OPERATE MACHINE WITH THE AIR VENT VALVE IN THE OPEN POSITION. During a filter change or return hose replacement, air is able to enter the return hydraulic circuit.

It is important to bleed as much of this air as possible out prior to restarting the machine. See HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN FILTERS "filter change procedure" for instructions on bleeding air from return circuit. AIR BUBBLES IN THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM WILL DAMAGE THE PUMPS. After service is completed, close air vent valve and add air pressure from a clean air source to the hydraulic tank via the schrader valve. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi).

3.29

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

HYDRAULIC FILL PUMP -ELECTRICAL

2

1 FILL TUBE

860C-497

HYDRAULIC FILL PUMP & FILTER

ADDING OIL TO HYDRAULIC TANK Remove the fill tube from the holder. Thoroughly clean the outside surface of the suction tube and remove the plug. Insert end of the tube into the hydraulic oil supply drum.

Operate the pump using the pump switch (1) located on the side of the pump compartment (2). The oil is pumped directly into the hydraulic tank via a filter. Observe the level gauges on the rear of the tank to determine when to release the switch. The hydraulic oil level should be within 5cm (2” ) of the HIGH mark on the level gauge with the boom fully extended.

Replace plug on fill tube, wipe dry and store after filling. Failure to keep the fill tube clean will significantly reduce the life of the filter elements.

IMPORTANT! Direct contact with oil implies a risk of skin complaints. Oil on skin should be washed off immediately with soap and water. Refer also to WORKING WITH OIL in SECTION 1 of THIS MANUAL.

3.30

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN FILTERS

Lubrication and Maintenance examined for possible obstruction.

Refer to DIFFUSERS/STRAINERS, HYDRAULIC TANK in THIS SECTION.

2

If the FILTER BYPASS icon displays RED between scheduled maintenance intervals, STOP THE MACHINE and change these filter elements.

NOTE: The FILTER BYPASS icon will display YELLOW when hydraulic oil temperature is low and the filter restriction switch is activated. Allow oil to warm to operating temperature and the icon should change in colour to GREY. Refer to MACHINE PREPARATION in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL.

1

845C-062

FILTER RESTRICTION PRESSURE SWITCH

HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN FILTERS

There are six replaceable filters (1) mounted on three filter heads beside the tank (2).

The filters should be checked/changed at the intervals specified in the LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE in THIS SECTION.

FILTER RESTRICTION PRESSURE SWITCH

845C-085

855C-035

There is a bypass valve built into each filter head, preset at 1.7 bar (25 psi) which will open in the event the elements become restricted. Before this valve is activated, a 1.4 bar (20 psi) filter restriction pressure switch installed in the return manifold, will send a signal to the computer control system when an oil flow in excess of 1.4 bar (20 psi) is encountered at the return filters. This pressure switch closes and the hydraulic oil filter bypass icon displays RED on the MD3 computer. The master alarm and alarm light will sound and flash.

DIFFUSERS/ STRAINERS

RETURN TUBE DIFFUSERS/STRAINERS There are three mesh type reusable diffusers/ strainers, one on the end of each return tube in the hydraulic tank.

The filters should also be checked/changed when the oil filter bypass icon displays RED on the MD3 computer. If the icon continues to display RED after the filters have been changed, the return diffusers/strainers attached to the base of the return tubes in the hydraulic tank should be

IMPORTANT! DO NOT use these warnings as a substitute for checking the oil level at regular intervals as per the SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE program in THIS SECTION. This information is assuming that operating conditions and running temperatures are NORMAL.

3.31

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

IMPORTANT!

FILTER HEAD

PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK

34.5 kPa (5 psi) MAXIMUM Before servicing hydraulic system, wearing eye protection, release air pressure from FILTER tank using air vent valve.

AIR VENT VALVE HANDLE

GASKET FILTER ELEMENT

BREATHER FILTR_SEALS 2

SQUARE SECTION GASKET INSTALLATION

SCHRADER VALVE

 Square Section Gasket

MANIFOLD

Remove used gasket and clean groove in head.

Apply clean oil to new gasket surfaces.

845C-097 845C-001

AIR VENT EXHAUST

Install new gasket into groove in filter head.

PRESSURE GAUGE

Screw on new filter until gasket makes contact.

Return Filter change procedure: 1. Park the machine on level ground with the attachment resting on the ground.

Tighten filter an additional 3/4 turn.

FILTER HEAD

2. Open enclosure roof and left side enclosure door.

3. Stop engine.

GASKET

4. Turn the BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH to the ‘OFF’ position.

NOTE: Levelling machines are equipped with a service ladder, which should be utilized for service access to the left side of the enclosure.

5. Wearing eye protection, release air from the hydraulic reservoir by opening the AIR VENT VALVE. Pull handle DOWN 90° to open valve.

FILTER ELEMENT FILTR_SEALS 2

 'O' RING GASKET Remove used gasket and clean gasket seat in head.

Apply clean oil to new gasket surfaces.

NOTE: Air pressure expelling from the vent valve will blow accumulated loose debris in the compartment.

Install new gasket on inside lip of filter.

Screw on new filter until gasket makes contact.

6. Wipe clean the area around the filter and head.

Tighten filter until top edge makes metal to metal contact with filter head.

7. Wearing eye and face protection (in case of an oil spray), unscrew the old filter.

(Approximately 1–1/2 additional turns after gasket contact.)

8. Dispose of old filter and any oil properly.

9. Drain away any accumulation of oil in the tray (if equipped) by using the drain hose routed through the floor to a waste oil container.

'O' RING GASKET INSTALLATION

11. Close AIR VENT VALVE, push handle UP.

10. The new Tigercat filter is supplied with two gaskets enclosed, examine the filter head closely to determine which gasket should be used and follow the instructions to ensure proper installation.

3.32

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

RETURN MANIFOLD

COUPLER CONNECTION BLEED HOSE WASTE OIL CONTAINER

S855C-004

BLEEDING AIR FROM HYDRAULIC RETURN CIRCUIT

12. Attach bleed hose (located in the compartment behind cab above hydraulic tank) to the coupler on the return manifold.

13. Route hose to a waste oil container.

14. Use fill pump to raise hydraulic oil level up to the FULL line, replacing oil lost during filter change.

15. As oil is being pumped into the tank, purge air out the bleed hose from the return manifold until a steady stream of oil is coming from the bleed hose.

16. Disconnect bleed hose from the coupling at the return manifold.

17. Clean up any spilled oil.

18. If oil level reaches full mark before air is completely bled, pressure can be added to the hydraulic tank via the Schrader valve from a clean air source (i.e.: compressed air from service truck or shop). Monitor the hydraulic reservoir pressure gauge when adding air pressure. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi).

19. Start the engine and check for leaks.

20. Run engine at IDLE speed for at least five minutes to purge any remaining air from the filter system. Then STOP the engine for 15 minutes to allow air bubbles in the hydraulic tank to rise.

21. Re-check hydraulic oil level – top-up as needed.

3.33

Lubrication and Maintenance

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher Pre Fill Filter change precedure:

IMPORTANT

PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK.

34.5 kPa (5 psi) MAXIMUM. Before servicing hydraulic system, wearing eye protection, release air pressure from FILTER tank using air vent valve.

AIR VENT VALVE HANDLE

1. Park machine on level ground with felling head resting on the ground. Stop engine. The pre-fill filter is accessed through the left hand access door inside the hydraulic fill pump compartment.

BREATHER

2. Wearing eye and face protection, release air pressure from hydraulic tank using air vent valve.

MANIFOLD

3. Wipe clean the area around the filter and head.

SCHRADER VALVE

4. Place rags below to catch the spillage of oil.

845C-097 845C-001

AIR VENT EXHAUST

PRESSURE GAUGE

After service is completed, close air vent valve and add air pressure from a clean air source to the hydraulic tank via the schrader valve.

Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi).

5. Wearing face protection (in case of an oil spray), unscrew the old filter. Dispose of old filter and any oil properly.

6. The new Tigercat filter is supplied with two gaskets enclosed, examine the filter head closely to determine which gasket should be used and follow the instructions to ensure proper installation.

FILTER - HYDRAULIC TANK PRE-FILL

FILTER HEAD

There is a hydraulic oil pre-fill filter installed in the fill line to filter oil prior to entering the hydraulic tank. For service and replacement intervals see SERVICE AND LUBRICATION CHART in THIS SECTION.

GASKET

FILTR_SEALS 2

FILTER ELEMENT

SQUARE SECTION GASKET INSTALLATION

 SQUARE SECTION GASKET Remove used gasket and clean groove in head.

Apply clean oil to new gasket surfaces.

Install new gasket into groove in filter head.

Do not pre-fill filter *. Screw on new filter until gasket makes contact.

Tighten filter an additional 3/4 turn.

H855C-080

HYDRAULIC FILL PUMP FILTER

3.34

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance PILOT MANIFOLD FILTER 8***2601 TO 8***2691

FILTER HEAD

IN-LINE PILOT MANIFOLD FILTER

GASKET FILTER ELEMENT FILTR_SEALS 2

'O' RING GASKET INSTALLATION

 'O' RING GASKET Remove used gasket and clean gasket seat in head.

Apply clean oil to new gasket surfaces.

PILOT MANIFOLD PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE

Install new gasket on inside lip of filter.

Do not pre-fill filter *. Screw on new filter until gasket makes contact with filter head.

Tighten filter until top edge makes metal to metal contact with filter head. (approximately 1½ additional turns after gasket contact).

7. Close air vent valve by pulling its lever upwards and pressurize the hydraulic tank through the schrader valve from a clean air source (ie. compressed air from a service truck or workshop). Monitor the hydraulic tank pressure gauge when adding air pressure.

Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi).

860C-492

There is a 10 micron high pressure pilot filter located on the feed side of the pilot pressure reducing valve to filter the oil before it enters the pilot system. The pilot filter has to be removed and reverse flushed every 1000 hours as part of scheduled maintenance.

PILOT MANIFOLD FILTER 8***2692 TO 8***3500

8. Start the engine and check for leaks.

9. Clean up any spilled oil before returning machine to operation.

PILOT MANIFOLD FILTER

860C-477

The pilot manifold filter is mounted under the main valve. The filter should be replaced every 500 hours.

3.35

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN DIFFUSERS/STRAINERS

IMPORTANT

PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK.

34.5 kPa (5 psi) MAXIMUM. Before servicing hydraulic system, wearing eye protection, release air pressure from FILTER tank using air vent valve.

AIR VENT VALVE HANDLE

1

BREATHER

SCHRADER VALVE MANIFOLD

845C-062

845C-097 845C-001

AIR VENT EXHAUST

PRESSURE GAUGE

DIFFUSERS/ STRAINERS

845C-085

RETURN TUBE DIFFUSERS/STRAINERS

There are three reusable diffusers/strainers on the return tubes. The diffusers/strainers should be inspected whenever the hydraulic tank is drained.

See SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE in THIS SECTION. For service and replacement intervals see SERVICE AND LUBRICATION CHART in THIS SECTION. CHANGING OR CLEANING THE DIFFUSERS/ STRAINERS: This should be performed in the event of a pump failure or hydraulic oil contamination.

1. Park machine on level ground with attachment resting on the ground. Position upper frame to allow access to the drain plug in the bottom of hydraulic reservoir.

2. Stop engine.

3. Open service enclosure doors and install safety strut.

4. Turn BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH to the 'OFF' position.

5. Wearing eye protection, release air from the hydraulic tank by opening the AIR VENT VALVE. Pull handle DOWN 90° to open valve.

HYDRAULIC TANK CLEAN-OUT COVER

6. Drain the hydraulic tank via a drain plug in the bottom of the tank.

7. Remove the round access cover (1) and O-ring.

8. Before removing the diffusers/strainers, clean any debris from the bottom of the tank and wipe it clean.

9. Remove the three hydraulic oil return diffusers/ strainers using the hex on the end of diffuser/ strainer. Carefully clean the diffusers/strainers (they may be damaged by rough handling).

10. Check for a buildup of foreign materials where the diffusers/strainers screw onto the pipes and cover plate.

11. Re-install the diffusers/strainers using the hex on end.

12. Re-install access cover plate with NEW O-ring.

13. Add hydraulic oil to tank using fill pump.

14. Close air vent valve (push handle up). Add air pressure to the hydraulic tank via the Schrader valve from a clean air source. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi).

15. Bleed air from the main, attachment and fan pumps by loosening the case drain hose fittings at each pump connection.

16. Continue filling hydraulic tank using fill pump.

Tighten case drain hose fittings to pumps when oil is seen coming from the pump case drain ports. It is important that all air is evacuated from the pumps.

17. Fill hydraulic tank up to FULL mark on sight gauge using fill pump.

18. Recheck oil level and add hydraulic oil up to FULL mark using fill pump.

NOTE: Changing diffusers/strainers and filters and replacing the hydraulic oil tends to aerate the oil.

For maximum pump life, the machine should sit for one hour after servicing to allow any air bubbles to escape from the oil prior to applying working pressures to the pumps.

3.36

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

IMPORTANT

PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK.

34.5 kPa (5 psi) MAXIMUM. Before servicing hydraulic system, wearing eye protection, release air pressure from FILTER tank using air vent valve.

AIR VENT VALVE HANDLE

BREATHER

SCHRADER VALVE MANIFOLD 860C-085

845C-097 845C-001

AIR VENT EXHAUST

CASE DRAIN STRAINER

The other strainer is located under the main valve in the valve compartment. This element is dedicated to case returns from the attachment head.

PRESSURE GAUGE

After service is completed, close air vent valve and add air pressure from a clean air source to the hydraulic tank via the schrader valve.

Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi).

HYDRAULIC TANK BREATHER

CASE DRAIN STRAINERS

Two case drain strainer elements are located on the machine.

IMPORTANT! Only in the event of a catastrophic failure of the pump or motor should these elements be serviced.

Always use the correct replacement element.

H845C-59

HYDRAULIC TANK BREATHER

The hydraulic tank breather is located in the compartment at the rear of the operator cab. This breather should be replaced every 2000 hours.

860C-237

CASE DRAIN STRAINER

One strainer is located in the pump compartment and services most pump case drains.

3.37

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

AIR INTAKE SYSTEM - 8***2601 TO 8***2632 MECHANICAL FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

860C-019

AIR PRECLEANER

AIR INTAKE BOX AIR CLEANER ASSEMBLY

855C-1

AIR INTAKE SYSTEM The most common and most damaging air intake servicing problems are:

AIR CLEANER The air cleaner on this machine uses two filters, a primary filter and a safety filter.

CHECK AIR INTAKE DAILY

860C-224

The air intake should be checked daily to make sure that foreign materials have not plugged the air intake area.

To ensure maximum engine protection, it is important that the filters be serviced correctly and at proper servicing intervals.

Refer to CLEANING THE AIR INTAKE PRE-CLEANER SECTION OF THE AIR CLEANER in THIS SECTION. In addition to the LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE outlined in THIS SECTION, the following instructions should also be noted:

OVER SERVICING Filters increase in dust cleaning efficiency as dust builds up on the media. Looks can be deceiving.

A filter that looks dirty is actually more efficient than one that is clean. A filter with dust build up on the media reaches nearly 100% dust cleaning efficiency. Only when a filter is so clogged with dirt that air restriction goes beyond engine manufacturer's guidelines, should a filter be replaced.

NOTE: This does not apply to hydraulic oil or diesel engine filters.

IMPROPER SERVICING Engine exposure to dust during servicing is the largest single reason for engine damage due to dust.

Abrasive dust can easily enter the intake system once the air cleaner cover and safety filter are removed for replacement. The safety filter does reduce this risk but it should also be replaced at every third primary element change.

3.38

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher IMPORTANT STEPS TO FOLLOW WHEN CHANGING AIR FILTERS

Lubrication and Maintenance 6. Check your old filter for foreign material on sealing surfaces that is causing leakage.

NOTE: Filters should never be cleaned and reused. Cleaning causes dust to bypass the filter and be deposited on the inner surface of the filter media. The dust is then drawn directly into the engine.

7. Inspect the new filter(s) before installing.

Visually check for cuts, tears or indentations on the sealing surfaces before installation. If any damage is visible, do not install.

8. Replace safety filter (if replacing).

Insert the safety filter tab into the positioning slot before pushing the filter in place. Using the plastic handle on the safety filter, slide the filter at an angle into the outlet side and push in place until the filter seats firmly and evenly within the housing.

9. Insert the primary filter.

3

HOUSING SERVICE COVER SAFETY FILTER

PRIMARY FILTER

PRE‑CLEANER/ AIR INTAKE HOUSING

1

FILTER HOUSING 860C-222

OUTLET HOUSING

Slide the filter down at a 5º angle (1) until it hits the end of the housing. Push the filter toward the outlet housing (2) to complete the seal.

NOTE: The safety filter must be installed correctly and seated firmly to allow installation of the primary filter.

AIR CLEANER ASSEMBLY

46916BUNI R0

1. Shut off engine. Unlatch and remove the housing service cover.

2. Remove primary filter carefully to avoid dislodging dust.

10. Replace the service cover.

First, loosen the filter gasket seal. Using the handle, push down on the filter to loosen the seal, tilting the filter to a 5º angle. Pull the filter out of housing.

3 1

3. Remove safety filter (if replacing).

Using the plastic handle on the face of the secondary filter, pull the filter towards the centre of the housing and remove.

46916BUNI R0

4. Always clean the inside of the outlet tube when replacing the safety filter.

AIR FILTER ELEMENTS

2

Place the service cover (3) in position and fasten the latches.

NOTE: If the cover doesn’t seat, remove and re-check the filter position. Cover will be difficult to install if filter is not installed correctly.

NOTE: Replace the safety filter on every third primary filter change.

5. Always clean sealing surfaces before inserting new filter(s).

2

11. Inspect connections and ducts for air tight fit.

Ensure that all clamps, bolts and connections are tight. Check rubber elbows for splits or wear points. Leaks in these locations send dust directly to the engine.

3.39

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

CLEANING THE AIR INTAKE PRECLEANER SECTION OF THE AIR CLEANER

HOUSING SERVICE COVER

In the event of light to moderate buildup of dust on the air intake precleaner tubes and/or vanes, they can be cleaned with compressed air as follows:

SAFETY FILTER

1. Shut off engine. Unlatch and remove the housing service cover.

PRIMARY FILTER

CAUTION Use compressed air for cleaning only when the machine is cold to avoid the risk of fire caused by debris being blown into contact with hot surfaces.

If using compressed air for cleaning, use at 2 bar (30 psi) or less.

Always use personal protective equipment (eye wear) to guard against flying debris.

PRE-CLEANER/ AIR INTAKE HOUSING

2. First, direct a compressed air jet from the INSIDE of the housing.

Remove the primary filter to access the inside of the housing.

Always keep the safety filter in place during this procedure to prevent debris from entering the outlet tube to the engine.

OUTLET HOUSING FILTER HOUSING

3. Next, direct a compressed air jet into the air intake from the OUTSIDE of the housing.

860C-348

AIR CLEANER ASSEMBLY

NOTE ALSO: In extreme cases, the air cleaner may need to be removed from the vehicle and the precleaner section soaked in a noncaustic cleaning solution and warm water for approximately 30 minutes. Primary and safety filters should be removed for this procedure.

Rinse with clean water and dry thoroughly at ambient temperature. Reassemble and reinstall; tighten all connections per manufacturer’s recommendations.

4. Clean out any debris left in the housing after the procedure.

5. Reinstall the primary filter.

6. Replace the service cover.

Place the service cover in position and fasten the latches.

NOTE: If the cover doesn’t seat, remove and re-check the filter position. Cover will be difficult to install if filter isn’t installed correctly.

7. Repeat steps 1 to 6 as required.

NOTE: If the buildup is heavy the same procedure may be used but multiple cleanings may be required.

3.40

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance The machine is also equipped with an engine air filter restriction sensor which sends a signal to the computer control system in the event of filter restriction. The engine air intake pressure icon turns YELLOW when service to the filter is required and turns RED, along with an ALERT message, when service to the air filter has reached a critical state.

MECHANICAL FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

ELECTRICAL FILTER RESTRICTION SENSOR 855C-3 860C-019

MECHANICAL FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

855C-1

FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR A mechanical filter restriction indicator is located in the engine enclosure as shown above. The indicator is remote mounted and is connected to the outlet side of the air filter with a ¼" diameter hose. Replace the primary filter when the indicator shows RED. The indicator provides a continuous reading whether the engine is running or is shut down. After replacing the filter, reset the indicator by pressing the reset button.

860C-417

Refer to AIR INTAKE SYSTEM, OVER SERVICING and IMPROPER SERVICING in THIS SECTION.

NOTE: Replace the safety filter on every third primary filter change.

3.41

Lubrication and Maintenance 3

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

3

4

2 1 5

AIR INTAKE BY-PASS COVER During cold weather operation the cover plate on the air box can be removed and repositioned on the air box. Repositioning the cover allows warm service compartment air to enter the air box during cold weather operation.

PRECLEANER

AIR INTAKE BOX 855C-202

ENGINE AIR PRECLEANER The engine air precleaner cleans engine air before it reaches the air cleaner filter elements. It removes contaminants such as dust, powder, insects, rain and snow. This precleaner is self powered and self cleaning requiring virtually no maintenance.

However, it should be checked periodically to make sure that foreign materials have not plugged the intake area or the exhaust port area.

HOW IT WORKS: 1. Dirty air (1) enters the precleaner, which is clamped onto the engine air intake.

2. Specially designed vanes (2), curved and angled to precisely direct air flow, move the dirty air toward the stainless steel impeller (3).

3. The dynamically balanced, one piece impeller (3) (only moving part) creates a tornado inside the housing.

4. The centrifugal force of the tornado expels the heavier than air dirt particles (4), chaff, dust, snow, rain, etc., out the discharge louver 5. Cleaned air (5) enters the engine air cleaner intake pipe, and the filter element has only the very light particles to remove.

UNLOADER VALVE 860C-405

AIR CLEANER UNLOADER VALVE This rubber valve on the tube of the air cleaner housing should be checked before every shift (8 hrs). If this valve is missing, damaged or has turned hard, it will cause the air cleaner to become ineffective. The valve should be replaced every 1000 Hours.

Remove the unloader valve from the tube of the air cleaner housing. A good valve is soft and flexible.

Check and clean the valve. If it was plugged, then check the filter elements as they may need to be replaced as well. Reattach the valve to the tube.

The valve should suck closed at about ⅓ of full throttle. When operating in high dust conditions this valve should be checked and squeezed frequently to release dust buildup.

3.42

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

HANGER BRACKET

AIR INTAKE RUBBER COMPONENTS 855C-2

INTAKE TUBING AND JOINTS Check all air intake system components, rubber elbows, connector hoses, tubes and clamps for damage, hardening, wear, cracks, leaks, loose clamps or loose hanger bracket hardware and repair or replace immediately.

Replace all air intake rubber components such as elbows and connectors every 2000 hours. High temperatures in this area can cause the rubber to harden.

3.43

Lubrication and Maintenance

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

AIR INTAKE SYSTEM - 8***2633 TO 8***3500 SAFETY ELEMENT

PRIMARY ELEMENT

860C-422

AIR INTAKE SYSTEM 860C-004

ENGINE AIR PRECLEANER

UNLOADER VALVE

AIR FILTER ELEMENTS

AIR CLEANER The air cleaner on this machine uses 2 filter elements, a primary element and a safety element.

To ensure maximum engine protection, it is important that the elements be serviced correctly and at proper servicing intervals.

In addition to the LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE outlined in THIS SECTION, the following instructions should also be noted:

845C-070

The most common and most damaging air intake servicing problems are:

PRECLEANER OPERATION

HOW IT WORKS: 1. Air enters the underside of the dome through screened louvers, which prevents clogging by blocking any particles larger than the ejection slot from entering the unit.

2. Curved particle accelerator blades slam air and dirt up against the sidewall 3. Strakes along the interior surface move heavier-than air debris towards the ejection slot

OVER SERVICING Filter elements increase in dust cleaning efficiency as dust builds up on the media. Looks can be deceiving. A filter that looks dirty is actually more efficient than one that is clean. A filter with dust build up on the media reaches nearly 100% dust cleaning efficiency. Only when a filter is so clogged with dirt that air restriction goes beyond engine manufacturer's guidelines, should a filter be replaced.

NOTE: This does not apply to hydraulic oil or diesel engine filters.

4. Clean air continues to swirl down into the engine air inlet pipe The engine air precleaner cleans engine air before it reaches the air cleaner filter elements. It removes contaminants such as dust, powder, insects, rain and snow. This precleaner is self powered and self cleaning requiring virtually no maintenance.

However, it should be checked daily to make sure that foreign materials have not plugged the intake area or the exhaust port area of the precleaner.

IMPROPER SERVICING Engine exposure to dust during servicing is the largest single reason for engine damage due to dust.

Abrasive dust can easily enter the intake system once the air cleaner cover and protective filter element is removed for replacement. The safety element does reduce this risk but it should also be replaced at every third primary element change.

3.44

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

IMPORTANT STEPS TO FOLLOW WHEN CHANGING FILTER ELEMENTS 1. Release the cover latch gently to reduce the amount of dust dislodged.

2. Avoid dislodging dust from filter element(s) by gently pulling the element off the outlet tube.

3. Always clean the sealing surface of the outlet tube before inserting a new filter element.

4. Always clean the inside of the outlet tube.

5. Check your old filter. It can help you detect foreign material on the sealing surface that is causing leakage.

NOTE: Filter elements should never be cleaned and reused. Cleaning causes dust to bypass the filter and be deposited on the inner surface of the filter media. The dust is then drawn directly into the engine.

6. Inspect the new filter for damage.

7. Insert the new filter properly. Apply pressure to the outer rim of the filter not the flexible centre.

8. Inspect connections and ducts for air tight fit.

Ensure that all clamps, bolts and connections are tight. Check rubber elbows for splits or wear points and replace as needed. Leaks in these locations send dust directly to the engine.

860C-421

AIR CLEANER UNLOADER VALVE This rubber valve on the tube of the air cleaner housing should be checked before the start of every shift (8 hrs). If this valve is missing, damaged or has turned hard, it will cause the air cleaner to become ineffective. The valve should be replaced every 1000 Hours.

Remove the unloader valve from the tube of the air cleaner housing. A good valve is soft and flexible.

Check and clean the valve. If it was plugged, then check the filter elements as they may need to be replaced as well. Reattach the valve to the tube.

The valve should suck closed at about ⅓ of full throttle. When operating in high dust conditions this valve should be checked and squeezed frequently to release dust buildup.

3.45

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR FILTER RESTRICTION SENSOR

860C-019

860C-422

860C-422

AIR INTAKE BY-PASS COVER

FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR A filter restriction indicator is connected to the outlet side of the air filter. Service to the air filter is required when the indicator shows RED. This indicator provides a continuous reading whether the engine is running or is shut down. After servicing the filter, reset the indicator by pressing the reset button on the end of the indicator.

During cold weather operation the air intake by-pass cover can be repositioned to introduce warm engine compartment air into the engine air intake.

56976BUNI

During warm weather operation reposition the cover to block the by-pass.

860C-417

The machine is also equipped with an engine air filter restriction sensor which sends a signal to the computer control system in the event of filter restriction. The engine air intake pressure icon turns YELLOW when service to the filter is required and turns RED, along with an ALERT message, when service to the air filter has reached a critical state.

Refer to AIR INTAKE SYSTEM, OVER SERVICING and IMPROPER SERVICING in THIS SECTION.

COMPUTER ALERT, FILTER RESTRICTION

3.46

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

HANGER BRACKET

AIR INTAKE RUBBER COMPONENTS

860C-423

INTAKE TUBING AND JOINTS Check all air intake system components, rubber elbows, connector hoses, tubes and clamps for damage, hardening, wear, cracks, leaks, loose clamps or loose hanger bracket hardware and repair or replace immediately.

Replace all air intake rubber components such as elbows and connectors every 2000 hours - High temperatures in this area can cause the rubber to harden.

3.47

Lubrication and Maintenance

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

TRACK OPERATION AND WEAR PREVENTION

Alternate turning directions.

If you're always turning in the same direction, the undercarriage components on one side of the machine will wear at a different rate than those on the other side. To ensure even wear, pay attention to the way you're turning and change directions whenever possible.

PROTECTING STEEL TRACKS Steel tracks are designed to perform in tough underfoot conditions. Take these steps to maximize service life and reduce operating costs.

Start every shift with a clean undercarriage.

When mud and debris build up on the lower part of your machine, components wear at a faster rate.

Do not begin work until the undercarriage area is clean.

Make gradual turns instead of counterrotations.

Counter-rotating accelerates wear on the tracks and other undercarriage components. Don't use that technique unless job conditions demand it. Instead, turn the machine gradually while slowly moving forward or reverse. Gradual turns minimize cuts, tears and excessive wear in the undercarriage. They also reduce damage to soft or sensitive work surfaces.

In the event a counter rotation is required some Feller Buncher operators will carefully push the boom and felling head down against a suitable obstacle and lift the forward or rear sections of the track off the ground. The operator will then counter rotate the tracks while swinging the upper frame.

This will disengage most of the track length from the ground during the counter rotation resulting in less site damage and potentially less track wear.

This is a complex maneuver and should only be completed by fully trained and experienced operators working in stable ground conditions.

Inspect the undercarriage before you start working.

In addition to ensuring that the undercarriage is clean, spend a couple of minutes on a visual inspection. Check for loose bolts, leaky seals and abnormal wear patterns. When you spot potential problems early, you can often prevent them from turning into bigger issues that reduce component life significantly or cause expensive unscheduled downtime.

Don't spin the tracks.

Track spinning reduces production, it increases fuel consumption, without a corresponding increase in productivity, and it accelerates undercarriage wear, so your costs escalate. Grouser bars are especially prone to wear problems associated with track slippage.

Watch your speed.

There are times when a job requires higher speed operation, but the fact is, wear accelerates as speed increases. Links, rollers and idlers are particularly vulnerable. Keep them working longer by controlling your speed.

Avoid unnecessary reverse operation.

Operating in reverse, even at slow speeds, compounds bushing and sprocket wear as the track tension loads are applied to the top side of the chain. So avoid an unproductive reverse operation.

Work up or down a slope whenever possible.

Working across a slope can shorten undercarriage component life, so try to structure the job with minimal cross-slope activity.

3.48

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

Watch transition areas.

Try to minimize travel over transition obstacles as this accelerates undercarriage wear. If you must go across a transition, position the machine 90° to the transition. Without ground support, the undercarriage is subjected to side stresses that can result in rapid, excessive wear.

Other factors:

Application refers to the type of work you do.

Bunching, loading, grading, digging and trenching are a few examples. This factor is largely beyond your control, but generally speaking, the more you work in high horsepower, high-torque applications, the faster your undercarriage will wear.

Material type is another key contributor to undercarriage wear that is outside your control, the more abrasive the material, the more rapid the wear rate.

Terrain, a third uncontrollable factor, describes the contours and slopes at your job site. The more time you spend in rugged, sloped areas, the faster your undercarriage will wear out.

Configuration refers to the way your machine is equipped and is therefore something you can control. To minimize undercarriage wear on steel-track machines, always use the narrowest track shoe possible that meets your flotation requirements. If you work in very sticky materials, consider using center-punched track shoes to reduce material packing in the undercarriage area.

Maintenance discipline plays a big role in undercarriage component life. One of the most critical maintenance practices is track adjustment.

Tight track is the number-one "track killer." But whether your track is too loose or too tight, improper adjustment accelerates wear which can increase downtime and repair costs. Follow the manufacturer's recommendations for track adjustment, and always perform the adjustment in the machine's working environment. A second important maintenance process is cleaning the undercarriage. To maximize wear life, remove mud and debris at the end of every shift, or more frequently if necessary.

Talk to the experts: Undercarriage components are expensive!

To get long life and maximum value from your investment, consult with a dealer or factory rep that really knows the undercarriage business. Ask for advice on operating techniques. Explore relevant application, material and terrain issues. Fine-tune your maintenance processes. Working together with an undercarriage expert, you can manage your equipment investment over the long term.

3.49

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

CONTROLLABLE WEAR FACTORS TRACK CHAIN SAG • TOO TIGHT TRACK CHAINS SIGNIFICANTLY SHORTENS BUSHING O.D. WEAR LIFE MEASURING TRACK SAG

845-012A1

LIFT LEFT TRACK

860C-320

1. Position attachment head in vertical position and swing boom to side of machine.

TORQUE PROCEDURE

2. Place attachment on the ground and force down with boom controls, lift track clear of the ground.

3. Rotate track in forward and reverse several times. Stop the track while in reverse. Do not clean the track.

4. Stop engine.

860C-333

UNDERSIDE OF TRACK GUARD

SAG DIMENSION

•

Incorrect bolt torque is the leading cause of shoe loosening

•

Torque + turn is the shoe bolts assembly method.

UPPER SURFACE OF TRACK SHOE 853ILL8

MEASURING SAG DIMENSION

5. Measure distance between upper surface of track shoe at centre of lower surface of track guard.

6. This dimension should be between 102-152 mm (4-6 in.) for normal operations.

NOTE: If track sag is less than specified, track chain wear will be accelerated. If track sag is excessive, it is possible for the track to jump off the sprocket.

TORQUE PROCEDURE

•

3.50

-

Provides controlled stretch of the bolt, about 0.3 mm (0.01 in.). It is the stretch that prevents the bolt from coming loose.

-

Provides up to 25% more clamp load than straight torque.

-

It is not influenced by friction / condition of mating components.

The method is also used on other critical joints, such as sprocket, master sections, final drives.

Refer to TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS in SECTION 11 of the SERVICE MANUAL.

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

TORQUE CHART LOCATION Cylinder, Hoist and Stick, 110 mm (6336B) Piston nut Cylinder end cap bolts Cylinder, Hoist, 120 mm (8640B) Piston nut Cylinder end cap bolts Cylinder, Tilt, 130 mm (46022B) Piston nut Cylinder end cap bolts Cylinder, Tilt, 120 mm (6337B) Piston nut Cylinder end cap bolts Cylinder, Leveler (13274B) Piston nut Cylinder end cap bolts Cylinder, Leveler (42495B) Piston nut Cylinder end cap bolts Swing Swing bearing mounting bolts Swing gearbox mounting bolts Block mounting bolt, torque arm Torque arm mounting bolts, rotary manifold Rotary manifold to frame mounting bolts Engine mounting - Cummins 'QSL9' Engine Bolts, Front bracket/mount to chassis Bolts, Rear bracket/mount to chassis Bolts, bracket to engine, front Bolts, bracket to engine, rear Pump drive Drive plate to flywheel Bell housing to engine Valve, Control, Tie rod locknuts Clamps, Accumulator, Wrists Undercarriage Track shoe bolts (D6) Track shoe bolts (FH400) Track shoe bolts (F8) Roller mounting bolts (860C) Roller mounting bolts (870C/L870C) Sprocket bolts Gearbox mounting bolts Drive motor mounting bolts Leveler,fore/aft pivot shaft and housing bolts

THREAD DIAMETER

TORQUE (LUBRICATED) lbf-ft Nm

M58 M14

4160 126

5640 171

M62 M16

3525 200

4780 267

M75 M14

T/T** 129

T/T** 175

M62 M16

3525 200

4780 267

2 3/4" UNC M22

10000 480

13558 650

M75 M14

TT** 129

TT** 175

7/8" UNC M20 1" UNC 5/8" UNC M12

500 400 400 170 80

678 530 530 230 109

7/8" UNC M24 M12 M12

480 675 80 80

650 915 109 109

3/8" UNC M10

33-36 47

45-49 63

-

Seq.

Seq.

3/4" UNF M24 M20 7/8" UNC 1" UNC M20 M20 M12 M20 M24

T/T* T/T* T/T* 450 682-750 380 380 95 380 675

T/T* T/T* T/T* 610 925-1016 515 515 130 515 915

T/T* represents Torque-turn, this is a method of torquing the track shoe bolts which is fully described in SECTION 11 of the Tigercat SERVICE MANUAL. T/T** represents Torque-turn, apply blue loctite to threads, then torque nut to 814 Nm (600 lbf-ft), mark line on nut and rod then rotate nut thru 70°.

Torque values pertaining to the engine and attachment are provided in the service manuals applicable to those major components.

Seq. represents Sequential Torque.

Tie rod locknuts to be tightened in three steps.

860C 870C L870C TORQUE CHART SEPT 2015 R3.XLS

3.51

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

GENERAL TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS

The torque values listed below are for general use only.

DO NOT use these values if a different torque value or tightening procedure is shown for a specific application.

IMPERIAL

GRADE 8 BOLTS

GRADE 5 BOLTS IMPERIAL BOLT TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS GRADE 5 BOLTS GRADE 8 BOLTS

LUBRICATED COARSE Nm lbf-ft THREAD 1/4" - 20 9-9 6-7 5/16" - 18 18 - 19 13 - 14 3/8" - 16 31 - 35 23 - 25 7/16" - 14 50 - 55 37 - 41 1/2" - 13 77 - 84 57 - 62 9/16" - 12 111 - 122 82 - 90 5/8" - 11 153 - 168 113 - 124 3/4" - 10 271 - 298 200 - 220 7/8" - 9 437 - 480 322 - 354 1" - 8 654 - 720 483 - 531 1 1/8" - 7 808 - 888 596 - 655 1 1/4" - 7 1139 - 1253 840 - 924 FINE LUBRICATED THREAD Nm lbf-ft 1/4" - 28 10 - 11 7-8 5/16" - 24 20 - 22 14 - 16 3/8" - 24 36 - 39 26 - 29 7/16" - 20 56 - 62 41 - 46 1/2" - 20 86 - 95 64 - 70 9/16" - 18 123 - 136 91 - 100 5/8" - 18 173 - 190 127 - 140 3/4" - 16 302 - 332 223 - 245 7/8" - 14 482 - 530 355 - 391 1" - 14 735 - 808 542 - 596 1 1/8" - 12 906 - 996 668 - 735 1 1/4" - 12 1262 - 1388 930 - 1023

DRY Nm lbf-ft 11 - 13 8-9 24 - 26 17 - 19 42 - 46 31 - 34 67 - 74 49 - 54 102 - 112 75 - 83 147 - 162 109 - 120 203 - 224 150 - 165 361 - 397 267 - 293 582 - 640 429 - 472 873 - 960 644 - 708 1077 - 1185 794 - 874 1519 - 1671 1121 - 1233 DRY Nm lbf-ft 13 - 14 10 - 11 26 - 29 19 - 21 47 - 52 35 - 38 75 - 82 55 - 61 115 - 127 85 - 93 164 - 181 121 - 133 230 - 253 170 - 187 403 - 443 297 - 327 642 - 706 474 - 521 979 - 1077 722 - 795 1207 - 1328 890 - 980 1682 - 1850 1241 - 1365

COARSE THREAD 1/4" - 20 5/16" - 18 3/8" - 16 7/16" - 14 1/2" - 13 9/16" - 12 5/8" - 11 3/4" - 10 7/8" - 9 1" - 8 1 1/8" - 7 1 1/4" - 7 FINE THREAD 1/4" - 28 5/16" - 24 3/8" - 24 7/16" - 20 1/2" - 20 9/16" - 18 5/8" - 18 3/4" - 16 7/8" - 14 1" - 12 1 1/8" - 12 1 1/4" - 12

LUBRICATED DRY Nm lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft 12 - 13 9 - 10 16 - 18 12 - 13 25 - 27 18 - 20 33 - 37 25 - 27 44 - 49 33 - 36 59 - 65 44 - 48 71 - 78 52 - 58 95 - 104 70 - 77 108 - 119 80 - 88 144 - 159 106 - 117 156 - 172 115 - 127 208 - 229 154 - 169 215 - 237 159 - 175 287 - 316 212 - 233 383 - 421 282 - 310 510 - 561 376 - 414 616 - 678 455 - 500 822 - 904 606 - 667 924 - 1016 681 - 750 1232 - 1355 909 - 999 1310 - 1441 966 - 1063 1746 - 1921 1288 - 1417 1848 - 2033 1363 - 1499 2464 - 2710 1817 - 1999 LUBRICATED DRY Nm lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft 14 - 15 10 - 11 18 - 20 14 - 15 28 - 30 20 - 22 37 - 41 27 - 30 50 - 55 37 - 41 67 - 74 49 - 54 79 - 87 58 - 64 106 - 116 78 - 86 122 - 134 90 - 99 163 - 179 120 - 132 174 - 192 128 - 141 232 - 255 171 - 188 244 - 268 180 - 198 325 - 358 240 - 264 427 - 469 315 - 346 569 - 626 420 - 462 680 - 748 502 - 552 907 - 997 669 - 736 1037 - 1141 765 - 841 1383 - 1521 1020 - 1122 1468 - 1615 1083 - 1191 1958 - 2154 1444 - 1588 2046 - 2250 1509 - 1660 2728 - 3000 2012 - 2213

METRIC

METRIC BOLT TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS CLASS 8.8

SIZE PITCH LUBRICATED mm Nm lbf-ft M6 1 8-9 6-7 M8 1.25 20 - 22 15 - 16 M10 1.5 39 - 43 29 - 32 M12 1.75 68 - 75 50 - 55 M14 2 109 - 120 80 - 89 M16 2 169 - 186 125 - 137 M18 2.5 234 - 257 172 - 190 M20 2.5 330 - 364 244 - 268 M22 2.5 451 - 496 332 - 366 M24 3 571 - 628 421 - 463 M27 3 837 - 921 618 - 679 M30 3.5 1135 - 1249 837 - 921 M33 3.5 1545 - 1699 1139 - 1253 M36 4 1985 - 2183 1464 - 1610 TORQUECHARTGENERAL.XLS

CLASS 10.9 LUBRICATED DRY Nm lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft 11 - 12 8-9 11 - 12 8-9 15 - 17 11 - 12 26 - 29 19 - 21 27 - 30 20 - 22 36 - 40 27 - 30 52 - 57 38 - 42 54 - 60 40 - 44 72 - 79 53 - 59 91 - 100 67 - 74 94 - 104 70 - 77 126 - 138 93 - 102 145 - 160 107 - 118 151 - 166 111 - 122 201 - 221 148 - 163 226 - 248 166 - 183 234 - 257 173 - 190 312 - 343 230 - 253 312 - 343 230 - 253 323 - 356 239 - 262 431 - 474 318 - 350 441 - 485 325 - 357 457 - 503 337 - 371 610 - 670 450 - 495 601 - 661 443 - 487 623 - 686 460 - 506 831 - 914 613 - 674 761 - 838 562 - 618 790 - 869 583 - 641 1053 - 1159 777 - 855 1116 - 1228 823 - 906 1158 - 1274 854 - 940 1544 - 1699 1139 - 1253 1514 - 1665 1116 - 1228 1570 - 1727 1158 - 1274 2094 - 2303 1544 - 1699 2060 - 2266 1519 - 1671 2137 - 2351 1576 - 1734 2849 - 3134 2102 - 2312 2646 - 2911 1952 - 2147 2745 - 3020 2025 - 2227 3661 - 4027 2700 - 2970 DRY

3.52

CLASS 12.9 LUBRICATED DRY Nm lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft 13 - 14 10 - 11 18 - 19 13 - 14 32 - 35 24 - 26 43 - 47 31 - 35 63 - 70 47 - 51 84 - 93 62 - 68 110 - 121 81 - 90 147 - 162 109 - 119 176 - 194 130 - 143 235 - 259 173 - 191 274 - 301 202 - 222 365 - 401 269 - 296 378 - 416 279 - 307 504 - 554 372 - 409 534 - 588 394 - 433 712 - 784 525 - 578 728 - 801 537 - 591 971 - 1068 716 - 788 923 - 1016 681 - 749 1231 - 1354 908 - 999 1354 - 1489 998 - 1098 1805 - 1985 1331 - 1464 1835 - 2019 1354 - 1489 2447 - 2692 1805 - 1985 2498 - 2747 1842 - 2026 3330 - 3663 2456 - 2702 3208 - 3529 2366 - 2603 4278 - 4706 3155 - 3471

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

EATON Aeroquip

Assembly Torque

Recommended Parallel Connection Assembly torque

Eaton recommends that a Torque wrench be used to assure proper fitting assembly of these connections.

Straight Thread O-Ring Boss Low Pressure with 37º (SAEJ514)

Straight Thread O-Ring Boss High Pressure with ORS (J1453)

Thread Size (inches) 3/8-24 7/16-20 1/2-20 9/16-18 3/4-16 7/8-14 1 1/16-12 1 3/16-12 1 5/16-12 1 5/8-12 1 7/8-12 2 1/2-12

Dash Size -03 -04 -05 -06 -08 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24 -32

The values listed are for steel connections. Contact Teaton for torque values for other materials.

Jam Nut or Jam Nut or Straight Straight Fitting Torque Fitting Torque lb.-ft.

Newton Meters 8-9 12-13 13-15 18-20 14-15 19-21 23-24 32-33 40-43 55-57 43-48 59-64 68-75 93-101 83-90 113-122 112-123 152-166 146-161 198-218 154-170 209-230 218-240 296-325

Dash Size -03 -04 -05 -06 -08 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24

ORS

Dash Size -04 -06 -08 -10 -12 -16 -20 -24

Thread Size (inches) 3/8-24 7/16-20 1/2-20 9/16-18 3/4-16 7/8-14 1 1/16-12 1 3/16-12 1 5/16-12 1 5/8-12 1 7/8-12

Jam Nut or Jam Nut or Straight Straight Fitting Torque Fitting Torque lb.-ft.

Newton Meters 8-10 11-16 14-16 20-22 18-20 24-27 24-26 33-35 50-60 68-78 72-80 98-110 125-135 170-183 160-180 215-245 200-220 270-300 210-280 285-380 270-360 370-490

SAE 37º (JIC) Thread Size (inches) 9/16-18 11/16-20 13/16-16 1-14 1 3/16-12 1 7/16-12 1 11/16-12 2-12

Swivel Nut Torque lb.-ft.

10-12 18-20 32-35 46-50 65-70 92-100 125-140 150-165

Swivel Nut Torque Newton Meters 14-16 24-27 43-47 62-68 88-95 125-136 170-190 204-224

Dash Size -04 -05 -06 -08 -10 -12 -16 -20 -24 -32

Metric Thread Size mm M10x1 M12x1.5 M14x1.5 M16x1.5 M18x1.5 M20x1.5 M22x1.5 M26x1.5 M27x2 M33x2 M42x2 M48x2

Thread Size (inches) 7/16-20 1/2-20 9/16-18 3/4-16 7/8-14 1 1/16-12 1 5/16-12 1 5/8-12 1 7/8-12 2 1/2-12

Swivel Nut Torque lb.-ft.

11-12 15-16 18-20 38-42 57-62 79-87 108-113 127-133 158-167 245-258

Swivel Nut Torque Newton Meters 15-16 20-22 24-28 52-58 77-85 108-119 148-154 173-182 216-227 334-352

BSPP Straight Adapter or Locknut Torque lb.-ft.

Newton Meters 13-15 18-20 15-19 20-25 19-23 25-30 33-40 45-55 37-44 50-60 52-66 70-90 55-70 75-95 81-96 110-130 96-111 130-150 162-184 220-250 170-192 230-260 258-347 350-470

Nominal Thread Size Straight Adapter or Locknut Torque inches** lb.-ft.

Newton Meters G1/8-28 13-15 18-20 G1/4-19 19-23 25-30 G3/8-19 33-40 45-55 G1/2-14 55-70 75-95 G3/4-14 103-118 140-160 G1-11 162-184 220-250 G1 1/4-11 170-192 230-260 G1 1/2-11 258-347 350-470 ** "G" denotes parallel threads, other than ISO 6149 (Port connection only)

Eaton Aeroquip Fluid Conveyance Products A-HOOV-MC001-E January 2005

3.53

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Parker

Assembly Torque

The 4-Bolt Split Flange consists of four main components: • A body (flange head) • An O-ring • One “captive” or two “split” flange clamps

The four-bolt port is simply a circular opening (flow passage) surrounded by four tapped holes in a certain pattern for acceptance of the flange clamping bolts. The flat surface of the port compresses the O-ring contained in the groove in the flange head when the clamp bolts are torqued. In some instances, the groove is in the port and not in the flange head. The bolts, through the clamp halves, clamp down the flange head onto the flat surface of the port compressing and trapping the O-ring in the groove and leaving no gap for it to extrude under pressure. The hydraulic pressure is thus sealed by the compressed O-ring as long as the bolts are tightened enough to maintain solid metal to metal contact between the flange head at the outside diameter of the O-ring and the top of the port.

• Four bolts and washers

WASHERS BOLTS FLANGE CLAMP

Flange Port Assembly

FLANGE HEAD

The steps to properly assemble the flange port clamping bolts are: 1. Make sure sealing surfaces are free of burrs, nicks, scratches or any foreign particles.

2. Lubricate the O-ring.

3. Position flange and clamp halves.

4. Place lock washers on bolts and insert through clamp halves.

5. Hand tighten bolts.

6. Torque bolts in diagonal sequence (see Fig. T9) in small increments to the appropriate torque level listed in Table T6 or Table T7 on this page.

O-RING TAPPED HOLES

FLANGE.JPG

Fig. T8 - 4 Bolt Split Flange Components

FLANGE2.JPG

Fig. T9 - Flange Bolt Tightening Sequence Dash Size

Flange Size

Inch Bolt (J518)

Torque lbf-ft

Metric Bolt (ISO 6162)

Torque Nm

Dash Size

Flange Size

Inch Bolt (J518)

Torque lbf-ft

Metric Bolt (ISO 6162)

Torque N-m

8 12 16 20 24 32 40 48 56 64 80

1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4 5

5/16-18 3/8-16 3/8-16 7/16-14 1/2-13 1/2-13 1/2-13 5/8-11 5/8-11 5/8-11 5/8-11

17 +/- 2 25 +/- 3.5 31 +/- 4.5 41 +/- 5 52 +/- 6 60 +/- 6 85 +/- 9 144 +/- 15 125 +/- 8 125 +/- 8 125 +/- 8

M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M12 M12 M16 M16 M16 M16

25 49 49 85 85 135 95 220 220 220 220

8 12 16 20 24 32

1/2 3/4 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2

5/16-18 3/8-16 7/16-14 1/2-13 5/8-11 3/4-10

17 +/- 2 30 +/- 4.5 46 +/- 4.5 69 +/- 6 125 +/- 8 208 +/- 20

M8 M10 M12 M14 M16 M20

25 49 85 135 210 425

* Does not meet ISO 6162 specification.

Table T7 - Code 62 Flange Recommended Bolt Torque

* Does not meet ISO 6162 specification.

Table T6 - Code 61 Flange Recommended Bolt Torque

3.54

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

Parker

Assembly Torque

JIC 37 Degree Flare SAE Dash Size

Thread Size

-2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -8 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24 -32 -40

NPTF

Tube Connection Swivel or Hose Connection FFWR FFWR

5/16-24 3/8-24 7/16-20 1/2-20 9/16-18 3/4-16 7/8-14 1 1/16-12 1 3/16-12 1 5/16-12 1 5/8-12 1 7/8-12 2 1/2-12 3-12

NA NA 2 2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/4 1 1 1 1 1 1

SAE Dash Size

NA NA 2 2 1 1/4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

-2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -8 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24 -32 -40

F.F.W.R : Flats From Wrench Resistance All values are for Steel, Stainless Steel and Brass

1/8-27 NA 1/4-18 NA 3/8-18 1/2-14 7/8-14 3/4-14 NA 1-11 1/2 1 1/4-11 1/2 1 1/2-11 1/2 2-11 1/2 NA

Thread Size

-2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -8 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24 -32 -40

NA NA 1/4 TO 1/2 NA 1/4 TO 1/2 1/4 TO 1/2 1/4 TO 1/2 1/4 TO 1/2 NA 1/4 TO 1/2 1/4 TO 1/2 1/4 TO 1/2 NA NA

2-3 NA 2-3 NA 2-3 2-3 NA 2-3 NA 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 NA

BSPT

Tube Connection Swivel or Hose Connection FFWR FFWR

NA NA 9/16-18 NA 11/16-16 13/16-16 1-14 1 3/16-12 NA 1 7/16-12 1 11/16-12 2-12 NA NA

2-3 NA 2-3 NA 2-3 2-3 NA 2-3 NA 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 NA

T.F.F.T. : Turns from finger tight All pipe values are for Steel, Stainless Steel and Brass

O'ring Face Seal / Seal-Lok SAE Dash Size

Tube Connection Swivel or Hose Connection TFFT TFFT

Thread Size

SAE Dash Size

NA NA 1/2 TO 3/4 NA 1/2 TO 3/4 1/2 TO 3/4 1/2 TO 3/4 1/3 TO 1/2 NA 1/3 TO 1/2 1/3 TO 1/2 1/3 TO 1/2 NA NA

Thread Size

-2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -8 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24 -32 -40

F.F.W.R : Flats From Wrench Resistance All values are for Steel, Stainless Steel and Brass

Tube Connection Swivel or Hose Connection TFFT TFFT

1/8-28 NA 1/4-19 NA 3/8-19 1/2-14 NA 3/4-14 NA 1-11 1 1/4-11 1 1/2-11 2-11 NA

2-3 NA 2-3 NA 2-3 2-3 NA 2-3 NA 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 NA

2-3 NA 2-3 NA 2-3 2-3 NA 2-3 NA 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 NA

T.F.F.T. : Turns from finger tight All pipe values are for Steel, Stainless Steel and Brass

SAE J1926 Straight Thread Port Assembly Torques ASSEMBLY TORQUE = 10 % -0 SAE DASH SIZE

2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 20 24 32

THREAD SIZE

5/16-24 3/8-24 7/16-20 1/2-20 9/16-18 3/4-16 7/8-14 1 1/16-12 1 3/16-12 1 5/16-12 1 5/8-12 1 7/8-12 2 1/2-12

SEAL-LOK lbf-ft (lbf-in) (310) (310) (310) (360) (420) 60 100 135 175 200 250 305 375

Nm 20 20 20 40 46 80 135 185 235 270 340 415 510

TRIPLE-LOK FERULOK PIPE FITTINGS lbf-ft Nm (lbf-in) (85) 10 (155) 18 (260) 29 (280) 32 (350) 40 (620) 70 85 115 135 183 175 237 200 271 250 339 305 414 375 509

PLUGS

ADJUSTABLE

NON-ADJUSTABLE

SEAL-LOK lbf-ft (lbf-in) (310) (310) (310) (360) (420) 60 100 135 175 200 250 305 375

3.55

Nm 20 20 20 40 46 80 135 185 235 270 340 415 510

TRIPLE-LOK FERULOK PIPE FITTINGS lbf-ft Nm (lbf-in) (60) 7 (100) 11 (180) 20 (250) 28 (350) 40 (620) 70 85 115 135 183 175 237 200 271 250 339 305 414 375 509

HOLLOW HEX HP5ON-S lbf-ft (lbf-in) (30) (55) (120) (170) (410) 60 100 135 175 200 250 305 375

Nm 3.5 6 13.5 19 46 80 135 185 235 270 340 415 510

HEX HEAD P5ON-S lbf-ft (lbf-in) (85) (155) (260) (280) (350) (620) 85 135 175 200 250 305 375

Nm 10 18 29 32 40 70 115 183 237 271 339 414 509

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Tigercat wire colour code chart applicable to all products manufactured by Tigercat Industries Inc. COLOUR FUNCTION EXAMPLE Red Power..........................................(fused and unfused) Black Ground White Engine control.............................(fuel shut-off, start aid) Blue Propulsion Control......................(transmission/reverser solenoids) Purple Monitor, electrical and

mechanical systems....................(air cleaner, alternator, wheel speed, engine speed) Tan Electrical and

electromechanical control...........(park brake, alternator excitation)

(power door motor, backup alarm) Yellow Monitors......................................(flow, pressure, temperature, level) Grey Standard monitor system............(logic module to monitor) Brown Lights Green Electro-hydraulic control.............(pilot solenoids) Orange Accessories.................................(horn, A/C, heater)

COMMON CONVERSIONS To Convert

Into

Multiply By

To Convert

bar .................................. psi ....................... 14.5 cm3 .................................. in3 ........................ 0.06102 °C ...................................°F ......................... (°C x 9/5) + 32 kg .................................... lb ......................... 2.205 kW .................................. hp........................ 1.341 L ...................................... US gal ................. 0.2642 mm .................................. in ......................... 0.03937 N • m ................................ lbf • ft .................... 0.7375 N ..................................... lbf ........................ 0.22481

.Into

.Multiply By

in3 .................................... cm3 ..................... 16.39 °F .................................... °C ....................... (°F - 32) / 1.8 US gal ............................. L .......................... 3.785 hp ................................... kW ...................... 0.7457 in ..................................... mm ..................... 25.4 lb ..................................... kg ........................ 0.4535 lbf • ft ................................ N • m .................... 1.356 psi ................................... bar ...................... 0.06896 in Hg ............................... psi ....................... 0.4912 in H2O ............................. psi ....................... 0.03613 lb ..................................... N ......................... 4.4482

3.56

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

Weights of Commercial Wood

Species

kg/m3

lb/ft3

Species

kg/m3

lb/ft3

Alder, Red Ash, White Aspen, Quaking Bald Cypress Basswood, American Beech, American Birch, Paper Birch, Yellow Cedar, Alaska Cedar, Incense Cedar, Northern White Cedar, Port-Orford Cedar, Western Red Cherry, Black Cottonwood, Eastern Douglas Fir, Coast Douglas Fir, Inland North Elm, American Fir, Alpine Fir, Balsam Fir, Nobel Fir, Red Fir, Silver Fir, White Gum, Black Gum, Blue Gum, Red Gum, Tupelo Hemlock, Eastern Hemlock, Western Hickory, Pecan Hickory, True Larch, Western Locust, Black Magnolia, Cucumber

737 769 689 817 673 865 801 929 577 721 449 897 433 721 785 881 577 865 449 721 481 769 577 753 721 1121 801 897 801 657 993 1009 769 929 785

46 48 43 51 42 54 50 58 36 45 28 36 57 45 49 55 36 54 28 45 30 48 36 47 45 70 50 56 50 41 62 63 48 58 49

Maple, Big Leaf Maple, Black Maple, Red Maple, Silver Maple, Sugar Oak, Black Oak, Chestnut Oak, Red Oak, Red, Swamp Oak, Swamp Chestnut Oak, White Oak, White, Swamp Pine, Jack Pine, Loblolly Pine, Lodgepole Pine, Long Leaf Pine, Norway, Red Pine, Short Leaf Pine, Slash Pine, Sugar Pine, Western Yellow Pine, White-Western Pine, White-Eastern Poplar, Yellow Redwood Spruce, Black Spruce, Engleman Spruce, Red Spruce, Sitka Spruce, White Sweetgum Sycamore, American Tamarack Walnut, Black Willow, Black

753 865 801 721 897 1009 977 1009 1073 1041 993 1105 801 993 625 993 673 993 993 817 721 561 577 609 801 513 625 545 529 545 801 833 753 929 801

47 54 50 45 56 63 61 63 67 65 62 69 50 62 39 62 42 62 62 51 45 35 36 38 50 32 39 34 33 34 50 52 47 58 50

Note: The values shown here are green weights.

3.57

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTINGS HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE (Check appropriate box) Mult-Weight Oil 60°C (140°F) Summer Oil 60°C (140°F)

Winter Oil Spec.

ENGINE RPM - CUMMINS High Idle, no load maximum Low idle, no load Rated working PILOT SUPPLY Pilot supply pressure; low idle, no function Pilot supply pressure; high idle, no function Pilot supply pressure; high idle, swing with brake on

SWING Speed Swing Plate relief Crossline reliefs - Motor 1 Crossline reliefs - Motor 2

rpm

1950 rpm 950 rpm 1800 rpm

High Low

34 bar (500 psi) 34 bar (500 psi) 34 bar (500 psi)

Low High High

MAIN PUMP Anti-Stall set Point 155 rpm below engine rpm Stand-by Pressure, Max with Pilot OFF 34 bar (500 psi) Margin pressure 20 bar (290 psi) To set Margin Pressure: Set head Forward speed to 25 seconds, set head tilt Forward to 138 bar (2000 psi) MAIN VALVE Main Relief Load sense relief Boom port reliefs Stick port reliefs Tilt port reliefs Tilt restrictor

43°C (110°F)

High Low High

(measured at 'P' port) Cracking Pressure @ 'P' port Cracking Pressure @ 'P' port Cracking Pressure @ 'P' port (pump pressure)

Non - Adjustable 314 bar (4550 psi) 338 bar (4900 psi) 338 bar (4900 psi) 338 bar (4900 psi) 55-69 bar (800-1000 psi)

High Low Low Low Low

**Set speed before pressures** (measured at 'LS' port) Full Flow @ 'LS' port Full Flow @ 'LS' port

7.5 rpm 255 bar (3700 psi) 290 bar (4200 psi) 296 bar (4300 psi)

High High High High

3.58

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTINGS continued FINAL DRIVE L.H. Final Drive Crossline relief

Adjustable only on Type 'A and 'B' motors Type 'C' Motor ( Non adjustable) Begin of Regulation (B.O.R) Rexroth (B) - 248 bar (3600 psi) @ P OR Linde (A & C) - 262 bar (3800 psi) @ P Brake release (pilot pressure) Speed

R.H. Final Drive Crossline relief

Low Low Low Low Low

860C (Rexroth Motors B)

Low - F8 High - F8

13 rpm Max. 28 rpm Max.

High High

870C (Rexroth Motors B)

Low - FH400 High - FH400

14 rpm Max. 28 rpm Max.

High High

870C (Linde Motors A & C)

Low - FH400 High - FH400

12 rpm Max. 28 rpm Max.

High High

L870C (Linde Motors A & C)

Low - FH400 High - FH400

11 rpm Max. 25 rpm Max.

High High

345 bar (5000 psi) 330 bar (4800 psi) Y1 55-69 bar Y1 (800-1000 psi) Y1 55-69 bar Y1 (800-1000 psi) 34 bar (500 psi)

Low Low Low

Adjustable only on Type 'A' and 'B' motors Type 'C' Motor ( Non adjustable) Begin of Regulation (B.O.R) Rexroth (B) - 248 bar (3600 psi) @ P OR Linde (A &C) - 262 bar (3800 psi) @ P Brake release (pilot pressure) Speed

345 bar (5000 psi) 330 bar (4800 psi) Y1 55-69 bar Y1 (800-1000 psi) Y1 55-69 bar Y1 (800-1000 psi) 34 bar (500 psi)

Low Low

860C (Rexroth Motors B)

Low - F8 High - F8

13 RPM Max. 28 RPM Max.

High High

870C (Rexroth Motors B)

Low - FH400 High - FH400

14 RPM Max. 28 RPM Max.

High High

870C (Linde Motors A & C)

Low - FH400 High - FH400

12 RPM Max. 28 RPM Max.

High High

Low - FH400 11 RPM Max. High L870C High - FH400 25 RPM Max. High (Linde Motors A & C) Max. disp. Setting: Turn screw 1/4 turn in from max displacement (track raised off ground running in low)

3.59

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTINGS continued SAW PUMP Pressure override 248 bar (3600 psi) Low Stand-by Pressure 34 bar (500 psi) Low Displacement 1 turn in from Max. Note : Maximum displacement is where the max displacement screw loses contact with the actuator.

SAW CONTROL VALVE Main relief

(Full Flow)

SAW MOTOR (check appropriate box) Tigercat DT5003 Start of regulation Speed Motor 'X' dimension (with 100 mm (3.94 in.) Screw) ("X" for Initial set-up only) Tigercat ST5401 Start of regulation Speed Motor 'X' dimension (with 100 mm (3.94 in.) Screw) ("X" for Initial set-up only) Tigercat ST5702 Start of regulation Speed Motor 'X' dimension (with 100 mm (3.94 in.) Screw) ("X" for Initial set-up only)

296 bar (4300 psi)

Low

221 bar (3200 psi) 1200-1225 rpm 5 mm (0.19 in.)

High High

221 bar (3200 psi) 1150-1175 rpm 5 mm (0.19 in.)

High High

221 bar (3200 psi) 1150-1175 rpm 5 mm (0.19 in.)

High High

ATTACHMENT PUMP - Standard Pressure override Stand-by Pressure

(Measured @ 'PX") (Measured @ 'PX")

207 bar (3000 psi) 34 bar (500 psi)

High Low

ATTACHMENT PUMP - High Torque Pressure override Stand-by Pressure

(Measured @ 'PX") (Measured @ 'PX")

248 bar (3600 psi) 34 bar (500 psi)

High Low

ATTACHMENT VALVE - Standard Clamp arm feed reducers Accumulator arms port reliefs Wrist port reliefs

(Measured @ 'PL") (Measured @ 'PL") (Measured @ 'PL")

207 bar (3000 psi) 207 bar (3000 psi) 207 bar (3000 psi)

High High High

ATTACHMENT VALVE - High Torque Clamp arm feed reducers Accumulator arms port reliefs Wrist port reliefs

(Measured @ 'PL") (Measured @ 'PL") (Measured @ 'PL")

207 bar (3000 psi) 207 bar (3000 psi) 252 bar (3650 psi)

High High High

FAN PUMP Max pressure Stand-by pressure

186 bar (2700 psi) 19 bar (280 psi)

High Low

DOOR/ROOF PUMP Main Relief

207 bar (3000 psi)

NOTE: All hydraulic settings to be done with hydraulic oil at operating tempertures as per oil selection choice at top of sheet.

3.60

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTINGS continued BOOM SPEED SETTINGS ER Boom w/Head Main Boom Cylinder UP 1.5 turns DOWN 3.5 turns

Non-ER Boom w/Head

Time w/Head

Time No Head

1.5 turns 3.5 turns

5.0 sec 8.0 sec

5.0 sec 12.0 sec

Stick Boom Cylinder OUT 3.0 sec IN 4.5 sec

6.0 sec 6.0 sec

Head Tilt Cylinder FORWARD 1.0 turns BACKWARD 0.5 turns

1.0 turns 0.5 turns

Turns in from MAX OR Time Turns in from MAX OR Time Time Only Time Only

4.0 sec 4.0 sec

Leveling Valve (if Applicable) Level Fore 8.0 sec Level Aft 8.0 sec

4.0 sec 4.0 sec

Turns in from MAX OR Time Turns in from MAX OR Time Time Only via IQAN Time Only via IQAN

ATTACHMENT SPEED SETTINGS 30° Wrist Right 30° Wrist Left

4.0 sec 4.0 sec

Set in IQAN Display - Time only Set in IQAN Display - Time only

110° Wrist Right 110° Wrist Left

6.0 sec 6.0 sec

Set in IQAN Display - Time only Set in IQAN Display - Time only

340° Wrist Right 340° Wrist Left

10.5 sec 10.5 sec

Set in IQAN Display - Time only Set in IQAN Display - Time only

NOTE: All settings to be done with hydraulic oil at operating tempertures as per oil selection choice at top of sheet - Engine rpm at HIGH.

3.61

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 860C/870C/L870C Feller Buncher

3.62